1969-1970 Catalog

PACIFIC LUTHERAN UNIVERSITY

CATALOG-1969

3

Pacific Lutheran University

Bulletin: Announcements for 1969 -70

Catalog for 1968 - 69

TABLE OF CONTENTS Pages

School Ca lenda r 7

The University 8

Admi��ions 13

Finnnces 17

Financial Aio .. 21

Student Life 25

Summer Ses<.;ion 34

Late Afternoon ano Evening CIa"cs 34

Al'adclllie Proct'dut"f" 35

Acadf':lllic Or�anization 41

Courses of Instruction 93

182

Index 206

4 01111::("1"1 r.�

Objectives of the University

Pacific Lutheran University, born of the Reformation spirit, maintains the privilege of exploration and learning in all areas of the arts, sciences, and religion. The basic con· cern of Martin Luther was religious, but his rejection 0/ church. tradition as primary authority, and his own free search for religious truth, served in effect to liberate the modern mind in its quest for all truth. The total impact of Lnther's stand has permanentl), shaped tlw modern world and helped provide the modern university with its basic methodology.

Pacific Lutheran Universit:y is a community of professing Christian scholars dedicated to a philosophy of liberal education. The major goals of the institution are to inculcate a respect for learning and truth, to free the mind from the confinements of ignorance and prejudice, to organize the powers of clear tllOught and expression, to preserve and extend kn01lJlerige, to help men achieve professional competence, lind to establish lifelong habits of study, reflection, lind learning. Throngh an emphasis on the liberating arts, the University s('eks to develop creative, reflective, and responsihle persons. At the same time, the acquisition of specialized information and technical skill is recognized as a condition of successful involvement in the modrm world. The U niversit), seeks to develop the evaluative and spiritual capacities of the stude.nt and to acquaint him honestl)" with rival claims of the tme and the good. It encourages the purjuit of rich and ennobling experiences and the drvctopment of significant personhood through an appreciation of man's intellectual, artistic, cultural, and natllral surroundings. The University affirms its fundamrntal obligation to confront liberally educated men with the challenges of Christian faith and to instill in them a true srnse of vocation.

HHJ I 1\ r�!' 5

By providing a rich variety of social experiences, Pacific Lutheran University seeks to develop in the student a joy in abundant living, a feeling for the welfare and personal integrity of others, good taste, and a sense of social propriety and adequacy. Distinguishing between personal Christian ethics and normal social controls, the University adopts only such mles as seem necessary for the welfare of the educational community.

The physical development of the student is regarded as an integral pnrt of his liberal education. Hence the University encourages pnrticipation in physical activities and respect for health Ilnd fitness.

Professing a concern for the entire nature of man, the faculty of th(� Universit), encourages wholesome development of Christian faith and life by providing opportunities for worship and meditation, offering systematic studies of religion and encouraging free investio'alion and discussion of basic reli(f/'ous questions. The Universit), believes the essence of Christianit), to be personal faith in God as Creator and Redeemer, and it believes that such faith born of tlw lIoly Spirit generates integrative power capable of guiding men to illuminating perspectives and worthy purposes. The University community confesses the faith that the ultimate meaning and purpose 0/ human life are to be discovered in the person and work of jPslls Christ.

As an educational arm of the Church, Pacific Lutheran University provides a locus for the fmitful interpla), of Christian faith and all of human lparning and culture, and as such holds it a responsibility to discover, explore, and develop new frontiers. Believing that all truth is God's truth, the University, in achieving its educational and spiritual goals, maintains the right and indeed the obligation of faculty and students to engage in an unbiased search for tmth in all realms.

1969

1970

SM TW T F S SM TWT F S

JAN. 1 2 3 4 MAY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

SEP. 5 6 7 8 9, 10 II

12 13 1415 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

FEB. 1 2 3 45678 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

MAR. 1 , 2 3 45678

9 10 II 12 13 t4 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

APR. 1 2 3 4 5

I JAN.

I

FEB.

MAR.

APR.

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

SMTWT F S

1 2 3 45678910 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

1 2 3 4567 8 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

1 2 3 4567 8 9 10 II 12 13 14

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

JUNE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

OCT.

JUl Y 1 2 3 4 5 NOV. 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

AUG. 1 2 DEC.

MAY

JUNE

JULY

1 AUG.

3 456789 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 I 24 25 26 27 28 29 30j 31

SM TWT F S

1 2 3 456789 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

1 2 3 456 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

1 2 3 45678 9 \0 II 12 13 14 15

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

SEP.

OCT.

NOV.

DEC.

SM TWT F S

1 2 3 456 7 8 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 II

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

1 2 3 45678 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

1 2 3 456 1 7 8 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

SM TW T F S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 '1 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

1 2 3 4567 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

S( 1001 C I E�1l n. 7

School Calendar 1969-70 Slimmer Session, 1969

CIa.s.-es begin 7 :;�O a.m . . _ _ . . . . _ _ _ _ _ ___ .

Fir,t term end"

Ciassc, bep;in-2nd term

SUIJlI1H-'r Session closf':-:... _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . __ . _

Haeca la urea tc/Commcneemen L

First Semester, 1969-70

____ Monday, J lint' 16

...... ____ . . ___ Friday, J li ly 18 . . . . _______ .. ____________ _____ _____ lV[onday, J lily 21

__ ________ __________ .. __ Friday, Aup;lIst 22

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___ '-.. ___ __ __ Friday. August 22

Orien ta tion da y,, _____ _ __ . . . . . . ________ S unday_ September 7 -Sntmday_ September 13

Rep;istl'utioll .... _______ ...... . __ . . . . _____ JVfonday, September S- Wedlle"day, September 10

Cl"s<l'!. bcp;in 7:50 a .m. __ _ __ .. _ _ _ Thursday, September 11

Last date for uddinI' U COllrsp .. ___ .. __ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ . . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .. ______ __ ___ Monday, September 22

Last datI' for di"'ontinlling a c our.'.-' without receiving a �rade_ .. _-. __ -_.-- . - . . . . . . . . . . . __ . . . . . . . . .

Mid-s('llle;;ter.. ___________ _ _________________ __ _ . ___ . ___ ____________ _

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .. Thursday, O('tober :! ___ . . . . __ Friday_ October 31

T]wnbgivinp; Recess begin" 12:30 ILlIi ___ _ _ _ _ .. ____ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Wcdncsday, November 20

Thanksgivinp; Rt'cC" t'nd" 7 :50 3.111. __ ______ .. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .. ________ Monday. December 1

Examinations .. ___ .. _ ___________ _ .. _ _ _ _ _____ Monday. Dect'Iuber 1 5-F ri day _ December 19

Semester en d.'_______ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .. _____ .. _ .. ___ . . . . __ F'riday, December 19

Interim Period 1970

Rcp:rn!' __ .. _ _ _ Monday, January 5

Ends _ __ _ _ _ .. ___ . . _ _ _ __ __ _ _ . . .. . . \Vedllt!sday, January 2R

econd S mester, 1969-70

Re/!istratioll __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___ ThIlN!ay . . blluary 29-Friday. Jalluary 30

Cia"", bl'fiin 7 :50 a.m .. _____ . . . . __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Jv!on duy, Febrllary 2

Last date for adding a eour,,' _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _____ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . . ____ ___ __ __ Friday, F'ebnrury 13

Last datp fof' (li�contilJlling H COllr�e withollt reed"in/! a firudt> _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _____ ______ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . . _ _ _ _ ___ _ _ _ _ . . _ _ _ _ ____ .. _________ !Monday, Fp]nuary 23

'1id-;;emp' t"L_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ____ __ ________________ Frillay, March 20

Ea�t"r necess beg ins 12:30 p.I11. _ _ _ __ _ _ :\Vednesday. March 2S

Ea,;ter Rec;c,-;s end" 7:50 a.m __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___________ Tue"day. March 31

Examinntion� _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _______ __ ______________ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Monday. May ll-F'riday. May 15

Semester emk __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _____ ____________ __ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _____ _________ _ _ __________ F'riday. May IS Baccalaureate Service, 11 :00 a.m. _____________ ______ __ ___ Sunday. May 17

(ornmenCf'IlWnl 3:30 r.m .. ----- _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .. _____ __ ________________ .. ________ _________ Sunday, May 17

8

HIS TORY

Founded in 11\90 by the Rev. Bjug Harstad, Pacific Lutheran University has occupied the same location since its beginning.

Although numed Pacific Lutheran Univer;;ity, the institution opened us an academy on Octoher 14, 11\94 and hccame a junior college in 1921. Ten years later, it was o rganized into a three·year normal school, which became a college of education in 19:19. In 1941, still a small and struggling institntioll, it a,""med the role of a colleg" of liberal arts. It '"'' known as Paeifie Lutheran College from 1920 until 1960, when, because of a restrueturing of its organiza· tion, i t again assnmed its original name, Pacific Lutheran Univer,ity.

Two Lutheran in,titutions haV(� merged with the Univcrsity- Columbia College of Everett, \Vashington in 1920, and Spokane Collerre of Spokane, Washington ill 1930.

Reginning about 1945, the University experienced great growth, benefiting from dynamic leadership, as well as f rolll factors which led to the expansion of higher education on a national scale. Today it operates with an academic ,tnwture emhracing a College of Arts and Sciences and a College of Profes· sional Studies; the latter including a School of Business Administration, a School of Education, a School of Fine and Applied Arts, and a School of Nu rsing. A Division of Graduate Stu dies offers work leading to the lVlaster's degree in a number of a reas.

Robert lViortvedt, who was elected in 1962, is the eighth president of the

University. Other presidents, all deceased, were: Bjug Harstad, 11\90·95,

1897·98; Ole Gronsherg, 1895·97; Nils J. Hong, 1898·1918; John U. Xavier (acting) , 1920·21; Ola J. Ordal, 1921·28; Oscar A. Tingelstad, 1928-43; Seth

C. Eastvold, 1943·62.

LOCATION

Nestled in the southern reaches of Puget SOllnd in the heart of the EYcrgreen Playground lies Tacoma, \Vashington, a met ropolitan area with a population of over 250,000 pen;ons. The University is located in Parkland, one of Tacoma's unincorporated suhurbs. The campus is seven miles south of the city c.enter and is adjacent to one of the main a rterials, the Mt. Rainier highway.

Towering mOllntain peaks flank the beautiful natural setting of the Puget Sound country. Hundreds of streams course down to Puget Sound through c,'ergreen forest slopes of the Olympic Mountains on the west and the Cascade

Range on the east. Scores of lakes dot the area. The Evergreen Playground is ideal for boating, skiing, swimming, hiking, fishing and hunting.

OWNERSHIP AND SUPPORT

The Universi ty is owned and operated by Pacific Lutheran University, Inc., a Washington corporatioll whose purpose is to maintain a Christian institution of higher learning. Membershi p of this mrporation coincides with the memo bership of the North Pacific District of the American Lutheran Church and

THE I ER IT 9

the member,hip of that portion of the ALe's Roeky Mountain District which is located in Idaho and Montana we�t of the Continental Divide.

The annual meeting of the corporation is held in conjunetion with the annual convention of the North Pacific District.

Voting member, incl ude the member>; of the Board of Regents, and the paotors and lay delegates of congregations in the constituent area.

The Univet',ity receives regu lar financial support from the American Luther· an Chnrch, the Pacific Northwci't Synod of the Lutheran Church in America and ft'om the Pacific Luthcran University Alumni Association.

In addition to Church as:;isutnee, the University receives cotbiderable support from individual " organizations and businesses throughout the nation and world.

GOVERNMENT

The policy-making and governing body of the University is the Board of Regents. On the bUi'i, of reeolllmendations made hy the Pre_ ident, it charts a course for lhe development of the total program of the University and strives to provide essential funds,

The Uni\'cL,ily corporation', constitution provide� for 29 regents of whom 25 arc e.leeled for three·year term�. Fifteen regents represent the North Pacific and Rocky Mountain District,; of the American Lutheran Church, six arc (,hosen by the · Pacific 'orthwest Synod of the Lutheran Church in America, three represent the PLU Alumni Association, and three are cho�en at large hy the Board of Rcgenb. The President of the University and the President of the North Pacific Di,trin arc rcgents by virtue of their position .

ACCREIHTATION

Pacific Lutheran Unj\'crsity i, fully accredited by the Northwest Association of Secondary ancl Higher Schools as a four·year institution of higher education and by the Wu,hinp;ton Slate Boa rd of Education for teacher education. The University is accredited hy the Nationul COllncil for the Accreditation of Teacher Education for the preparation of elementary and secondary teachers with the Master's degree as the highest degree approved.

The University is a member of the A.--sociution of American Colleges, the American Council on Education, the National Lutheran Educational Confer· ence, the Nortl twcst A"sociution of Private Col leges and Universities, and the Indep,'n,knt College, of Wa�hington, Incorporated. The School of Nursing is accredited by the Nationul League for Nursing. The University is approved by th" American A",ociation of University Women and by the American Chemical Society ,

STUDEl\'T nODY

App roximatel y 4,000 students will he served hy the University during the current school year and SHlllmer session. Full·time enroll ment each semeste r is about 2,100. While the majority of the stHdents come from the State of Washington, over 30 states and �everal foreign countries are represented. When it comes to religious affiliation, a majority are of the Lutheran faith, but some 20 other chu rch groups nre represented.

10 1'111: I 'il\ ,. RSI'fY

FACULTY

The Uni"crsity has a full-time teaehing faculty of 130 persons. There are 40 part-time teachers, most of whom nre connected with the late afternoon

and evening program and the summer �e, ion. Qualities expected of faGulty memb"r, inelude commitment to the Christian faith, deep concern for the indi\'iduul student, eXf:ell"nt prqlllration in a recognized graduate school, and a desire and an ability to teach.

ALUMNI

The Alumn i A"ocialion numbers over 6,000 persons, living all over the world. Members of the teachin:>: profession comprise the la rgest segment of the alumni. Hundreds are engaged in th e work of the Church as pastors, missionaries, parish workers and other spec ialties. PLU alumni serve their God, their fellow men and their coun tries in a host of other professions and vocations.

THE CAMPUS

Beautiful natural surroundings blend ed with modern buildings and facilities characterize the 126-1I(:['e campus of Pacific: Lntheran. Stately Douglas [ir trees, a variety of hloomin:>: and evergreen shrubs, lush green lawns and f lower beds sct off tl,e build ing " and make the campllS attractive the year around. Majestic lUt. Rainier, rising to an altitude of 14,410 feet ahout 30 miles away, dominate, the sclting.

CarnplI� outdoor recreational facil ities include a nine-hole, 2,048-yard golf course, tenni" eourt" and athletic fields.

Most of the University buildings are located on what is termed the "upper campu"." The "lower campus," below a slight hill to the south, is the setting for the athletic fac ilities, residence halls for men, a dining hall and apartments for married ,tudent:'.

The main campus is bonnded by SOllth 121st Street on the north and South

127th Street on the south, by Park Avenue on the east and South "1" Street on the west. RADIO STATIO�

The University operates a non-commercial FM broadcasting station, KPLUFM. It broadcasts on a frequency of 88.5 megacyeles with 10 watts of power licensed by the Federal Communications Commis'ion. Programming includes clas�ical and popular music, news, network program ming and educational programs originating at. the Univer�.ity.

UNIVERSITY BUILDINGS

Academic

Tacoma-Pierce Administration Building, a two-story steel and concrete structure, was completed in 1960. It houses the administrative offices of the University, 21 classrooms, faculty offices, studios and master control for closed circuit television, and a chapel-auditorium seati ng 175 persons.

The Rohert A, L. MOl'tvedt Library is a mnlti -media 1e.1fning center contaullng over 140,000 publiohed and recorded items and provides an optimum

environment of comfort and privacy eventually capable of housing 1,000

1 HE e IYbR TTY 1 1

persons at one time and 500,000 items. Thi, 11I'0·,tOl'),. pin' basemenL brick stmeturc wa� completed in 1966.

Xavier Hall, built as a librar), in ['.1::17 and remo(klcd in 1966·67. hous,!s cia"roollls. facnlty olliees and central sen·iccs.

Halll"tad Hall, a thrcc·,tory brick ;:trllctlll'(:, was built in 1947 and added to in 1959. It contains labo ratory, c1a>"l'Oom, library, 1l1ll'''1I1l1, rcoear"h anri olfiee faciliti", for the dt'partmenl.' of biolo�y, c1wlllistry. and phl',i"s.

Memorial GYlllna.silllll, bllilt in 1947, pl'Ovidl's ('la"roo01s, and activity al' '" for the department of health and phy;:ical education, and acconnnodations fOI' intramural and inter 'ollegiatl' athletics. Then' i.s ""atinp: for 2,20() 'pec' latoT's in the �ymna�illJ11.

Eastvold Chapel, completed in 1'.152. ,cat, 1,2.38 I",r"on, and is u"ed for daily "hape!. concert,. "p('cial e"enls and plays. Thl! nlldti·"urpo',,� qructurc also (:ontains c:la��rOOllls, work an"u . ..;, :-:.tage Hno a radio st.udio for the department of 'peech: studios. library . clls,!rnb1e practice rool11s and individual practice roonts for th" department of nll1�ic; a devotional d"'pd and office" for the student con{!n�g'ation.

The TemJlorary nion fluildinf!; (forml'rly Ci"""'oonl Building), built in ]'.147, is a two-story brick n'neer structure which ha" ollic!'s for ,tudent publi· catiQns, and goV(�rnJlH�nL and n�(�n'utioJlal and :-:ocial l()lIl1ge�.

The Art Huilding. u two·story framf'. buildinp:. contailb dU"roolll, laboratory and on'i",,, for thp d"partmcnt of art.

The Swimming Pool, (·onlJdt·ted ill April, 1965, has a ,willlming area 42 by 75 feet and a di"ing area �O to �5 [Pel. Shower. lockl'r and dres,ing rooms are located ill the 1.1.1 by ]4S foot stI'llI'tUl'('.

Servi"e nuildings

The College Ullion Buildil1p:, !'ollipit-tt'd ill 1'.155 and added to in 19.59, contail1s a cafeteria, (hri." Kl1utzl'l1 F,·lloII·"hip Hall, bookstore. ('olTee "hop. reereational and .-oeial 10Ilng"" and a ,,"all dining room. A new University Cent(,r is in tl"" plnnllil1p: .-tni!f' with (·ol1."tl"llctiol1 ,dH'dul"d to bep:il1 in 1969.

Colnmbia Cel1te!'. a t"o·,tory fmnw al1d l1111sol1ry ,.tmelure ('ompleted ill 1962, contain;; a ('afeteria, cofT('(· "hoJl. hakery and pro ,.hop for tllP Unin'r' "ity Golf Cour'e.

The Stlld"nt Il"alth C"lIl1"r hOIl.,,,,. "Hil'e" for the Ul1i,er,ity do('tor, and rlIlI'SPS, ollt-palit"nt treatmellt aJ'en�� and tH'd", for day "ati(�l1ts.

Tlw \';.'areho",;(' and Shop;; are 1I""d fot' the "torage of ('quipnwnt and the lllaintenancp of the phy.si(·al plant.

Residence Ha\l� for Men

IT. L. Fo", Hall, a three·.,tory re"idence for 188 ,tud"nls, ha" ]6'1llf'n li"ill/! units and is divided into !'Iordic HOlls" (north half). and Olympic HOllse (,Olltlr half).

Hindcrlie Hall. for J::I] ,tlldf'lIt". fol'''<' th� ,01lth ,id,·, of the hou,ing 'Iliad· rangle on uppcr campus.

Tillgelstad Hall. a ninf"'lory resiliellc(' for 392 men, is mad" IIp of four

1 2

diqinct hOll"" pn(''h hav ill� Iwo Iloor,; and Ilalll �d a, follow,;: Ca,;cade: HOII';c. Aoor, 2 and:>: I\"y HOII.<(:. floor,; 'I and S: E"f'q.!T,',·n 11011"". fioor, Ii and 7 : and Alpine HOI,,;e. noors Rand 9 .

The�e three TllPn'.'" J'('sidflIH't' hall ... an' Ill(Hlern hllildin�� and h,.n'e JOtlll�C�, study rOOIll". tYl'ing roo Ill,;. "·If·,;,,ryi.·,· lallndry and TV \'icwing roorn,;. TIll' hall., arp di\'ided inlo IlIlI""';. Each hon,,' i, a cohe,;iv(' IInit d",;ignpd 10 enconrage greater' participation in tIle' ill tramural. �o('ial. r�('n'ationaL unci neadCIl1 j(: prop:ra Ill�.

Residencp Halls for "'omen

Harstad Hall. a ,; ix·,;lor\· ,;olid hri"k bll i ldin;! "OIll!,I"I,'ly rpfurhi,;hpd ill recent year"", at'('Olllmor!atf':..; 2;:)0 �tll(h"lIb.'. It ha..; tllrf'f' IOlillngl':-;. a IT('n�aliotl roolll. ,elf''''''\'icp lunndry alld kill"hl'n fa('ililies.

Honl-': Hall, for llS ,tndellt,. make,; "I' Ihe ('a,,1 sid.' of IIII' hOll,ill� '[lIadrall,,.jp al1(1 i" ,·Io,;t'sl 10 the twal"! of till' ('amp",;.

KrC'idlcr Hull. for 121i ,;llIrknl". forllls II", WI',;I , iel" of Ihis 'lnadran�I,,, and is on thf'. Wf'st f'd�f' of th(' (,;lIIlPll�.

Orelal H,lIl. for 1R4 ,;Illrknl,;. is adj,,, ... nl 10 Sln"ll I-Iall and forill'; Ill(' norlh ,'dgp of Ihe 'lnudranl-':1c .

.J. P. PAllei!"r H"II. fn,' 194 stlul"Ilt,;. i" lo("alf'd on low"r . . ampus.

Slucn Hall. for 109 sllull-nls. is 10 .. "1,,.1 dirp("ll\" norlh of lIon� H,,11.

Th(' four halls in II", qu"dran�h' alld Pnlll'g:f'r H"II an' Illod..,." Ilm,'p·slnry luJilding . ..; rHrh hadn� lar�(' lounge", �tlluy IOllnl!:(�:-;. t.yping rooms. kitdH'JlS. ,elf-'erviI'C l:lundri!'s. and olh .... f'lI'ililips ""NI ill r'onllllon.

Other H"inl!: units

Thl' Prp,;ident.\ R,'sid('Il("" i,; a hri .. k ramhl!'r IOl'alNI Oil Ih!' 1'01"l1('r of Park Avenll" and Soulh 12.11"d Street.

Univer,ity apartmrnls arc IWO· and thn·.··lwdrooll1 one·story fmnl!' unit,; for rental by married students.

1 3

Admissions Pacific Lll theran Un iv ers i ty adm its qual i ti,'d ,t l lden ts " i thout re:;pcct to

ra . -" . need. eolo .. . o r ethnic origin. The Ul l i " , rsi t y adheres to t lw p radic(' t h a t c,-cry st l ldcnt accep ted "hould pos,,',;; th" hi).';h aca dem ic and p('r>,onal t ra i t,; whi, -h "xperi<:lIce hac ,ho'H' w i l l pnaule him to :;'''Teed in col lege work.

I n judging the qual ificat ions of appl icants, th e Committee on Admis'iions l,,"ally adhen" to lhe fol l ow i ng hasie requiremen ts :

L Graduation from au aer:redi ted high school o r evidence o f sa ti,fac torr work at another col l ege of recognized standi ng_

2. Sat i,fa c tory grade point average and sat isfactory rank in higl, school �raduut ing c la�_'"

3. Sa t i _,fa nory ,(oorcs on the College E n t rance Exa m i na tion Board Scholastic A p t i l l lde Test. Sc ores on t h i s te:;! a re not requ i red of ,tuden ts transfe rring frolll otll l 'r col lege>"

4, E,-idence of good mo ral r:harar:tcr.

RECOMMENDED HIGH SCHOOL COURSE

It i, reconllncndcd, but not required, that the h igh school course of an appl icant ineh,d e : Engli _'h, 4 u n i t;; ; elementary a lgebra , 1 uni t : plane geo lllet ry� 1 u n i t ; �o(' ial �l l l u i e�, 2 I In i t. � ; one fo)'ci�n la ngua ge, 2 unit:--; one lahoratory :-;cielll�c, I u n i t : d e( ' t ive .... , 5 Ii nits.

ADMISSION PROCEDU RES

A pp l i r -an t, seek ing adm i;;�ion sh ou ld write to the D i rector of Admissions request ing the n!,ccs,'ury form,;. S tudent, planninl!; to enroll for the F'll1 l S("l1,�ster may suhmit their a p pl icat ions at any t ime after D!'cclllhcr 1 s t of t h e I , ,-(' ced ing rear. The fol low ing; {'reden tia\:; a re requ i red : 1. Formal AplJlicalioll. The "tanda rd a pp l ication fOrln, de;;igned for \Va"h· i n:,!:lon i n � t i t l l t j{)l1� o f h i:,,dH'(' karn i l l g i� t I :·;(',.d by Paci fic. Lll therall Uniycr:-;it y .

It Illll Y be o h tained fro,n h i i!h ,cllOOI cO, l l l,,'lor,; ( by \Vnshi lli!ton a p pl ieant, l or hy "Ti t i n !'. th" Di rector of Ad'l i is_'ion". A r,fl'-, 'n·do l l a r non.refll l ldahk a p p l ica tion f,,(' , I ,oll id ac comp ll ll )' Ihe a p J l l ical ioll t i l' I,.. ma i l"d separalely. This is a ".,rv-iee [,'" and i>' not " p p l i, 'd to t I ,e , l lId" l I t'" ac,-ou l I l. Check" or llIo11ey o rde r., ,hould li t ' ,ualk pflyab le to Pacific l .u t lwrHlI Uni"' r,,i ty and "'Ill to t.h , ' Direclor of Ad· l l l i:"'�ioll :--.

2. Tran,<cript 0/ Credits. High ;;chooI tran;;ni pts mu"t inc.lude all work J l l l r ';lIcd through the final ;;CIlI",ter of thc junior year. Stud!'lIt ,; who have been graduated pr ior to submitting thei r appl ica tions an� rcqu i red t o pre"en t cOlllplete acaJe,nic records_ Transcripts of t ra nsfer studcnb must include all

college work compl(�t"d to datc. 3 . Re/erell':e,<. Two eharaell 'r and academic evaluat ion" prcpared by coun· ,elor" pa_,tor_" or other qual if ied pe r,ons, arc requ ired. Form" for th i s pu rpose Illa y he ohtaincd frolll the Admissions Office.

4. College Entrance Examination Board Test. A l l cntering freshmen must submit score, from the College E n tranc,c Examination Board Scholastic Apti·

14

tude Test. fnformation concern ing th is examination may be obtained from high s<:hool coun,clor� or from the College Entra nc;e Examination Board, Box 1025, Berkeley, Ca l i fornia 9470 l .

5 . Physicol Examination Report. Prior to registration, each student enrol l i ng for twelvc hours or more, mu;'t submit, at his own expense and on the form provided, a p hy,ica l examination report acceptable to the Student Health Scrviee of the University. Until this rcport is approved, the student is not officially admitted. All fore ign students arc required to report to the Health Center " pon a rrival a t the Un iversity for instru c tions concerning various tests which nlaY be r-equi red.

6. Tuirhm Deposit. A fifty-dollar advance payment on tuit ion is due immedia tely fo l lowing acceptance_ This payment is crf'dited t.o the student's account and is a ppl ica h[ e at the heginning of the term for which the student has been accep tccl. I f n nfore�ccn circumstances necessitate cancellation of the enrol lnwnt n'servation, the amount will be refunded, if tire Director of Adm issions is notified in writing p rior to May 1_ The final refund date for second semester ap plicants is Januury IS_

Early Dc"ision Policy

Fo l lowing completion of his junior yea r III high school, an appl ica nt who has e ho,;en Pacific Lutheran Un iversity as the i nsti tution he w ishes to a t tend, may be prOl'isionally accepted for adm ission, contingent upon sat isfactory ('. ( )mplction of his high school COllrse, provided he ranks i n the u pper twenty-five per cen t of his class, anc! otherwise compl ies with the adm ission policies of the Univend ty.

Early Admi8siom; Policy

A studcnt, I Ipon recolll mendation of the high school p rinc i pal , may be el igi ble fur early admission to Pacific Lutheran Uni,'"rsity, provided :

1_ He has compleu;d all graduation reqllirements, except full residence, and ranks i n the u p per ten per cent of his class ;

2_ He j, ussllrcd by h is high school administration that he muy obtain his h igh school diploma upon the sati,faetory completion of a ,pccified amount of acceptable college work ;

3. He a ppea rs to pOo-sess the necessary emotional matu ri ty, and 4. l Ie otherwise complies with the adm ission pol icies of the Uni,'er;;ity_

Transfer Students

Student� desiring to tran�fer from accredited institutions of collegiate rank must submit to the Director of Admission s : a formal application for adm ission, complete official tran"c ri pts including a statement of honorable dioimi,,,r l , recommendations from two references, a n d a physical exam ina tion record_

1. Cred i t wil l be granted for subjects which meet the requirements for the field of work chosen by the student and for which he has made grades of not [C;;5 than "e."

2. Credit for 5ubje<:ts in which the student has a grade of "D" will be withheld unti l he has successfully completed one semester's work at the Univcrsity_

ADMI TO, S 5

3. Courses tuken at a junior college arc normally transferable if completed while the student is classified as a freshman or sophomore.

4. In order to be a candidate for a degree, the student must take the final 30 seme�ter hOllrs in residence.

Credits previously earned by transfer students in unaccredited schools are not transferable at the time of admis�ion. An evaluation of such eon rses, and a decision relative to their transferability, will be made after the student con· cerned has been in attendance a t Pacific Lutheran University for one semester.

Admis�ion of Non-Degree Students

Persons eighteen yea rs or older who desire to enroll for eleven semester hours or less may be admi tted as nOIl·degree students without submitting llPplica t ions for regular status. However, such students must have previous aeadcmie records which a re acceptable in order to be permitted to carry more tha n se,-pn hours_ Credits earned in tlds manner wi l l be c,-a luated as to their a(;ce ptability when the studen t, as a resu l t of formal a p pl ication and accept· ance, becomes a regular studcn t ; that is, a candidate fo r [\ degree. Nondegree students who wish to transfer credits to another institution will be is�ued tran�eripts which clearly indicate the non-degree status.

Re-admission of Former Students

Fu ll-time students who have not been in attcndancc for one semester o r 1l10r� m a y seek re-admi�sion by obta in ing a n appl ication f o r rc-entrance. Students who have been dropped [or academic or disciplinary reasons lllust include a leiter of petition to the Direetor of Admi .'sions for reinstatement. Re-en tering stndents who have attended another college in the interim llIust request that a transcript be sent from that inst i tution directly to the Director o[ Adm issions a t Pacific Lutheran Un iversity. The residence requircments as stated in No. 4 above [or trans[cr students a re also applicable for re-en tries.

Auditors

Students, who are properly registered and have paid the required fees, may audit certain courses. Such students are permitted to attend classes but may not participate or receive credit. Laboratory or activity courscs are not open for auditing purposes.

Admission to the Division of Graduate Studies.

The procedure for admission to the Division of Graduate Stud ies is outl ined in t i le section Academic Organization.

Honor. at Entrance

The Un ivc.-.,ity confers Honors a t Entrance in accordance with the provisions of a coordina ted program formulated by colleges and u niversities wh ich are members of the College Entrance Examinat ion Board. Recognition is given for outstanding achievement in high school and in anticipation of superior performance at the college level. The a wards are not made in recognition of financial need and carry nO grants.

16 \ [ ) II 1 0

Advanced Ph,,:ement Opportunities

1. Via the Adran ted Placement Program of the College Entrance Examinatioll Board. St u d ' n t;; who ha\'c received scores of 3, 4, or 5 on C. E.E.B. i\ch-anced Placement Exam ination" may be gi\-ell both advanced placement and credit toward graduation. Ex aet provisions are depelldent 011 the sll hject matter fie l d, and inql l i ries a rc welcomed by the Admiss ions Offi ,- -e.

2. Vi(l Local Admnced Placement Exa minations. A nU lIlber of the departl lwnLs and schools o f the Un ivcr,it)' offer their ,tudent.s the opportu nity of taki llg plac,-,mcnt exa m i nation, so that they may be u<;cllrutely adr is,-d as to the len-I at w h ich they can most a(hulltagcou,;ly begin the i r col lege sl l ld ics_ W h e n a stlldent rcceires a su pcriot· score o n slIch a n eXH l l I ina tioll, a n d w l wn his study of t h e suhject mattel- was not u neee,

,ary pan of the cou rse work which won him hi� high school d i ploma, c r ed i t .-all he gl-anterl toward graduation. I n q u i ries [lre welcomed by the academic dean, from tho,e studen ts who might be eligible for tiuch credit.

F1 17 Finances

It i� the po l icy of the I1 lw,r,i ty to m a i n ta i n hip:h .. dt t ( 'at ional ,taudards a t as Iow a cost as possible. The support of the �ooJ lera t ing I . ut heran chu rches and fri(,nd, \\ 'ho contr ibute towa rd the opera t i on of the ,, ;hool ('nablr" the Cni· "cr"i ty to �harge a lower t u i t i on rate than w o u ld o t l ' e r ", i "" he poss ible .

TUITION

FII I I · t ime. for the academic yca r, il to 4 Vt , ' O t l 1',/'s ( 1 2· 1 7 ,,'n lcstcr en'dit hou rs ) i n euch ,,,mestcr p lw; I ('O ttr'C (4 ned i t hour,, ) in the i n terim . . . .

Full · t ime dttr ing c i th"r .'I'n",,,t('l' p I l i , t ilt' in lr . ,. i m . . .

PIII I· t ime d l lr in� e i t h e r s,·mestcr without the i ntcr iu t

.SI 200.00 760.00 (i00.00

Ex('e�::;. ( :oll r�(':-; tui l iOJ l . abo\'(" !p/,� ( 'ou r�e� pCI' ,":Plll ester, p(�r q n a rt " l' r O i l r.se . . . . . . .. ....... 35.00

Part· time, I"", t1wn 3 cou rs"s J i m semester 01 c red i t h Ol lr, or fewe r \ . p( 'r ( 'our�c ( u l�f) dWl'ged for an i n te r i m ( �Ol lr�e i f not takell i ll COIl-jun c t i on wi t h a fu l l · t i me ".'IlW,tf't' ) :ZOO.OO

GENER AL FEES (per ,('mC,ler) General Iet�. per ;-;emeslt'r1 ( ' l l a ['� .. d s tud( 'n t� enro l l e d i n 3 ( 'o l l r�(�s

( 1 2 hOIl rs or morc ) * .. . . . . . . . .. .... . . . . . . . . . 8 1750 C T ncl udes "upport o f the fo l lowin?; ,,'rl'ie(',,: A c t i " i t i," o f the 1\ '''0'

( ' iated S t u ( kn t s of PLU. a(:ric leut iIHl I'a n('c, Hpal t h Sen' ice, St l ldent A rt i,t Se ries, Sup:a ( yea rbook \ . a n d l l l t e"" o l l"p:ia tt' A t hletic ,. )

U l l i n' r,i t}' (entl'\' ( 'ol l,t l'\ l c t iol1 fe,'" pel' ';Pllle,ter. d \a r�" d .,t u dellt, !'nrolled in 3 cou r,,', ( 1 2 hou r.s ) o r 1Il0 r(' ( a u t h orized by A",o(' i a ted Stl ldents. PtC ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. _ _ . .... .. . . JO.OO

SPECIAL FEES

A u d i t , if within a total of 41;,; ( ,O l lr,,', for a fl l l l · t i n ", ,t udellt . . . . No . . luH,," A ll d i t , if beyond a t o t a l of 41;,1 " o u rse, for a fu l l · t i l l l c ' , t u de l l i . p c r

q l larter ('Oll r."'e A u dit, fOI' part· t ime "tl ldpllt,. plCr ('ou r,e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cred i t by '�x a m i nution ( c l'( '(Iit w i l l bp recorded ol1ly for formally ad· mi t ted. regu l a r ,tatll' stud en t') . per ( ' 0 1 1 1'';<'' 1 1 1 1 i t o f cred i t sOI l�hl. . .

Late n' gi,t ra t i on ( u p p l icabk on alld after the fi r,t day of ('!a.,,(', ) Change of rt'giQralioll _ . . . . . . . . . . . . .. _ _ _ _ .

Brrukage ti ckf,t « ('hc 'm i,try s t l l den t, oll l y ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

i\rr;)stf'r'� t f H'�i� b i ndi ng ( " har�p. per (,01 ')', . , . . P la ce l1 \ en t .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. G radl lHtF n l l r�(' examinat ion N u r, i llg. lo . . ker fee ,kpo,it to b ' p a i d i ll O ff·calll pus php i ( 'al ,·dll ( 'at ion u r t i" i t i",; ;

Rowl ill)l S k i i n g

Graclua t.inn ... .

.. I i n i ! 'a l an'n ( n'fnll,b h l c ) . . .

St ud",nt pll rk ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S t uden t park i n �-nurt·t i me o r second car Stll�en t hf'a l th and acc iden t i n ' l I ranr(' ( 24·h olll'. 1 2'l1lonth cOI'crage ) ,

optional ( f,'c 'lIhji'ct t o chang" b y IIndf'rwriter)

7.50 60.00

fiO.OO 1 0.00

S.OO 1 0.00

S.OO S.OO 8.00 1 .00

1 6.00 24.00 IS.OO

S.OO 2.S0

1 11.00

' S tudrllh Pllroll(,d fOl' Ie", than 3 POll r,e, ( ] 2 h o l t " ' ) who havp 'Iwrial "PI" rn i'.,ion to n·siclc on e a m J1 u s n rc n'quin·d to pay t l w !'(,lwral fep,. Stlld(,ll t, whose cia ,,,·, a rp primari ly a ft . . ,. 4 : :10 p , m . will no t Iw ,;uhject t o ?;encral f('r".

1 8

PRIVATE MUSIC FEES

Casavant o r Sc.hl ickn o rgan n,nl, one period daily, [wr 'cmcstf'L. . . . . . . . . . . S Organ rent, one period dai ly , per semester ( electric ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . Organ rent , two periods da i ly, per s(�mesler ( elect ric } ... .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . Organ rent , 'Verner·noseh, one period daily, per semester.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Piano ren t, one period dai ly, per semester........ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Piano rent, two periods daily, per semester. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .

( No refund is made on the ahove fe , )

Prinlle instruction, per semester Organ, orchestral instruments. piano, or " oice

One th i rty·minute period per week . . . .......................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . " " " " " "" One sixty·minute period per week . . . ....................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........... ....... .. .

BOARD AND ROOM

25.00 1 0.00 15.00 15 .00

5.00 7.50

45.00 75.00

Board is furnished in the University Din ing Halls at 8230.00 per semester for students rooming off campus, for three meals per day, ex,:ept on Sunday, when the evening meal is not prO\··idf'd . Meals are not sen'ed in the Dining Halls during Thanhgiving, Christmas. and Easter "aca tions.

A 85.00 fine will be kv ied for unauthorized fu rniture or rOO Ill changes.

Room with te lPJlhone and board a re furnished to re"ident students, per semester, as fol lows :

Telephone fee ( a l l rc�ident students l ..................... . ......... S 5.00

WOMEN ( 1969-70)

Har�tad Hall, capac i ty 250 ( 74x36·inch beds } . . . .... . ...... . . ... . . . . . . .. ..... ........... 8400.00 Pflueger Hall , capacity 194 (80x36-ineh beds } .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . ... .. 400.00 Hong Hall, capacity US ( 74x36·inch beds l .. .. . . ......... .. . . . . .. . .. .. .. . .. .. 400.00 Kreidler Hall . capacity 126 ( 74x36·inl'h bed� ) .... . .... . . . 400.00 Ordal Hal l, capaeity 1 84 ( 74x36·inch beds} ...... . . . . . ........... ....... ... . 400.00 Stuen Hal l , capacity 1 09 ( 74x36·inrh beds) . . . . ... ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . ... . . .. ..... . . 400.00

MEN ( 1 969-70)

Foss Hall , capacity 188 (80x:l6·inch bed, ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . ...... .. . . . . . S400.00 Hinderlie Hal l . capaci ty 131 ( 74x36·inch beds l . . . . . . . . . .. ... . . . . 400.00 Tingelstad Hall , capacity :392 ( 80x36·inch beds } .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . ......... 400.00

FAMILY APAHTMENTS

Two bedroom ( 10 units) includ ing water, pcr month ........ . . . . .. ..... . . . . . . . ... S 40.00 Three bedroom (4 units ) includ i ng water, ] lcr month..... 50.00 Evergreen Cou r t ( 12 apts , ) two bedroom, including all u ti l i ties,

per month ... . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .................. . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . ............. . . .. . . . . . ... . .. . .... .. 80.00 Fa mily apartm"nt deposit...... . . . . . . .. ... .. .. .. .... . .. . . .. . .. .. . . . .. ...... . .. . . . . . . .. . .. . .... 40,00

A deposit of 840.00 mu,t accom pany a reservation for fam ily a partmen ts. This deposit will be held by till' Un iversi ty until the occupant vaeatr�s the apa rt.ment, or cancels his reservation.

One month advance rent for a llUrtments is required.

FL'\�( f 1 9

ESTIMATED COST PER SEMESTER

The fol lowing table w i l l a id the stuucnb in t::; t i ma t inp; m a x imu lll ' ·XP"I 1,.,5 : Tu ition _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - - - - - - - -8 600_00

Board and roolll _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 405.00

General fees ________ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Boob and "Jpplic,, ___ _

50.00

100.00

SU55.00

A d d persona l eXl- 'en,," and Illlli t i p l y by t \\'o to ob tain est i llla ted cost for 011 " school yea r of l I ine Ill on ths .

Changes in Rales

TIll' Ullin'r,ity re,er-Yes the rip;ht 10 ehanp;c i t, charp;''>' at a n )' t i ll l e w i thout p n�yiolls not ice. ] Iowf'.vcr� a ft e r the begin n i ng of any given �enl(':-'t('r 1 10 c ha n g-c w i l l he made to be dfect ive w i l h in the ,(,Illester, ('xccpt in ('ib(' of e x t rel l 1 ! ' (· ' Ill ergen('y.

PAYMENTS

Semestf,r b i l l:; a re due a n d paya b l e at dw l i l l l l ' of "" p;ist ra t ion. Studcll t" receh'inp: scholarsh i ps. grant� o r loans Ill I L ... t " O l l 1p lt�lp al l l1�ce��ary arra n �t'lIwnl� wel1 i n adnlllPe of n·g. i � t ra t ion.

New ,tndents 'lrC reqn i red 10 pay a 850.00 dcpo,it 011 t ni l ion aftcr ,, , 'ecp l" lice and odore May I . This i., n o l r..fl lnd ahit' a ft" r May 1 or J a lluary 15 for se(:ond ,eme:;ler a p rdiea tions.

Rr: t llrn ing �t l ldel1t:-', mak i n g a p p l ication fo r rc� ·enl nHH·e! a n� r('q l l i n'd to pay a S50.00 dep osi t 011 t l l i li on which i, nol ref n n cla bl e aftpr May I or J a n ll a ry 15 for �"" oll(l ,,�me,ter a l ' pl i (·a t i on.- ( 'xcept for t h ost' who ( ' l I ler Ihe a rllled ,ervicc. R e t u rn i n g; ' I lldenl, who h a v e paid thi, d'·po,i l . and who a p p ly for rpsidpncc hall a('collllllodnt iol ls dllring the l imc to fJl' "nllon n,·('d i n I lw spring �cln('�ler, wil l hf' giY('n p ri o r i t y i ll l1lakjn� their roolll rt':';( 'nation� for t lw nex t aen demic year.

The balance of t h(· ,;('1111',1(:1' bill . " f tn paYIIH'1I1 o f Ihe SSO.OO dCl 'o,il on t u i t ion, is dlle and payab!.- al the l inl(' of I't 'p;islra t in n ,

S t m lcnts unable to lIleet I h e i r -elllf'stpr hil l .< i n f i l I I llIay elect OIW o f Ihe following p ay me n t plan"

1. Siudents I't�, iding i n the Uniwi', i ty residence hal ls p a y a t lea:'1 8450.00

in adrl i tioll to the S50.00 advallc" d"posit befo rt' or at the l i me of n:p: i - I m t ion. Stllnents n o t residing i n Uni,-cr,it)' re<itl('nce h a l l " pay ,,1 1 least S2S0.00

in addit ion to the S50.00 advance deposil hefore or at Ih" l i n", of registrat ion. The ha la lH'e is payabl" i n 1\\0 ( 'qllal in,lalll llcn t.- 011 October 15 and November ] 5 i n Ihe fal l s(,IIl " ,-II'r, a nd Ma rch 15 and A p r i l 15 in the � pr i ng scme ... ter.

2. Pre-puYllll'nl plan : The l l ni wrsity al,o of Tel', an eqll a l pa ymen t p la n wherein 1I l 0n t h l y p a yment>' begin on .l u i )' 1 . 1969 a n d a rc c O rn p lel(·.! o n A p ri l 1, 1970 ( ,It- t a i l s anl il abl,-, on r('q n��t ) .

A ,.,,-\'il'l' fpc of S5.00 m a y be r:harp;ed i f a l l )' paynIP n t is n o t paid when dlle.

I n addit ion to the 'per:ial ,tudent loan fnn ds d'''fT ibed I I nder Financial Aid_

20

the l n i \ er.<..; i t y has made a rra Ilgcll l ('nl� w i t I I o u tside f iIlalH� i a l agencies to ["'(1\ i d e I , ,' l h clcf(' IT"d p a v nH'nt p la lh a n d p l a n ,.; fo r mCNing educ a t i o n a l ex[J < ' l I'CS ont o f ll1ont l d,- i ncome, T i re U n i '·er.s i tv ha,.; cndor,ed the C n i ted S tuelent Aid J-'l I l 1 d defc rred pa v m c n t p l a n . Thl! U n ivl'r" i ty a l,o enelor,c" Educa t ion Fl l n , k I ncorpo ra ted, a n cqll a l monthly p a y m e n t p l a n . ncLa i l " of a l l l o a n p l a lh a rc m a i l a l , l " fro m t h e D i lT( ' [or o f A d l l l i "ions o r F i mu) ( ' i a l A id, off icer.

H cg i , l ra t i o n i., not r ' o l l l p l c l cd u n t i l a l l f i n a n c i a l o b l igat ions have been a ITa l l ,:, ,,1 in t l ,,' B u , i l J e " Off ice.

'1'1", U n i \ (T, i l y resCI'vc,,; t l ", r i g h t to w i t h h o l d , la tenH; n t of honorahle d i ,l I I i "a l , I ra n ,ni p l of n'cord" 0 1' d i p l o l lla , u n t i l a l l U n i versity h i l l.s have he(!n pa i d � o r \ l l l t i l s; l t i�ftl( 't()ry a r r a I l gf'm c n t� have i)t'CIl made w i d , t l ! (� B l I "' i lle:-'.� O f f iC I ' , S t l l d" l I h \I' i l l nol he pcrm i t l � d to r,,:! i, tcr for a n( ' \\ 'cnH" t n u ll t i l a l l h L l I � <ll "r: p a i d ror t i ll' p re v i Ol l ":;' t e n l l .

C re d i l 1'0 1 ' f l l i l l re ,c n i cc, to he rcndf �red to t h e ni" er,i t y h y t h e 'tl ldellt cannot I w u'cd to nwet t i re i n i t i a l paym f ' n l . Money clu e for work perforl l led \v i l l I ) { � g i \ ( ' 1 1 only if I l l(' � t \ ld(-, I lt\ a ( , c o l l n t j ...; ( ' 1 I 1Tcnt .

HEF ND,';

r ' a r t i a l I l I i L i o l l refu n d l I lay I l l' made wl ren w i th d rawal from the Un i,'C r,ily n"�1I 1 1 � frO/ I I � i ( ' k l l (-��", or ( ' L lU :--f':-; occurring beyond t h e con t rol o f t l te :-; t l ldrnt . T n no ( ·.aSc w i lt fecs hc refu n d ed. Rdu n d may be mack in t.he fol lo w i n g i J rO J 1 o r t i o n -::; ,

O n e \I e .. k or I " " B t ' l \\ { T i l O IH ' , lnd t\\ ( ) wcck;-:. B e t \\ een t \ I 0 and t l m'e \lTeb B e l \l ( 'C I I t l m T and four \lTcb B I ' L\I' , ' ( 'n fOU l ' a l l d fi, l' \\Tcb :'-io ,cf l l l l d d fl c r li , e ,\I ",k,.

90% BO(;{ (lor;, 40% 20%

Hefu nd, Oll roo I I I ,. w i l l not I ,, � ,d l owed ill ca,1 1 . Ho we' er, if tbe stu c lcnt r t ' t l l rI h w i t i J i n t i l ( ' next t. w o :::;( 'm(' . ...;, te [""'� pro-ra ta a l l ow a n c e will he c redi ted in t I te fo l l o w i n g pr( )p() r l ioll� of occl l pa l i o ll d l l r ing t i l t ' :-;elllc:-;tcr of w i t hdrawa l :

up to 2 wceb HW/r ::\-:1 \leeks itO'Yr. 2-3 wccks 60% 4 -5 \l Pcb 20% N o ,, I t . ,\l a l l fT w i l t I I<-' ( ' )'i ,d i tcd if w it l l c l ra"' d l OCCIIr'· a ft(·, ,· t l t e Stb week. If

t i l l ' ,.;Lll dc l l t doc, Iwl ,et l l nl . t l lC a l lowance i, forfe i ted. Hdl l l l d.' o n bOdr.! w i l l nol I ", md rlc [or c o n t i nuous a bsence, o f Ie,., t l ran

0 1 1 1 ' \ lel 'k 'I l l d 1 1 0 ref l l n d \I i l l be m a d e for the f i r.'! weck',.; a thcnce. :\ I'ro-ra ta rdl l l l d \I i l l I", !TId"" [or n c . . (',�a ry w i t l l c l l·d\l·;.11 from t i l e U n i \'cr., i ty, No ref u n d \l i l l I IC olad ... 1'0 1 ' a l l \' C n i, tcr., i l y t ri p " o f d l l ) k i n d . s u c l t a s c h o i r, clwru,.;, band, o re b l' , l ra , 'd t h t . . t i .. s• a n d so fortl l .

DEPOSITORY Fon STU D E N TS

, t i l d e n I, dr-" i r i l l g to lea,c c;d l i n t i rE Bu,.; i lless OffiJ :,.. may do so. This cd.,11 l I l a y 1 )(' c 1 1 ' ; ,,\ 1I ( J i l t a t t l ", ('f 'q l lc, t o f tlHe sliulf ' n t .

PER. 0 AL EFFECTS

TI l(' { i n i ver,ity i,.; not re'pol l, ihle for t J I I; I ( (T,.;orw l dfec:!s o f the sl i lcien t,s or the fa " lI l t" mem l ", r", The n i " crc; i ty cannot he held accountabl e [or any losses.

Fl \ ( I I I " 2 1

Financial A id The lJn ive rsi ty recognizes an obl igat ion to select , encou rage a n d give oppor

tun i ty to tho,e persons who Imvc the, p o ten t i a l to make si gn i fi, ' a ll l tc( 'hnical a n d cultura l contribut ion" 'Vi' w i l l extend Ollr fi nancia l aid program 1 0 the l i m i t in order to admit (lart i l ,ulll rly de,.","ving swdcn ! .",

The. fi nan( ' ial aid program i n cl ude,s lln ivcn;i ty ,( 'hola r.,h i l ' " ' grant .,- in-aid, talent award,., loans and p a rt-t ime employment, In addi t io n the l Jn i \'(' J'"i t)' has funds to a wa rd from the fo l lowing federal Progra m "

Colic{;c Worf.;-Sllldy - a p rogrllm o f e m ployment i n w h i c h t l I P "tnd!' n t . particularly o n e from a low-income fam i l y, i s C0I1 I I 11'n , a l ('d for I I ", nll llll)( ' r o f h O l lrs h e works for tJw i n � t i t l l t i ol l ,

Nalionrd Oc!ellse S(lIdent rOllns - a progra m of borrowing, pr imar i l \' for needy stllde n t " i n which the stu d e n t has a n obliga t ion 10 n'"a), h is loan, w i l l'. 3-pe r'f:(>nt in tcI'I" t w i l h i n a l O-year p er iod fol lowing ('o l l '>gl' a l tcndarll 'P,

Nllrsing S(lIdelllS LO/lll - Tdpn t i (' a l i n I llQsl re"III"I'! ." t o Na t i on, , 1 Dcrer",' Loa ns except i n ICJ'f:st is spt al "Ihe p;o i n p: fr,d�ral raIl'," "h il 'h ill 1 9M1 w,,, S% peTcent , i lllp l(, a n n u a l in lt're, t . P a r t i a l " ( I IH">}}a t io n fo,- th o,,. w h o �111('r p ro ff"�,-: ional Illl r!-'l n g ('a rf'cr�. Sophomo res f' n t(; r i n � ll l� Srhool of Nt lr� ing a rl ' ('I i � i h l (' i f fin an {' ia l m'ed ex ists ,

F.rl/l. ('(liiona/ O,)"n r(llTIifY (;ranls - a I ' l'O�ra l1l of d i n-' , ' l grant, in whil 'h the s t l ld(' n t receives a no n-oh l i ga t i n g awa rd o f fl lnds, ba,,'d Oil " ' ('(' I ' l ional firwrll' ia l l1('cd [lnd (.\' idrl1('e of a( 'udl 'mic 0 1' ('r ... a l i n� 1 ' 1'0111 i .,",

G u aranteed roans. - a p rogram of horrow i n g . p r i m a r i l y for ::;tllcif ' l l t..: from rn idrlk- or I I l ' p " ,--i IH'onll' fa m i l i .. " TIll' , l l I dl'll t ha� an ohl ig-a l i on 10 r .. pay h i .'i loan w i th 4-pf ' l'('('n l ( m iddle il1,'onw ) 0 1' 7-I " ' I 'C e n l ( I I P I 'n i l l l 'omf' ) in lrrc, t .

Inform a t i on " .nn('i'm i l l ;! h o t h l i ll i""-!'>; i l ), and Perlnal Programs i s ava i la ble frol11 the fin a n c i a l A ids Offrr.e,

22 Fl . .\, 'f I A L • 1 0

Th" College Schola rsh ip Service Pa rent;;' Confiden tial Statement i " the on l y a p p l i ( 'at ion neCC�"'lry for requesting any of the forllls of a",i"tance ava i l a bl e . ,[" h i" a p p l ic a t i o Il m u s t be su bm i t ted bdoJ"(� March 1 , a nd i � avui lahle from the D i recto r o f Admi;;"i ons 01' h i gh ;;chool cou lL'cl ing o1Tlce", I t i" a,Nll11ed t h a t WIH'Il r"que"t;: fo r aid a re received tha t t h e ,tIIdent's first cho ice i;; i t ;;" h o l a r· s h i p . W i th th is i n mind the Comm ittee decide:; the type of u ""i,;tance wIdell w i l l h e g i ' e n . Th i;; Illay h e one o f the u bove a ids or a com hina t ion g l·a n !.

Grants

Pastors and unma rried chi ldren of pa"tors a rc to be gh'cn grants i n the amollnt of ,-' 100 for each school year. These gra n ts a re to be a w u rded only dur i ng the second semester in a ttendan ce and only if such students receive t h e lIla i n ,;u pport o f their u n iversity e x penses from t h c i r parcnts a n c l p rov ided that the ,tudent,; a re regi,tered for at least twelvc hours each ,cmestcr during tlw ,;chool ypa r.

Reeogniz(�d dependents ( not ineluding married chi ldren ) of fa cu l ty/sta ff nH�mlwrs Illay rccpjV(� �p(�cial gran t�, the amount to he announced at the time of regi�trati()n.

Grants in the amount of "'25 per semestcr shal l be givcn to each of two or 1Il0re ,;tudent" frolll the same fa m ily at tending school at the same t i me, pro" ided that the m a i n sn pport for hoth is given by their pan�n ts, and provided they ha" e not received any oth er University grant or award.

All grants rnllst he applied for in the Bilsiness Ol/ice at or following registration lind will be credited afler eligibility has been est.ablished.

Talent Award�

A l im i t ed n u m ber of awards are made to students in the fidds of speech, d ra ma, Ill u.,;ic and a t h l ct ics,

To be el igihl e appl icants IllU;;t have sati.sfnc tory academ ic reeord.s and un· I.Lsu a l p rof ic icney i n one or more o f the above fields,

Student Loan Funds

The U n iver,;ity adm i n ist ra t ioll (�an a5sbt ;;tudent, who are in need of financial u" i,tance through variollS student loan fUllch,. I n addi t i on to th" loan plans out l ined u nder "Paymen ts" in this ca talog, the Un iver,i ty has the fol lowi ng I'c,;t r ictcd loan fun d,; from w h ich as,i,tanee i" a,'u ib ble :

A l u m n i A'isoc iat ion Loa n Fund American Lut heran Chu n:h

\Volllen Loan Fund Anton Andl' l'son Loan Fund John S, Ba ker Loan Fund J . P. a rlstrorn Memorial Loan

Fund D el t a Kappa G:.ll1lmu St u den t

Loan Fund L i l y C. F.kern Fu nd

Marie "uth L o a n Fu nd Gerhard K i rkcbo Memorial Loan

Fu nd Jea nette Olson·Diana Paul ·l\-l i r i a m

Stan Memorial Student Loan Fund J, I'. Pf lu eger S t l l de n t Loan Fund O. J, Stuen Alu m n i Loun Fund 0, A. T iJ\(.';el.,;tad Loan Fund Wom(�n's Club of Tacoma

Ileyolying Loan Fund

Scholarships

1· 1 , ' \ 'n \L m 2 3

A n n u a l scholan.hip, n m gp i n a m oun t from S100 to S1 .200 and are :::rantf'd

t o "tudpnts of h i gh academic nf'hievement. who "how evidence of financial

need.

To Iw rligihk for cOII ..,idt"ra t ion a studcnt IllU,;t han: a t Iea,t a ::\.3 [lyn·

age and rank in the upper 10 per ( 'cn l of his c l ass. Scholaqic abi l i ty nl l l,1 bl'

further reAected i n ,,'ores on the CEEB Scholast ic Aptitude TI" !.

Applications for renewal o f ,cholarships Illu , t be ,"hmitted p ri o r to A p r i l 1 .

I n addit i on to i t , ow n "chola rsh i p fund, lire Un i\Tr,i t y has a t i t" rii"po",,1

th" fol l o w i n g [c.'tric tl'd "'h olan,h i p fund, which n rc a wa rded p rimarily to

th ose studen t, who have ['ompl"ted their fi rst yea r :

Aid A;;sociation for Luthernm Scholar"h i p

A l tru:;u Club, Tacoma Cha pter. Schola rs�i r

A l u m ni Scholarsh i p Fund

A nH�rican A��ocia t ion of Un iversity Women Scholarsh ip

Helcn Clift Bell Schola r"hips

Jornnn B rcibnd Schola rsh i p Fund

O. A. B rown Fund

Dr. and Mrs. W. B . B u rns Fund

Ida A. Davis Fund

r a n d ly Memorial Schol a rship Fund

Fa i t h Luthera n Church o f Portlaud Scholarship Fuud

R " he�Ga Sehoenfeld G a rdner and Joseph Gardner Scholan;h i p

Ola f I la h'or,on Schola rsh i p

W . H . Hardtke Sem inary Sli l lh:nt Scholarship Fund

Rev. K a rl Kilian Memorial Fund'

Kinsman Awards

Ladies of K i wa n i� Award

Dr,;. Larson, Wi ks, Reberg!:r and Elder Scholarsh i p in Mr:diral Technology

Ludvig and Clara Larson Schola rship

Mr, and Mrs. \1/ . H i lding Lindberg Endowed SdlOlaroh i p

Lute (]ub Scholarsh i p ( s )

Lutheran Rrotlll'rhood l .egal Resen'e Life In.s u rancc Co. Seh�la rship"

Mu Phi F:r�ilon, Ta�{)rna Professional Chaptt�r, Scholarship

PLU Fa cuity Wi ves Scholar"hi p

Women of Rotary Scholarsh i p

Siqueland Yo uth Scholarship, sponsored by North Pacific Distr ict Luther League

Social Service Schola r"h i p Fund of lhe Divi"ion o f Charit ies, The American Lutheran Church

Tacoma Lumbermen';; Schol a r'sh ip

Rev. and Mrs. Halvor Tho rmodsgard Sr'holarship

Tuberculosis A"oc i a t ion of Pierce County Schola rsh ip

Won1('n\ Auxil iarv of Pif'rcc Cou n ty Medical

'Society

Schola rsh ip

2 5

Student Life Pacific Lu theran Un i\Oen,i ty provides extensive services to a •• ist ,tu dellt,.;

in mak ing their educati onal ex pe r icnee and personal l i ve, mo re p rof i ta hl e and ,a t i o"fyill�. Tn a dd i t ion to providing an i nte l lec t l l a l environl l lent, the U n iv e r,i t)' i,.; ,cll,it ive to t he need of prov i d ing sufficient rC'Oll rees to a i d it,.; q u den ts i n t h e i r to ta l develoPlllent. The Un i n,r, i ty conducts and sup· ports n u m e rous ,ervic.es and ac t iv i t ies wh ich suppl ement t i le basic CO l l rse of ;:t l ldv. The "�rvice, d",ni ],cd lido\\', w h ic h are co ·o rd ina ted by the Vicco

Prc,itknt - Stu dent Affairs, have develo ped over a period of t ime and exist fOl· t h e ,.;ole p" rpo,e o f serving t he stu df'n t body.

POLICIES GOVERNING COMMUNITY LIFE

The n iver,it)" a d m i t, st l ldent,; with the expre" u n delAa nding that t hey w i l l dleerfll ]]y comply with its reg u l a ti on s in every re'peet and conduct the m,,, lvcs ['" ladi es and gen t l c men.

A l l ,tIHlent,; ar" expec teo to conform to ex pected ,tandards of hehavior w h ich i l l l ' lud" confor mi ng to ,tale a n d local laws.

Any stu den t who,.;" ] , ekl\,ior i:; di,ho ne:;t, de,truct ivc, u net h ical, i m moral, o r i n any way r,,[],'er,; u n favora bl y upon the student hody, o r who,e can· duct is prejudic ial to the good I"",,e of the Un i vers i ty, "hall be ,ubject to d i :.;r i l ' J in a ry action whidl may re:-iu l t in �u�pcn�ioll, di�mis�al o r eXJl ul� ion from tl", Un iver,i ty.

A mo re comprc.he n<;ive s ta temen t o f polici"s, ri l le" anr! regula tion,; iF' inclu deo in a ,;epa ra te publicat ion concerned w i th ( , (1 I n p "" government nnd conduct.

OFFICE OF STUDENT AFFAIRS

The Offi,oc o f S t udent A ffairs is di rec tl y responsible for the organ iza tion a nd progra mming of t he resi dence ha.Ils a nd other student l ivin g a rrange· JIl(' n t � ; new st H denl orienta tion ; fore i gn :->tlld cnt�; �LlIdent government, and o tJ"'r stl ldent act ivit ies. I t al"o o[[ers individual atten tion to prohlems w hieh a rise in studen t l i fe. SlIIdcnts are therefore enco u raged to contac t this office whenever they arc concerned abou t aspects of Un iversity l i fe not speci fically rel a ted to cu rricular programs. Tire ca mpu s calendar is kept in this o ffice, and n i l University ,;vents and act iy i ti es are scheduled here.

OR I ENTATION OF NEW STUDENTS

A n o rien ta t ion program to i n trod u ce stude n ts to Un iver;;ity l i fe is held for a l l new students a t the Iwginning of the fall semester. Students take pl ace men t H�'*, fall l i l ia ri7.e themse l ves with University fac il i ties, and become acqua inted with fellow ,til dents and the faculty. Con fe rcncoes arc a rranged with facu l ty advisers u nder whose guidance regi"tm ti on is completed.

CLASS A TTE�l)ANCE

Regular a t tendance at ciasses i s a busie educational pol icy of Pacific Lu thera n University. A student who finds i t nccess,uy to be absent from his

26 I t I II r 1 IFF

clas�('," ,I , o l l i d I l lake arrang"lllcn l:, w i t h th" instructor beforc the ab<ence, or i l l l l l l c t i i a te l y ti H'rf:after. I I I all , 'a,e" it i, the sllIden t"; rc,pon"ibi l i ty to make " I ' work l I l i,,;cci. If the "t l l dent is carcle;;s in regard to attenda n c e, t h e in

" t m ( ' t o r ma y dee III i t ,,'rioll" enough to notify the Office of Stllden t Affairs i n order I h a t u re,"cd i a l action mal' be tak"n, Upon rec o m illenda t ion from t i , , , in,t ru ( ' tor, a ,tudent lIlay he d ro p ped fl'olll the cour"",

T DENT H EALTH CENT ' R ' 1' 1 ", S t l l ( k l l t [ [eal th S e n'i c c i , e"ta hl ished i n I h e I le a l th Center w h ere

i t retui l l:-i the :-;l :n icc s of I J h y�i('ialls and n l l rses to a i d in ll l(� pr(-'�c rql t ioll 01 ti l < ' physi( 'al w el f" re o f t i l t , "tl lden ts, The doc tors arc i l l a t tend an c.e at rq ;:l I l a rJ y ,,, , h ec i l l l , ,d hO l l r •. COII,"" i t a L i o n , advice, a n d care of COlllillon a il) ) 1 ( , l It" a re ' a l'a i la hl c to a l l m(' m l "'r" of I I Ie "tl l den t hody carry i llg twclve or more I ' l'cd i t l lo ll r,,_ The staff of I I ", Health Cen L 'r w i l l not lIla k e ( 'al l" to I'<', idel lc , ' 1 1 ,, 1 1 , or to a n y l'<,.- id( 'nce o f f c a m pus, W l ten c i r l'Onic a i l menb arc di,;covprcu, paren ts Qr g u a ru i a,,, lV i l l b,� not i fied. The U llil'cr"ity ( 'anno t ,t';,'" I lW [ I l l- I l l er rc,'pon,i h i l i ty. Tlte l I i l'cr,ity do,'" not p rovi de [o r extended Ill('d i ( 'a l care by t i le n il'cr"i t)' do(,tors or exalll i na tion or trea t l llent by �p('c ial i:-:t�. E \ t ' l"Y a . ....;....: i :-- la nce w i l l he given, howe\'er� in l I Lak i ng a na ngP,lllellts for �pel ' i a l Jned i c a [ o r �lI rgind ( "a r e ; w hen prac tical � the .':'tl ldcnt i :-: u rged to amil I l i n / S,;t [ of l i te " "'I' i ( ' C',- o f h i ,s [a m i l y do('[or.

,\ l l new ,"t ll dcnts and rc tll rning ,tudents or f u l l - L i me gradll.lle , t l l dcn t", I ' a r ry ing twch·c or more c re d i t h o u rs, who have n o t been in H t tendan( 'e a t t id, i n s t i t l l t io ll f o r 01'" ) " a r or mor(' arc mq l l i r ed t o I I a n ! D cOlllplcte p h ysi, ' a l eXal l l i l lat iun by t h e i r hOl l le phy,i c ' ian 'IS a part of the a d m i",ion reql l irt!n lcnl . ( S ec Adln i",ion. ) Thi, examina tion report i,; k e p t by t he H ea l th S(,J'I' icc and i ,s al' a i l " l , k for ready reference by the L' nilrr,ily dodor and fi l l r�c.

Th" gcnn"l Iee, w h i e l l is l'("l l l i rcd o[ a l l ,s l. I"lc nh regi,kred for t \l , , 1\ ' ( ! l lO lIl' '' o r Inon', i n cl udes treatment a t the Hea l t h Center for minor disor< In" and i nciud, 's a( ' ( ' id( 'n l insu rance coverage to S l ,OOO.OO for any i nj u ry 'I /Sta ined and includ" s a( ' ( ' ident in,;urancc coverage to 1,000,00 for a n y inj u ry �l I sla i l l ed 0 1 1 t l l f � ( 'aI l l IHI�, a t n i \'cr�i t y �[lon :-::ored and :.;u perv i�cd acliv'it ies1 or in the cOl l r", of t h e ,tll,knt\ ( 'oming or going from tllc local place of 1'<·" i < l , ·n , ·c to or from the Un ivcL- i ty. All ath l�tes p a rti( ' i p a t i ng; in recognized i n t en.:o l leg; ia te �porh are al :",o a Uo rdcJ accident i n "l l rUtl(�e CQ\"eragc up Lo ,;5,O()O,OO [o r inj u r ic, ,,,sta ined, wJlcther i njl l l'Y ocelli'S during pract ice o r du r ing competit ion.

!fcallh Ins/l rance. I n a ddi t ion to the a c c ident i ns"rance de 'cr i iJed a iJove, t i le l; n i \'Cr,i t)' oflel's a " ol u n t a r y Ac c id en t and Sicknc", J\ledical Expense Plan. The 1""'( ' I t , , ,"C of Ul i" plan cxtencb tlte "on camp us" accident coverage to a twenty-fo u r hour, t\\·e!ye·mo n th plan and in addit ion provides he llt: fits for ,ickncs .. - , Pa rtic i p a t ion in tid, low cost p la n i ,s voluntary a n d availa hle

d l l l' ing registration on l y. A 1"'o, ' l u , ,'" w l , i , ' L I o n L l i l1<'5 the benefits o f the program is sent to new

studeuh hdorc regis tration, Copies a rc avai lahle by writi ng; to the Office of the Vice-l'rcsidc n t - Busi ness and Fina nce.

STUDE:"r LI FL 2 7

COUNSELING AND TESTING CENTER

Tlw g('nc ,',d pu rpose of the Cou ll'.e l ing Center I.' 1"0 ""siq student., i n

making decisions related t o th e i m mediate p rohlem,. of { n iwr.si ty adjust· n iP n t and to the hroader proble lll' of effective l ivinl!, Studcnts typ ica l ly

see COllnsclor,. for b e l p i n , t rcngthening academic per forma n c e, develop, i ng ( 'areer plan�, :-\olvin� �i t l lat ional p rohl('� Ill�, or improving srl f-u ndcr.-.:ta nding and person a l relation.- h i I ";, Cou nselors work dosely with other ,tudcnt services and ma,. offer to a r ra nge fo,' eon"ldta t ion with one or more of thCllI,

Career Planning, Most students are somewhat unc. (�rta i n of tlwir goals, and many f i n d t h a t " ou nsding hel ps them to clari fy their i n l crcSb, (l u i l · i t i ('s, an d plum.. Ex plorat ion o f 'urr icular offering" can lead t o Il lore ef· fect i vc lIS" of Un iversity opportunilie" Sdect ion of a major l i la), be de· ferred during t l , e expl oratory period, Spec ial rC,Ollrccs for career cOllnscl ing i nclude t , 's ts of indi\ i dua l i n tcrest', preferences, and gen e ral ab i l it ies. a n d a l ibrary of occu pa t iona l a n d cd,"' a t ional i n formation,

Edl/ ('(l(inna/ Adjllstmelll, The a l m ' ! ' t change froln h igh school to the de· mands of Un i\'crsi ty ( o la >'5work i s somet i mes d i fficul t to Il lake, CO\l n,din� can I I I ' lp ,01111' sludent" to i m I ) )'oH' sludy method", participate more effeet ively i n c.la" d i'l'u",io ll , increase self·confidence and skill i n tak in.,; teo'ts, and ' I I I C l r - r,tand t I l l " rel "", "ce of l iv i n� conditions and p l 'Y'ica l hcalth, R.cmcdial da:;;�e� or tutoring may Iw slI ggested as a means of bal a.neing ".·eakne�sc:s in I ' ip:h ", ·hool p reparat ion.

Personal COl/ll selillg, Someti me., ,;tlldenh find that persona l COIH".erns in · L erf" re Wi lh t l , e i r University work. I nd ica tions o f lh i� Inay i ncl ude diff icu l ty i ll �I('cping, inabi l i t y to COJ1(;entratc on l ert l i lTS or te:o:ts, rlt.,!p rc�sp.d feel i ng� , or conf l ich \I'i t h o t l ,e rs, COIlJ1sd ing has h e l ped individual,; w i l l , problems ::-uch a:::. tho�e involving In i l i tary �cryi('e, marria ge, rc1ip:iotl) fil lunce, living con d i t ion', rela t ion,.hi l '" with f'l I n i l y and other pcr:5on", o r a genera l need for self'luICI"r,tandi n.,; and sense of diree t iOI l .

TesciTl{; and A Clidemir Placement. The Coullse l i ng Cellt'�r uscs varinu� tc."l>, w h irh ,lud" nh think Ill ip:ht h d p Lhem i n career pbnnini-\ or other tr p(�S of prohlem -i;;oh-inp;. I t a l:-;o acts as a t. p .q ing agency within a :-opeci· f ied W'ogra phical area for a n u m her of na tional or state I 'rOl':nlnlS, a n d wi t. l , i n t i t" Univers i ty for sOlne spec ia l depa rtmental o r g;raduatc p rograms. Certai n d(�partHlenb u . ...;e test re�ll lt:-i along wi t l l h i g h school re('o rd:, to a:.;�ign �t l ldet lt� to c i a...: ", se("t ion� according to experience and a b i l i ty .

VETEHANS AFFAIHS

Tl,e 'n iversit), i s app roved hy the Veterans Admin istration as an i n · s t i tu tion of h igh!; ' r educa tion for veterans and i nv i tes "eteral l� to u,e i ts fac i l i t ies in acqu i r ing and cOlll p],-,t illg tl\(� i r educa t ion , Forms a re [I\'a i b ble in t h e R('giqrar\ Offi(:('.

Students, including allY new tra mJer studell ts, who will ':ome u nder Publ ic La w 6:34 ( Orphalh Bi l l ) or the Veterans Rea djustment Benefit Act of 1966

( ['I;ew GI B i ll ) , IllU,t contact t ire Veterans Administration Regional O ff ice first for a cert ificate of eligibi l i t y and he guided hy them thereafter. This

2 8 Tl LIF F

"llOuld b e done a s soon a s pos.�iblc after accep tance by t h e University and

bdore arrival on ca J l J Pus. During rcg i, lrll tion all reci p ien ts o f a i d th rough the

Ve terans A d m i nistra tion shou l d fi l l out the queHionn a i re prov ided by till'

Regi�tra r.

Tn order to obta in ful l subs istence, undergraduate veterans and el igibfe

o rpha ns of veteralb Ill ust ca rry fourteen ;;C1I1e;;ter hours. Grad l la te veterans

should !:olbu l t the Regist rar concern in g load for fu l l subsistence , a s th is Illay

vu ry. O rphans !l l l ist carry at least sl"'en semester hours to claim subsistence.

Vetera ns who hm'e completed l i beral arts courses t h rough USAFI w i l l

rCCt'iv(' credit a s recom mended by the American Counc i l on Education.

CHAPEL AND CONVOCATION H ESPONSlBILITIES

Pacific l .u thcran University is avowedly an inst i tu t ion dO"ely related to

the c h u rch . The re ligious and sp i ri tua l objec,t ives of the Uni\'ersity nn�

reflected i n manifold \I'ays - cha pe l services, ,tudenl congregation, who l ly

volun t.ary activiti es, cou rses in relil!ion, as well as i n le:;s defined ac tivities.

For the t o t a l c O lll l 1 l u n i ty. includ i ng fa cul ty, tl", worship tU;pcct o f insti

t l l t ional eonC:Crrl ha.o; had its foc us in the chape l servic-.ci', \Vorsh i p , it is be l ie l'cd , comes ve ry close to the heart of the eflort to a t tain the s ta ted

spiri t u a l objectives,

Vo l un ta ry chapel ,e rvj c( ' ;; a rc held on Monday , \Vcdne�da)', and Friday i n

Eastvo ld Chapel. The chapel pe r iod i s frolll 9 : 5 0 t o 10:20 a . JlI. Th u r,days a re

re,ervcd for convoca t ion , a l though convocat iol1s Illay 110t be held with

regulari ty, Certa i n convoca t ion, JlIay be i'cheduled in other ho u r, d u r ing the

day. So, as no t to ,trike one j Jeriod more than anot her, the h Ollr,; wil l vary

from t i me to t ime.

The rw riod of 9 :50 t o 10 :20 a.Jl1 . on Tuesdays will be n"en'cd for the

s tu dents . They may use i t i n any wav appropriate to the i r n eeds and the

n i \"f'rsity', basic ph i losoph y.

FOOD SERVICE

The .s t ll d e n ts living in res i dl 'IH 'c hall� are requ in,d to take their rneuh in On(' of th e dining halls loc'a ted on campus. Th" fee f'sLa b l i shed for food

servicc: is based on t he fact that not all stu c ien ts eat a l l mea l , : therefore, no deduc t ion s a n' made for stllden !"; who ('a t. fewer than th ree mea l:; per

day at th!: U l l i "eI'si ty, o r who n rC' n b"cnt on ""e,,k" IHk A c· ha rge is mac'"

for stu den t 1!1"" tS. Studen ts room i n g off calT t l ' lIS m ay board at thc Uni·

ver:-; i ty cafe terias 011 it �ell le�ter basi!".

nOOKSTORE

Tlw Un il'c rsity main ta in s a book store in tll(� Collegc Union Bui ld ing

for the cOrI\'cniencf: of ,;t u den ts . T h e store, opcra ted on a s tr ie tly cash basis,

sells boob, stationery, ,, ·hool slI pp l ie$ and n wide var ie ty of notions,

TL IlI. T l i E 29

COFFEE SHOPS

The Unive" ,ity operates two coffee shops, one in the College Union Bu il ding and t i le other in Columhia Ceuter. These ,hops arc open da ily. Short orders are avail a ble for ( 'OIl l l l 1 l 1 t ing students an d ca mpus vi :-, i tors..

PLACEM E NT SERVICE

The Uuiver.;;ity, throu"h the School of Educat ion , maintain, a pl ar,ement service for stu den ts entering; the teaching profc'sion. A fee of S5.00 is charged to cover the cost of records and corre�pondence ueees';ary for place· ntent of grad ua tes recci\'ing the (kgree of Bachelor o·f Arts in E ducation. An (,[fort i, made to place all graduates, but pos i t ions are not gua ranteed. A f te r the first position has been ,eutrer!, a cha rge of �l .OO will be made for cac h add i t io nal i",uc of cr<,dc n tiais.

Graduate, lIIajoring in othel' fiel cls are a .s,;istcd by their respecti\'c maj or profe� . ..;or=-, and deans in ohta i n ing po�i tion�.

STUDENT EMPLOYMENT

The U niversity a i ms t o assi.st worthy and needy sttlf\t;nts hy h elp i n g tlwrn to find elllploynwnl. Appl ica tion, for work ,;houl d ue il ia d" to the St"d,�nt Financial Aid Olli('" after it st udent he" I)pO'n ''' ' ' ' ' 'p ted for adlll i"ion. Stl l ' dents who w i l l nced work .s hould apply parly i n t h e SUIl l I l le I' bccause t l". n l l m lwr of joh, available is l i m i ted. St l lden ts may. how(,," -I'. " pply d ur in.,; the year a, wel l .

EXTRACURRICULAR ACTIVITIES

In addit ion to :"t re�::..i ng !'ll('.ce��ful academic. performance, the U niversity chal lenges its 'tnden t� t o profit hy expcrience i n extracu rricular ueti\·ities. Hcre a l so t i , e �tn d .. nt develops h i s leadershi p skills u n d learns how to work well with hi, ne i ghbor. Students should not per m i t th is type of activ ity to i n t(�rfere wit l l t he ir regular a('ademic pl1r:::ui t�.

A listing of ,tudent act i\iities follow"

General ASPLU SOCIAL ACTIVITIES BOARD-coordinator of all act,v lttcs. A SSOCIATED WOMEN STUD ENTS-a ll full-t ime women student,;. CI RCLE K-affi l ia t e of National Kiwllni,;. GA V E L CLUI3-affil iate o f national cluh. I NTERNATI O N A L STUD ENT ORGANIZA TION-for st udcn ts fmlll fo reign

cOllnt ries and i n ten�stcd A m crican �t ll den ts. MONTANA CL B PHILOKA LEA NS-an orga n i za tion for stndents who ha\'e returned to school

aftci' a n absence of t.hree years or more. PROPE LLl�R CLUB- for ,tudent>; i ntere,ted in maritime affa i rs. YOUNG DEMOC RATS, YOUNG REPUBLICANS, YOU NG AMERICANS

FO R F R E E DOM-for those i n tere 'ted i n political educat ion and partisan activ i t ie�.

3 0 TUDE0iT UtE

Honorary and Service

A L . P H A KAPPA PSI-national professional busint�ss fraternity. A LPHA P H I OMEGA-national sen' ice fraternity for u niversity men In'

tere"tt·t! in Boy Sr;ou b of Al11cri<:a. BL E K EY-na tional junior and sen ior men's service honorary. I 'ITERCOLLEGl A TE K N I G HTS-national service honorary for sophomore

men. PI GAM1"rA ]IHJ-nat ional social srip-nce honor society. SPURS-national service honorary for f:ophol11ore women. TASSELS-Io(�al honorary for ,-cnior gi rh:.

Athlet ic

PACI FI C NORTHW EST I NTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLET I C CON FER· E!\CE-area organization for intercollegiate a thletic�.

LETTERMEN'S CLU B-soc ial organization for men who have won let· ter� i n one o r more major sport�.

MEN'S INTRA MURALS-for students wishing to participate in l i m i ted hut not i n ten:ol l"l�ia tc "ports artjl' i t ie;;.

SEASPR I TES-a c lub for those interested in aquatic art. SKI CL B-for student>' i n terested in individual or competitive :;kiing. VA RSITY ROWING CLU B-for male students i n t e rested i n crew racing.

l>epartmental

AMF.IU C A N C H EMICAL SOCIETY STU DENT A FFILIATE CHAPTER -8 dub for students inter(",tcu in careers in the chemical sciences.

D ELTA I OTA CHI-for n u r, ing ;;tudent •. FRENCI I , GERMAN, , i ORWEGIAN, SPAN I S H CLUBS-for stuuenls in·

t 'rested in Jan�lIage:-;. K AP PA RHO K A P P -for "tudents int"rested in Greek. Ll I'\,E SOCIETY-fo r biology stuuents. lilA T H EMATI 'S CLUB-for ma thcma tics students. PI li C I f ] TlfETA-a na tional fraternity for women maJonng in bu;;iness. P H I EPSI LON-for women students majoring in physical educaLion. PSYCHOLOGY, SOCIOLOGY, HISTO RY-for students i n terested in each

study. STUDENT EDUCATION ASSOCIATION ( R ho Lambda Chi } -Iocal chap·

t(!r of S tudent N a t ional Education Assoc iation.

Musical

CHOJ R OF T H E W EST-a cap pella choir interested especially 111 sacred choral mll�ic.

MU PI-IT EPSI LON-local chap ter of National Ml1sic Sorority. O R G A N GUI LD-student cha pter of American Guild of Organists. THE AMBASSADOR QUARTET-a quartet from the music department. THE CHAMBER SINGERS-a 16·voice group seleeted from the

Univer,ity Chorale.

'I DE. T urI. 3 1

THE MADRI GAL S l NGE RS-Iln orga nization of trained " o ices singing both sacred and sec u l a r Illusic.

U N I V E RSITY Ci-I O R A LE-:;inf!;ers in te re,.ted in sacred c horal Inu,ic an d ora torio.

U N I V E RSITY CONCE RT B A N D-a pe rform i ng concert organ iza t ion. Variou, membel" of th is group al�o partici pate in the Pep Band which perfo rms a t ath let ic ('onte,ts. 1IiIVERSITY ORCHESTRA-for instrumcn tal i"t,; who arc i n t<�rested in orehe,;tr" l perfo rma nce.

Religious . TUDE- T CO NGRE G ATI O N-u n der the l 'ade rsh i p of the Pastor, John

O. La r"gaard, is a n orf!;an izu t ion rI" signed to promo te Christian l ife and to tra i n the , t u d " nts for in for med and u(:tive leadersh ip in the chu rch.

The Stude n t Congrcga t ion i, the Lutheran Studen ts' Aosociat ion ( LSA ) on t l l i s ( ,<\lTIplI.S• It cir-ns a Boa rd of Deacons, a Boa rd of Trustees, and a Gcneral Cou nc i l an nua l l y and proJrlOtes a ,teward,hi p p rogram.

tud ' n t s a re i lw i ted to 'l ff i l ia te ,,, i t h t l l i " organ iza t ion du ri ng their u n i" c r"i ty ,,"1'("'1'. Thi, aff il iat ion doc:; not consist in a tran"fer from, nor a ffec t in Ull�t way: their nH�m bcr:-;hip in ule horne congrega tion. forning wor,h ip i, conduc ted each Su nday i n Ea stvold Cl ra pe!, and t h e Lord's Supper i, r:de bw ted e" cry Sunday in the Tower Cha pel.

Prayer Se rvice, Col lege £fi l ia ted Laynpn's League ( CA LL ) , and Lcague r ntnc"t Fcl I ow,h i p Teams ( L IFT) are n l "o o rgan ized u n der the Stu dent Congn'ga tion.

Speech Arls LPI I A P I O M EG A- a t ional "onora t·)' dJ'Umatir fra te rn i ty.

C {J RTAI I CAT .L .L B- I I "tuelcnts i n terested in all p l "" (,, of per-form i ng th ea ter.

FORENSIC SQ U A D S- Loeal organizat ion for a rea and na t i on al competit ion in deba te and indivi dual ,peak i ng events.

KNI G HTTI M E-\'\'eC'k l y programs p rc'cn ted over KPLU-TV ( closed c ircu i t telrovision ) for Unive rsi t y (:omll1 un i ty i n formation. O p e n to pa rt i ci pa tio n by all 'ltldenh.

KPL -FM-University owned radio hroadcast i n g station. Partici pa t ion open to all students.

PHI B ETA-Na ti onal fra ternity for ju nior and senior women. P I KAPPA DELTA-National honorary forcnsie fra tnni tv.

5111dent Pnbli"ations 1\100 f{j NG MAST -,,'cekly studellt newspa per. SAGA-Univer,ity yea rbook.

AUTOMOBILES AND OTHER VEHICLES The use a n d po�,es;;io n of au to mob iles a n d other motor vehicles in the

campus a rea is n matter of privilege and not of righ t. A buses may result in revok ing such privil eges. A ll who use an uu tomobi le or other motor

3 2 Tl (I I I I I

,·ohick whi le a t tendin� the Uni,·cr, i t y nlll;;t rq!;istf'r in th(� SeCil ri ty Office and f'l I rchn,;e a permit whi ( 'h I l l I I' t he placed 'h d i n··c ted on lhp . "Clh ir : lc.

SCHED ULING

A l l ,",ocinI a n d un iversi ty a ( ' t i\ ' i t ip� arn.l np;ed hy depart mellt�� cam pu� dllh..::, 01' groll I" o f �tudAl1.t� I I1 n,,! be sc hednlcr! t h roup;h t h c office of the Dean of Wonwn. A p proved "haperones a rf' requi red for a l l schcduled adi,· i t i es held ('itIH'1' on or o f f camp lIs. The scl l c d l d i ng of acti"it i e., hy ,t l ldel l t" i� the joint ITs pol1s i h i l i t y o f tl l ( , Dea n o f \"\'OIl1( , 1 l and the Soc ial A c t i v i t ie" Board.

I'LA(�E OF RESIDENCE

l\l I ' i f ic Lll t l lcra ll i" a re"i dent ia l I I n i veroity. A �t l lde l l t not l i v ing at hOllle w i t h I i i " paren t:;, )!lI a rdian or SPOII"(, is reql l ired to l ive in a residence hall on ( ',i.l I ll p U� l In l r.�s I H- � is at lea�l 2:3 yC'ar, .... o f age. Each new and rc·cntf>ring "tndent In l l,t fi l l ont the ST U O fo: NT P E RSO I\ N E L FO R M recei" ('d from the O f fice o f Adnl i. "sious.

A r(� t l l rn in� �tlldcnt, one wllG continut'!'" w i t h o u t in tf'rruption. i.l p p l ie:..;, for i 1 1 ( , I l e x t a( 'ademic vear hy paving the S50 deposit on t l l i t ion and by f i l l in� out the A P I' U CA1JON FOR RESIDENCE HALL A - 'COMMODATIONS if he p l a ns to I i \"{' in a \"("si dcn(·c I i al l ; or the A DD R E SS R ECORD FORM i f he w i l l h e l iv i n ;!!: a t h()lJ \(� w i t l l h i � parents, g t l i.Hd ian or �pOLl:-;e.

If �t<ldcn t s cannot he a<:(,Ulllrnodat�d in the rc,id�nC(-' I ru lb. tire U n iu,r,;itynot the sl l l rlcni-mak�s the nec c�"<-l r y pn)\'isiolls for hOll�i llp;.

ROOM RESEHVATIONS AND ASSIGNMENTS

A p plic"l ion for a rcsid,··nce ball room hy the new or re-entf �rin� student is Ill' de on t I l l ' ST DE. T PERSONNEL FORM, as ( 'xpla i ncd ahove, a f ter adl l l i." ion to t h e {j ni vcn'ity has heen confirmed. Priori ty for choice o[ h a l l

i,; determined by the date t h e Student Personnel Form i " received, a n d b y t h e '1\"<l il a h i l i t y of spacc.

A f t e r t i l" l I I iddle o f the "pring sellle,;t"r, on days that will be de,; ignated, ,ludents cu rrently e n rol led Illay apply for rcsi cl(·,nce hal l accollllllod at ion s for the next a,;aclcrnic; yea r. Priurity w i l l he given to those who a p p ly at that ti llle

a ud according to the avai lab i l i t y of space. A fter that date, a l l room reservation" i ncl u d i n g t hose of new st l ldenb, w i l l he as,;igned i n the order of rec e i p t of a p p l i('a tion.

Tile room rese rva tion wil l automa t i ( , a l l y be eaneelled i f a student has not a rr i \" C 'd by t h e dar prior to the beg i n n i ng of cJ'F'�"S. All rOO Il1 c hange must b" a p p roved hy the l ) i n'ctor of HOII,i ng.

I lol lsing assi gnm c n t� do not continue antoJ1latieally from yea r to year. The U n i v''I"sity \"(cse rvc.' the ri)!ht to change a student'� l ocation or to dose a IUHl:.; ing u n i t wlleIH�\'er necessary.

RES[J )ENCE HALLS

The n ivcrsity maintains residence halls for students, over w h i c h the Office o f Studenl A rfa i rs has general sll pervision. All students assigned rOOIllS in any

f l L I I F 3 3

of the .... " id('nce I i a l l s a re required to cont inu residence i n tha t hal l for the academic year. The residence ha l l. o pen on SlInda), of Orientat ion Week, and close at 9 :00 a,lll. tile day following the last scheduled ex a m i n a t i on. Studcn h a rt' not a l lowed in the h a l l s i n ad\'ance of t i , e open ing date, ex<:el't hy uckall ( 'c a rrangelllent� and paymen t of a �Jll'('ial fc(�. Re t u rn i ng quo del l ts ,ho l i i d not reti lm to t h e campus u u t i l the day t h"y arc to register, I I n l cs;; thc�' arc asked to corne carll'.

Thf re,idl'!l cc halls have dOllhle and triple room' w i t h a l imited nl lmber of sin!,: le roOIllS. lVla l t ress pads and bed,p rcads arc furn ished i n al l hal l, ; d rap eries ar<' p rov ided in a l l eXI 'ept I I a rstad which has vcnetian blinds, All rooms a re prm'idcd with s i n;::l e bl><l5, chest" of d raWN,. study desk". de"k la l l l fls. and cha i rs. The bcd, a rc RO"x:�6" in ,ir." in Fo"" Pflueger a n d Tin?:c],;tad H a l l " and an' 74"x36" i n a l l o ther hal ls , S t lldents f u rn ish perso nal i tems inc l u d i n g sheet;;. pi l low cases, pi l lows, blankets and t o wel,. App ro\'ed electrical i telll" a re ra d i n,. record players. eloeb. typ,,\ni ters. r..,adin� l a m ps, hair dryer", sha\'crs. cli ppers n n d h ea t i n g [ l a ds. Irons may he stored in t hf' rOOIll' b l l t m us t b" w'cd on l y i n the ironing roo m . Item;; which '11'(' not allowed and may n ot be k e p t n t ,c l rool a re : sunlamp", P1ectr ic blankl'ls, hot plates. electric heater;; and pI�rs(l n a l i ro n i n g boank Any ot l rer elect r ica l i t(,llls mLlst have t h e a p p roval of t h e Dinector o f Ilousing.

O(' ( ' ' ' l 'ants a rc he ld rc-pO ll< ihlc for damage to t i l le roOlliS or t l le ir fu rn i s h ings. (oe t of dalllap;e, IH'yond ti(e n o rm a l wear to resi dcnee h al l s, unless <uclr dalllag" I t (" bel',n idcl ltified w i t h a n i n di v idual. w i l l he cl larged on a prorated h"sis among the group within ti] (' l , a l L The maillS nrc subj e c t to i n 'pection by representatives of the Offi('c of Sludent A ffa i rs. A final inspection of melt rOOm I T I l Isl he lIlad I",fore " slndent llIay l � a \ C (It lh .. elld of a ",,, nester or at [I Il\ ' t i me that I , w i t h d raw s from t h e Uni\'crsi ty. Fi lial checkout from a residence h a l l is com pl"te ollly w i t h t l t i, i lh'pedio ll and afLer t i le key h a s I"'('n tu rned in. If tl lere has hepn any damage for which t h e student is rc s[ lonsiblc, a n 'bses.'lllcnt wil l be made and the studp' l I t w i l l he charged this a m o ll n t.

HOUSING FOR MARRIED STUDENTS

The niver;-; i l y Illa i fl l i.l in� twenty-six a pa rtment::-. Oil Ci.lmpl l :-i for murried H lI d r - ll t " FOllr of thplli a re th ree-bedroom t w i t.s, t l te remainder two-hedroom u l l i ts. Each i, part ia l l y f u rn i,hcd with an cle tric stove and a Iwater. A p pl ica t i on' for fa mi l\' a part l l lents ,llO u l d hIe Illade th rough the office of the D i n'Clor of H o u s i ng. A 40.00 depo.- i t n1\l,t accompany the a p plication. These a p p l ications are I ' rocc",ed according to the date they are received.

3 4 SUMMER Sf. 10

Summer Session The Summer Se5�ion consiots of two fi,'c·week terms and sta rt;' in the middle

of .r line. The cou r;;es carry regular col l ege credi t and a re of the same stan da rd as those g iven du ring the regul a r school year.

The curriculum is design ed for u ndergraduates working toward a bac( ' a· lau reate deg ree, gra dua te, wo rk ing toward a master's degree, teachers seeking c.redentials, school administrators seeking prac tica l courses, freshmen desiring to in i t ia te co l lege study, and others desiring special studies in the l i beral arts.

Persons working toward a degree from the University or for a teaching certificate mu"t ol"ern� the regula r adnlission requ i remen ts of the University. Transient students who enro l l for the summer session only need submit a letter of academic standing or give other evidence of being prepared for col lege ,;tudy.

A complete catalog fo r the >;u mmer session is printed each sp ri ng. Write to the D i rector of the SUlllmer Se�;;ion for this publica tion and other informa · t ion desi red.

Late Afternoon and Evening Classes

To provide for tl lc profe""ional growth u n d cul tural en r ichmen t of persons u nable to take u regu la r, ful l ·time college course, the U niver"ity conducts u program of late a fternoon and evening c1u;;ses. The.,e eoun;!;:; are given mainly on campus.

A wide variety of cou rses a re offered in the arts and sciences and in prore'Sional a n d graduate studies. There are specialized cou rses for teachers and s( 'hool adlll in istrator,;, for pe rsons in bu;;iness a n d i n dustry. The courses a re of the same (;al iher as those offered during the regulur session and a re open to al l who a rc eligible to take college work .

A spec ial bul let in is printed each semester ou tl i ning the offering,;, and is ava ilable from The Registrar of the Univ r ily.

\ D I I I I f 'I O( EfH HE� 3 5

Academic Procedures REG ISTHATION

III con"ul ta tion w i t h their faculty advioers, ,qudent." whose a pp l ic at i on s for adlll is ,sion ha "" been "ppro,'cd should register on the day; de;;igna tcci on the �e hnol ealend"r. S t l ldenL who reg i<;(er a fter the day;; designated will be cha l'gcd a latc reg iHrat ion fce. ( See sec tion on Finance. ) Student, c u rren tly ill a t t e ndance a t the {Jnil'e!'.,it)' shou ld regis!er in advance o f each new ."'f�n1f'�te r.

In the spring SCll l c,ster, , t l l dcn t< who wi,h to return for t he fo l lo w i ng ac;,,'/t"nic yea r mll;;t a p p l y for re·cn t ra nc c hy ilia king a S50 deposi t on tui t io n. Prior i ty ill room assignments an d choiee of < : las, offer ings will be p; ivCJl to �t l ldf'n t ... who make thi� a p p l ication d u ri ng desilqla t<�d d8y� which "' i l l he anl1ol l l", ,,d. S t ll c lcnts wlro make applicat ion after ti re designa t ed day;; wi l l be ac c e p t e d ac cord i ng to t i r e space avail ahle in residen ce halls and da"es.

New student.--, f("{"l l Incl1 or transfer;;, Illay he invited to come to the campus to reg i:-;ter dl l ring th e �lI mll1( 'r . Regul a r fa culty adv i:-;er::- wil l assi�t t h c�c students i n p l i. lnni ll� their cour . ..;e:-: a n d in r >gistering.

A st uden t is not officia l l y enro l led u n t il h is registration has been cl eared by t h e I3u"i ne;;,s OfficI, a n d h i s Place of Re�id('nce form has been rec eived by the Office of Stu c lont Affa i rs,

A DVANCED PLACE1HENTS See page ( 16)

CR EDlT BY E,rAMTNAT lO �

Studen ts a re p er m i tted, within I imi Ls, to speure erenit by exa m i n a tion 1Il l i c u of ,'egu l a r cl\ I'ol l rn e n t a nd class attendance. The maximum a lllou nt o f c : red i t w!r idl m a y he e'l l ned i n this w a y a n d ap p l ied toward a 1 ",, ,h dor'5 degree wi l l I,c det.e r m i ned by the dean,; in individual cases.

The cha r!!:" for an exarn ination for c re di t earned in this mann er io SGO.OO per co u rse. � A rrangements for tiud1 exa m ination;; n1 l l'[ be made by the stu· den t ,,- i t h t h e department c h a i rman or school d i rector and ap proved b)' the a p p ropr ia te dean. E v i denee o f thi approval a n d of the payment of the fee $l l l l ldd he presented by the student to the prof(';;;;or w ho will adf l l ini , t � r t.Iw exa m i n;j t ion.

tOUR E LOAD

The normal course load for ful l · t ime students is 16 hours per semester, including ph y'ical cducatiou a c t i v ity. The m ini mu m load for a rul l · t ime slude n t i;; 12 hou r�. A c redit hOllr represents o n e ful l period of prepared class work

pl'! ' week, or, if a la bo ratory suhject, at l east two per i ods per week for one SCJllcster.

Only " ,t uden t " i t h a n ( 3 .0 ) average or belter may register .for more than 1R hours per semester wi thout the consen t of t h e dean of the col l ege in ", I , i" , h he i, registered.

A student engaged in much outside work for seif·,u pport may be restricted to a reduced aca dem i c load_

3 6 \ ( \Dr:�l I l PRO ' E m RES

AUDITING OF COURSES

Fun-Timc Undergraduate"

L The a l l d i tor m l lst ,eC l i re the perm i"sion of the in"truc tor n n d then rc�ister ( in the usual way ) as an aud i tor. His tram,cri p t w i ll show the aurl i t i n f! record. He i s eXjwcted to a t wl1d the da,',cs wi th n·a,on· abl e re�ula r i ty. al tholl �h he i, not perm i t ted to part i c i pate in cla" riiscus,;;ions. He is not held accountable for work in the course,

2. A studen t i s not perm i tted to a u d i t mal'" than one ,'our,e in any senwstcr. Consu l ta t ions with h is adviser should preccd ' the deci"ion to audi t .

3. Shou ld a student subsequently wi,h to a ttempt to ga in credit by exami na tion in an " ud ited COll l·;;C. the fee for the exam ination wi l l be 360.00. A st l lden t wil l not be a l low('d to "cck ('( 'edi t by exa m inat ion u n t i l the lap:c of at least one ,{'me;:!C'r a fter thr, terminat ion of the a udi ted eour,e.

Graduatc Students

Graduate studen ts who wish to audit it COll r,(' wh il,1t has a l ready been taken for credi t may do so with the permission of tile Di n,,' !.or of Graduate Studie". The fee for alldi t in g is S30.00 per (,ours".

Non-Degree Students

Mature i ndividllals who w i�h to al ldit Un iH'r;;ity cOll r,c;; may do so w i t h t h e apprO\-al o f t h e instrl lctor l i n d appropria te dean , The fee' i " SliO.OO per (·Oll r�.

CHANGES Il\ REGISTRATION

Chanp;e� in rep;j�tru t ion due to conflict:-.; or errors in registrat ion may b� made without charge dl l rin g the first week o f tht' semester.

To wi thdraw from a class and/or add a class. the followin� proeedme is to be followed :

1 . Obta in tbe change. of program card from the Registrar. 2 , Obtain the nece;;;;ary sip;naturcs. 3. Pay the %.00 ehangc of re>gii'lrat ion fee at the Bu.sines" OllicC'. 4. Ret ll rn change of prOi!l'am card to the' Re�i,trllr. The student i s rcsponsibl e for completing the above ,tep' w i th i n onc week

after obtahl in� tllP change eard. Studen ts w i th draw in � officia l ly from a ria,_, a fter the fomth week of a

scmester w i l l rr,ceive e i ther a \VP ( wi thdrawal with passi n � ) or ",IE ( w i thdrawa l w i th fa ilu re ) .

An unofficial withdrawal from a cou rse w ill be recorded a, E, Withdrawal during the final six weeb of a semester w i ll be a p p roved only

when n cce",i ta ted by faetor" beyond the con t rol o f the " tudcn t . f:ertain General Un i\·ersity Requ iremen t' ( sec pl1f!C 41 ) l11u;;t b e com pleted

by ;o;I,ec i fied t ime� o llr in g any �tl ldr·.n L'� of'gree p roJ.!:ram. and w i thdrawal from (�ourse, meeting such 11 requ irement i" not allowed if thi, would p reclude m eet ing the req u i rement on ,chcdule.

WITHDRAW AI, FROM THE UNIVERSITY

A swde n t wi,hing to withdraw front the University 111 I 1"t ob ta i n a w i thdrawal card i n the Academic Deans' Oflice. complete a withelm ",al question-

A .:ADEMIC PRO!. EflURE!'i 3 7

naire, and obtain the necessary signatures on them. The student is entitled to honorable dismis�al if h i s record o f conduct is sa t isfac tory and if he has satisfied al l financial obligations.

GRADES

The following final grades are used in judging tbe quality of a student's work : A, Excellen t ; B, Good ; C, Satidactory : D, Poo r ; E, Fa i l u 1'\' ; and, in cou rses taken on the pass/fa i l basis, P and F. Of these latter, only [\ P grade pro· vides course credit ; it may ue awarded only for work that would regularl y qualify for a C o r h igher grade. T h c F i s given for work that would regu larly qualify for a D or E.

Specia l c ircumstances may warrant the use of the temporary mark I ( incom· plete ) to i n d i ca te that the student is doinl'( pa"ing work in the course but has been unable to complete a major assignment because of factors beyond his control . An I is not given when the ,tudent has nCl'(lected h is work or failed to take the final ex a m i n at ion. The instructor giving an r mllst file with the dean of the ("ollel'(c concerned a statement opecifying the rea�on for the incomplet > and the amou n t of work to be completed. An I must be removed during the first ,ix weeks of the following semeslt·!' of rc;;idence unle" the student, p revioll'; to that date, ha.' received an official �xtension o f t ime from the dean concerned.

GRADE POINTS

Grade poin!.s a rc gran ted as follows : A , four grade point;; for each c redit hou r ; B , th ree grade points ; c:, two grade points : D, one grade poi n t : E. no grade po in t .

A freshman or sophomore rece ivi ng a D or E i n any course may repeat thp cou rse. af l (l in :'uch COl"C the second grade wi l l be counted i n ,:ompnting the: cumulat ive grade point a" crage, pro\'ided tha t the repet i t ion of freshmen eourses occurs by I h e (:nd of the ;:ophomorc year and sopholllore cOll rs"s hy the end of the j u n ior year.

A junior or senior ,,1,0 lIlay r"lwat a course in which he recei,'ed 0 or E ; but hoth the original and the later grade wi l l hr, included i n figurinrr the cUIIlulat ive grade poinl Hyerage.

ACADEMIC PROBATION

A student is placed on academic proba tion if he fails to keel' his grade point average ( both cU1111t!at i\,(:I)' and for the imnwdiatc p reced ing semester ) a t or above 2.00. noth the student and his parents ( i f the student is under 21 ) will receive official notice of such action . Academi(: p robation is not a disc i · pl inary measure but an attem pt t o encourage the student in t h e direction o f improved performance. T h e proba t ionary student m a y he advised t o reduce either h is ac adcm i e Or extra·curricula l· ar. t ivit ies, or botl l , I l I l l i l h is aye rage shall meet the standards indic�lted above.

Any lower division qudcnt whose grade point average falls below 2.00 for the first semester of at tendance at the Universi ty shall be warned that h is work is unsat isfactory and that i f he fails to mak" a cumulati\'e grade poin t average of 2.00 a t the end of the second ,emcstcr of a t t('ndance. he wi l l be placed on academic: proba tion. Any sl t ldcn t on proba t ion mm;t make, a cumu'

3 8 \ t ( E I T . 1'f{O( f I l l l E .

lative average of 2.00 hy the end o f t lw next scrn(" t<: r of attendance. The , tu den t 011 p robat ion who fa i l s to "how adequa te i rnprovem en t durinp;

the follow i n g semester will not I,... a llowed to re·rep;i�ter u n \c"s, because of ex ten ua t i np; c i rcu rnstances, he is rei n,;tated hy the Academic Status Com mit tete. He may a pl ) ly for rea dm i�"ion after the exp i ra t io n <if one ,;emeste r unles,; informed o t herwise.

Failure i n more than one cou r,;e during any ,;erne,ter resu l ts i n in el i gihil i ty to con t i nue the fol lowing; senlf'.ster except hy ,;pec ial act ion of the Academic Sta tus Co m m i ttee.

A sen io r on p mba tion w ill not be i nrlud ed on thc list o f ca nd i da tes for g:rnduot ion.

ELIGIBILITY FOR PAHTICIPATION IN STUDENT ACTIVITIES

Any regularly enrolled, ful l · t ime ,tudent 02 hour, ) is e.l ip;iblc for participation in Un ivers i ty activit ie:3. L i m i ta tion of h i s act iv i t ies. based a n acade mic. performance, may be ;;et hy i nd ivi d lla l .,,, hools, dp.partlllents or orf!an i za t ions.

I t i s the rcopom-ih i l i ty of the "tndent on acalklllic proha t ion to dwck with hi,; advi,;er. A t th is time, a joint, l'f'.a listic, carefu l a"" .-,men t of the student's a bi l ity to participate in act iv i t ic is to he made so that the "tndent may reasona h l y l i m i t his activit ies.

CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS

Students a re clas ified '" follows: Fresh men : ;;tud.' n t s who hU\-c met the e n t rance re(fll i relllents. Sophomores : student, who have comp leted 24 se nw- UT c red i t hours and

have earned 48 p;rnde poin ts. Juniors: re gu lar students who Irave fu lfi \ l .. d low..,r d i vision ref in i n'lllents and

have comp leted 56 semest er hou rs and have a rned 1 12 grade points. Seniors : re f!ular stu dent" who have eo mp le ted 88 semeSler credit hours and

have earned 176 grade points .

FOREfG T STUDY OPPORTUNITIES

The U nive rsi ty re 'of!nizes that the mature qual i fied stnde n t may henefi t f r o m stndy a b road a s a p a r t of h i ,; deg;ree p rof(nlm . A n y studen t w i s h i n f( to receive cred i t for stndy abroad m u s t first 'eel lre the ll Pp roval of the cha irma n of his major de pa rt men t , or h is representative. and of tl", dean of hi� collq;e before e mbark in g on any progra m. Provided tha t t h i , prior a p p roval has been secured, cre d i t may be p;ranted for work done at a rceogn i zl' d foreign u n i versity o r universi ty-level i nst i tn ti o n. Offieial ev ide nce of both th e qu a n t i ty and quul i ty of work must be submit ted. The Un iwrs i ty is not obliga ted to f!rant credit for work d one abroad without p r ior approva\.

HONORS COURSES

Honors cou rse., arc offered by certa in depa rtments for students of su pe rio r academir. abi l ity. Freshmen ra nk in g in the upper ten jlf'r cen t of their h ig h school classes and mak i n p; a n acceptable "core on the college a p t i tude t e :; t an' e l i gible for cons ide ra t ion . HCf!istration in honor;; , 'ou r,,,s is by invita tion o nl y. Opportunity for superior students to do independent .-tudy and research i n t hei r major field i s amilable du rin g thei r junior and senior years.

(. IJE 1 1 1 PHO! 1"1 rH. 3 9

PASS-FAIL COURSES

The pa,.;.-·ia i l op tion i , offe red so that undngmduate ,tudents w i l l explore subject arcas outside tho"" of their known a b i l i ties in their lower division years: or add n broacirr range of C O l L r:-;e:-; to their upper division p rogram w i t h o u t forcinp; t lwrn to compete w i t h major,.; who a re s p eci a l iz ing i n those a reas of .,.; tudy.

The 1 I <1,,·fa i l o p t ion i,.; l i m i ted to a total of four courses ; no more than one p e r :-;emester a nd n o m ore thnn t\VO ppr (,;lIPudar year. Cour:-;(:�s req u i red by the Uni\ e r,.; i tv fo r gwduat ion, or i n the student',.; major field. may not be taken on the p a,.s. fa i l b'bis.

Furthet· de ta i l s a re avai lable in tlte Olliec of t ht' Rc�i,.;t rar.

THE DEAN ' LIST

Hccof,'l l i t ion is p;ivcn by the U n i versi ty to "tudent,; who attain h igh ,.;chola,.; t ic ach ien'ment . Thei r nallles a r" jJ ubl ishr'd on the Deans' J . i,t a t thc end of each ,.;,'nlf'stcr. To be e l i gi b le a " tnden t Inu s t have a grade point average of 3.3 or better for the p revious SCnlPsteL

APPLICATION FOR GRADUATION I t is the respon.s ib i l i ty of the qudcnt to fil l ; his a p p l icat ion for graduat ion

in the Regiqra r'� OllieC'. I\'orntal ly t h i, i .< done p r io r to or a t the bcgin n i n � of th t' , Slonior year.

Stndents who p lan to t ra n sf,'r ('n�.d i t hack t o Pac i fic Lntheran lin ivcr,ity for a dCf.! ree ( 3·2 p rO/Iru ll J o r ;)· 1 p rof!ra lll ) nI l I ..; t �l p ply for gradua t i o n p rior to or dur ing the h r�t �(' n leqer o f the j l ln ior year :.;0 t h a t a ny dpficiel1('it-:� wi l l be met hefore the .,.;tud('nt Iea\ es c a m p "'.

student may work toward morc than one bachelor" dcp;ree , i nn t l ta lleon sly a n d rnay be a\ntrdcd hoth degree" , i m u l ta nenu"ly, p ro\·ided that a t l ca-t 30 addit ional homs a rt' ea rrH'd for the ""( ,Ollel d('�rep.

GRADUATION HONORS Degrees with hOllo r" of Cnm I .ande, :Maglla Cnm Lande alld SnlJlllla C n m

L a u d e a n� {.,!;ran ted to st Ll Ch-'llts rec(-' iYi I l� the rf-'ql L i rerl ('lIrl l 1 l 1 a t iYf� grad(� po in l average. To be e l i� i b l( ' fo r th,>,c honot·,.; a >'l udell t III Wit have ea rned a ll average of 3 .. 30 for Cnrn Lande, 3.60 for Magnu [ ' t ill Laude, and 3.90 for Sull tma Cum .aude. P hy.sica l Edncation ar : t ivi tic, a rc not to be inclnded i n t h e determ i n i ll� of hon ors. A t ran,fcr stnde n t m u s t hayc co m p leted a m i ll i lllnlll of ,.; i x t y h o n rs a t Pac i fi c l .n thl'ran University to be con,.;idered el igible for graduat ion h on o rs.

Af: L l F'MIC OR , ,' 'IZ Ul0'" 41

A cademic Organization The programs of �Iudy offered by the Un iver"ity are organized into the

following colleges and schools : College of Arts and Sciences, College of Professionol StIldie, ( School of Business Admin i.ltralion, School of Education, School of Fine and Applied Arts, Sch ool of Nursing) and Division of Graduale Swdies.

GENERAL UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS

A candidate for a bache lor's degree must present credit in approved courses amounting to a minimum of 12H ,;,,,ne,ter hour� and have maintained a grade poi n t average of 2.00. He must meet ti,e general requirements of one year i n re"idencc, Plll'lling a minimum o f 30 ,;eme,ter hours at t h e U n i versity during his senior year. A minimum of 40 semester hours of upper division courses is required. Other general polic ies rega rding eligi bil ity fo r a bachelor's degre" a rc : ( 1 ) No more than 24 hours of corre;;pondencc and/or extension work lIlay he counted toward a bachelor's degree. ( 2 ) Non·music majors a l'C l imited to H hours' c redit toward graduation for participation i n the mU!'ic ensemble;;.

Courses Required in AU Curricula

Each cand idate for graduation HlW. t Gomplete the following general course rCCjLI i rements.

1. "�1Iglish Composition ancl Uteratllre - 6 hours Composi tion 101 (3 semester hours) or i ts equivalent i s requi red of a l l fre,;hl1H'n. The thre e -hol, r requirement i n l i terature may b e lIlet b y any coursc in the department except 101, 218, 302, 318, 321, 322, 404. Beginning in 1969-70, a l l j u n ior :;tudent., will be requirco to pass an Engl ish proficiency examination or to complete a remedial course.

2. Fi1le Arts - 3 hours This requirement may be lIlet by a cou rse in art or music. Applied ml1�ic ('our�e.-; will not nwet this rcqui relnent.

3. Health and Physical Education - 4 hours Ph y,;ical educa tio n activi ties must be taken during the freshma n and sophornorc yean;.

4. Religioll - 9 hours Th ree cou rses a rc requi red : Religion 103 i. req u ired of all frc,hmen ; a "c('ond course is t.o be taken durin" the .s"cond seme .ster of th" freshman Y" a r or dur ing the so"I1Olllorc yea r ; the th i rd cou rse mu.-t be taken from l Ippp.r·di\'i�ioTl ofTcring:-; in the ju nior or �cnior year.

5. Philo.,ophy - .'1 hOllrs 'r hi, r'''lu irement Illay be met by a n y cou rse in Philosopby except Ph ilo,;ophy 233.

6. Sciellce - 8 hours The s ' ience selected must meet the specific requi rement of the college 01' ""hool cone 'rued_

42 \f \ ) ) 1 \\ I ! OHe. \ IZ \TIC

7. Social Science., - 12 Irours The 1 2 hOl l rs r( 'q ll i n�d lIlllst be ta ken in no Ics� tha n t h ree departments, with no more than six hOllrs in any one depa rtment. The COllrses may hr� selected frolll the dc par rmen ts of econom ic", geography, h istory , pol i t ical ,denee, psych ology and sociology.

Ma.jor Art"as of SllId�'

Each can di da te for a dep;r('(' Illust COlllp l t 'le a major ( field or concentra tjon ) . \{cqll i " "'ll lenb fo r a I najor arc out l i ned hy the individua l eol leg c or school con· cenlled. A major "hall inelude a minimum of 24 semester hours with a t least 12 II(Hl rs taken i n the junior aud senior years, 6 hou rs of which shoul d he

taken du ring the senior year.

COlLEGE OF AHTS AND SCIENCES

The Col leg0. o f A rts and Sciences serve" the central eoncel' lls of a l l educa· tiona I p rO�J'Ullls OUO tlll� ('ampus. I ts cou rses are characterized by commitment to the value and relevancy of l iberal education, education that prO\-ides per· :-;pcct i \"c and p repa n�� for ongoing encount�r wit.h real i ty and change.

In udditioll to ,ul ' l ' lying v irtually all of the courses that meet the General lJlJ in:r�ity Requirclllf'nt" the College offer, addi tional general education oppor· tuni tie, and mOre spec:ial ized preparation for service in many fields of stndy. The de g rees offe red are Bac helor of Arts and Bachclor of Science.

Department, and ))jyjsiol1s To co rrelate the work of the departments in the Col l ege of Art,; and Sciences

the following groups a rc organized : 1. DivisiolJ of HUlnanitie,;-Departments of English, Foreign Languages,

Phi losophy, and Religion. 2. Division of Nutura l Sc iences - Departments of B iology, Chemistry, Gen·

eral Science, Mathemat ics, and Physics. 3. D i v ision of Socal Seif1J1ces - Departments of Eeonomics, Hi,tory, Health

and Physical Education, Political Science, Psychology, and Sociology.

GCllcral COII" �C Hcqllircmcnls

Candidates fo r thr' Badlelo!' of Arts and Bachelor o f Sr, ience degrees must meet the Gen era l Universi ty ReqLli rcmcnts deseri beu in the precedin g page>'. In aduit ion to tire cou rse, reqni red by all curricula, candidates Illust atta in a proficiency in O'H: foreign l anguage equal to that of a student who has com· pleted two years of college level langu age !'tudy. This req u i renwll t may be met i n any of tlw fol lowing wa}'�:

1. By complet ing fOllr h igh school yea rs in onc foreign language. 2. B y ,uc(" c;;sfu l l y co m plet ing two years of college s tudy in one foreign

L.lnguage.

Il l' lie OJ' , IZ\'J10\ 43

3. By a combination of high school and college study i n the same l anguage. I n this case, one, two, three, o r four semesters of coll ege study Illay be nec.c:;"ary depending upon the ,tudent': kno wl edge of the language at entr,lIH'C, Placement in the college lungllage program is purdy on the ba,i, o f proficiency a,; determ ined by the University.

4. B y ,pecia l examiuation.

The sc icnc'e tw]u i remcnt may b(� >;atisfied by one of the fol lowing year se· quences : Riology 101, 102 ; B iology 131, 132 ; Chemistry 103, 104 ; Chemistry· Phy,ics 109, 1 10 ; o r Geology 101 , 102,

Major Reqllirement8

A major is a >,cquence of cou rses in some one area, usually in one departmen t . The selection o f the meljor should be made by the end of the sophOlllore y 'ar. The choice mUot be a p p roved by the chairman of the department. The general Ill i n imu lll requi rement;;, as \Vell as the selection of supporting subjects required, arc determined hy the depa rtment concerned. The qua l i ty of work tllll>i t lw "C" or hetter. Any student receiving a grade "0" may count the credit toward graduation but not toward the major.

TllP recognized majors in this college aw art, biology, c hemistry, cla,;sical language:-;, (�conomics, English, French, general science, Gcrnlan, hea l th and physical education, h istory, mathematics, mu,;ic, phi loso phy, phy,;ics, pol i t ical science, p sychology , rel igion, sociology, and specch. Not more than 40 semester hour,; earned in onc departlllcllt of "tudy may he appli d to,,'ard the hachelor's degree in t1 ,is college.

Gen eral f're8hman Program "

First Semester tEng lish 101 Composition

*:+: Foreign language o r ma t h emati cs

. " Science (a yea r sequence ) " " Social ;;cience

P , E , a c t iv ity

II rs. 3

3 or 4 4 ::l 1

14 or 15

Se('olld Semester t Re!. 103 Introduction to the

Christian Fa i t h * * Foreign bnguagc

o r ma thematics * * E!ective ( s ) * * Science ( a yca r £equencc ) * " Social science

P.E, activity

lirs,

3

3 or 4 3 or 6

4 3 1

14 to lR

A <:ludellt u,uu l ly < :o lul'lctf" the majo rity of the Genera l Co ur.'e Requirements in tlte frp,hrnan and sophomore years. Exceptions occu r in the ease of many �(' irtl('e :- t l ld( 'nt� .

"' A " lU cien! I'lann ing to completc rcquirements for a scicnce major should folluw the {Jll tLin e giuen lInder his de/Jartment in the sectiun, "Courses uf Instrllction."

" " A student lIIay defer one of th ese cOll rses IIntil a later yeaI', if so advised. tMay be taken the first or second semester; either Religiun 103 or English

TO 1 may b<: taken first,

44 \1 ' I H 1 1 orl<� IZ '[10

PROGRAMS FOR CAREERS

Preparation for Engineering

In the belief that an engineering education should in these rapidly changing times be of sufficiently fundamental nature to p�rmit rapid adaptation to new technical problems and opportuni t ies and of sufficiently liberal nature to p rovide awareness of the broad "oeial re�ponsibilities involved, the University offers the first three years of a 3-2 program in engineering. Students spend the three years on this eampus studying subject malter basic to all engineering fields and then transfer to the engineering school of their choice where their studic;; continue, concentrated in a specific: a rea of engineering. Two additional years of full-time study are normally required to fulfill the requirements for an engineering degree. A t the end of one year of study at the engineering school, and eOlllpletion of 128 credit hours, students are eligible for the B.A. Or B.S. degree from Paeific Lutheran University. Students a re u rged to formulate plans both with respeet to the engineering school they plan to atend and the type of engineering they will study as early as possible in order that the program at Pacific Lutheran can be coordinated with the engineering program of their choice.

Any student who is in terested in engineering and has been accepted for admission to the University Illay register in the p re-engineering cou rses. To qualify for the 3-2 engineering program, however, be must meet certain specific requ i remen ts.

Entrance requ irements : In order to qualify witbout deficiency, entering fresbmen must have had four years of high school mathematics ( two years of algebra ; geometry and trigonometry ) and one year of eithe r ' physics or chemistry. Additional courses in mathematics and science are desirable. H e

RC. \1 ' l Z-,\T10N 45

must be p rofic i en t in the use of t he English language, both reading and wri t ing, and two year, of a foreign language is h ighly reeolllmcnded.

All pre-engineering ,tuden t' a re ,ereened during their 'ophornore year by a COJll l ll i t tee frolll the ,eicnte faculty and only those who, by their scholastic: record, ( 'harneter, and personali ty, indica te that they are capable of doing sati,;factory work i n the engineering field are accepted for the 3-2 program. To qual ifv for the 3-2 p rogram students 'hould maintain a grade point average of 2_5 or hetter.

Prospective engineering "tudcnts who have defic iclH:ic,; from high school should either ( 1 ) make up "nch deficiencies i n ,unUller school before matriculation at the n iver"i t)', or ( 2 ) plan to allencl SUmll]Pr school after their fre"hm a n ycar, or ( 1 ) p lan to take mon' than th ree yt'ars to complete their preengineering prognlln.

The program for the fir,! two Fll l" is the "allle for all branche" o f engineering. Elect ives for the third year must be chosen to meet the requirements for the part icular engineering school and the branch of engi neering chosen.

5/1ggcs/.pd Pre-png;necring (:lIrr;clIlllnt

Freshman Year II rs.

Art 110 In t roduction to Vi.'un! Arb 3

Chem istry 109, 1 1 0 Chemistry-Physic, B

Engl i.'h 101 Compo;;ition 3

G.E. 1 5 1 , 152 Engi neerin!\ Drawing a nJ Descriptive Geometry 4

Mathematics 151, 152 Analytic Geometry and Calc l l lus . _8

t Rel ip;ioll reql 1 i rement 3 PE aet i" i ty 2

JUlliur YCllr Mathemat ics 351 Applied Phi losoph" elective Physics 331. 332 Elect ro-

magnP.tic Theory Chemistry or geology Social �cience elective Speech 101 Fundamentals

or Speech IReligion requirement

Electives

31

J1rs. Math . . 3

3

(,

3 or 4 3

. 3 3 8

32-33

Sophomore Year Engl ish Ii tern tll re elective Mathematics 2.31, 252

Physics 251 Intermediate Ph),.sic> 256 Mechanics Physics 221, 222 Laboratory Physics 272 Ci reui t Theory

t Religion requiremen t Socia! Science electives PE activi t)'

tSee page <1 I for re'luirements in religion.

JJ rs. 3

. . . . 6 3

3 2

2 3 9

2

33

46 I I I \( I t OHI , \ II: \'("It

Preparation for Law

::I'Iost law scl lool" requ i re at least three yea rs oJ l iberal arb as a foundat i on fo r profcssio n a l ._t l ldl' : ho\\ever, they rega rd fo u r years of study in l i beral [ l its a n d a Bachelor o f Arts degree as a better p reparation for the study of l a\\ . I I I addit ion to niCe t i np: the dcgre,' req u i rcmcn b, the p rospcc t i n'. law stuuent is a d v i -er! to ( 'o i ll p let e at lew;t one yea r of account ing and to include in h i :, p rogr<l l l l a t ka :-;t one ( 'Oll r�e in p('on om ics, h i:-;L.ory, p h i losophy, J lo l itical �eic;nce, psyc ho l ogy, sociology, and speech, The studen t should plan his course a(:c ording to tile req u i rei l lents of the law school in which he i s interested.

Th� stu den t i n t e rested in law as a vO(,�ltion is urged to regi:o· ;ter at the Pne·L\\\ Cent,; , · in t h e Depa rt ment of Pol i tical Science. Useful info rma· t ion, .su c h as Illa terial o n t. he Law School A d m is"ion Te-t ( LS A T ) i s ava i l a b lc. There is a l so a c i rc l l i a t i ng l i brary of l aw sc hool bul let in- . In a ddit ion, t h e student Itlay " ish to discuss hi.s career plans with Dr. Fa rmer, the p re·law a c k is( ' l", or with Oll" of the la w ,,: 1 1001 l ' rofcs.sor,; and deans who v isit from t i me to t i me. A n(�w,lett"r, the Pre·Law 11duocalC, c i rculated by the Center is d"- ig;ncd tn k , 'cp the p re · l a \\· s t l lden t ful l y i n fo rmed,

f \ I lV'! I( ORG \ ;"1Z \TIO 47

Preparalion for Medicine and Denlislry

SlIidcnts de,i ring to en ter the med ica l or dental profes�ions should plan to del-ote not Ie" than three years and preferably four years of study to ,ccur ing the broad cdu( 'u L ional haekground required. The professional schools in thc;;e fields require a thorough p reparation in scienee. They also recommcnd extc I"ive study in other areas slIch as the soc ial sciences and human· ilies. Studen ts are ask d to confer with the pre-medical advisers in regard to their prognllll:--: .

Pre-Medical and Pre-Denial Curriculum

Fresh man and sophomore years: 16·17 hours per semester Biology 101, 102 or B iology 131, 132

1 Chemistry-Physic;; 109. 1 1 0 Phy;;i c;; 201 o r 2 5 1 ( to fol low Chcmistry-Physics) Physics 221 ( to fo l low Cllemistrl'-Physir:s ) Mathematics 131, 151 ( u nd preferably 152 ) English composition Religion requirement

:.! f'oreign Language Physical eduC"u t io n Social ,cien('e elect in> Cheil l istry 203, 204 Organic ( to follow Chemistry-Physics )

�Biology 231 Genetics

Hrs. 8 3 8 3 1

.. 4 to 11 :3 6

6 to H 4

3 o r 6 H 3

I llLdents who h(H:e completed Mathematics 101 or equivalent and are (0-reMistcreel lor Mathema tics 131 are eligible to take Chemistry-Physics dnri/l.M the fresh man yea r ; those who lack /wckgronnd should registe r for nUl th cmatics.

"Students who enter the University with two years 0/ a modem langullge mllY elect to take {1 seconel year course ill the same language elnring their freshman year. They should then reg/:ster for 201, 202.

'Recom mended when feasible.

Junior ane! senior years : recommended courses listed below s hould De a rranged a n d sch eduled with the Ilid of the adviser.

B iology 361 Comparative Anatomy __________ _ Riology 364 Vertebrate E m bryology B iology 4 1 1 Histology B iology 441 Vertebrate Physiology C hemistry 300, 301 De;;criptivt! Inorgan ic und Analytical Chemistry

Hrs.

4 4

. . 4 . 4

6 Chemistry electives ___ 4 to 8

3 . 3

. . 3

Phi losophy eiect i\-e Fine A rts elective Englis.h Litera ture elective Soc ial Science elective

t Rei igion reqll i remcn t 6 to 9

3

4 8 o

lla .. helor of Sdellce in MedienI Tedlllology

S tudenl, who dc,ire to train in l a bora tory methods used in hospitals, phy,i [ ' ia n." oflir '( '" p n Ll i(, heal t h bu reau;:, and l u I Jo ratoric., concerned \I i t h medica l r i iagno,is and investiga tion shoul d follow the c u rr icul u m below. I t i s based on t h e ITq n i rCl J 1cnt> o f the Registry of Medical Technologists a n d o n l h e Ge.neral Cou rse Requirement.s of the Col lege o f A rts and Sciences. On "l. [ ( ' ( ' e e" f , t ! con l pl e t inn of t h e de, igna tcd 9fl cred i t hours of cou rse work and of a 1 2·tllO U l h period of tec hnical t ra in ing in a I l lcdieal tecl lnology school l a uoratorr a p p roved hy the American �ledical Associat ion, the degree Bachelor of SciencC'. in Mcdi c,<tI Tc(dlllolog)' w i l l he conferred. The graduate is then el i,,;i"le to take ti le cxa nlina t ion conducted by the Board of Registry o f Medical Tcc I J l lolo,,;i,ts of the Am 'r ican Soeiet)' of C l i n ical Pathologists for certification as an MT ( ASCP ) .

Medical Technology Curriculum.

Fre.,h lll<If! Year /./ rs. U I I 'mi'l r), 1 09. 1 10

Clw)) l istn·· l' l ty,i{'s H Engl isll 101, Compo,ition .�

1 F()n'i�n lal lgl lag(� 101, 102 8 � b l l l 1 31 Col lq�e A lg,,"ra 3

"Ilc c l i ;.'ion j'f 'q I J i rcment 3 EI ('!'ti,,' 3 1 ' 1-: acti, i t )' 2

:\0 jllnior Year II rs.

n i ol . 201 M i n"" iolog)' 4 n i o l . 1 1 1 l- i i , lo logy 4 ( : I ' C J l J . :001 I k,ni p t i \ c I n·

o rganic and Analyt i ( �al ( : J l I 'm ist ry !l

F i li I ' a r t ..... r('qu i r€ l Ilf : l l t 3 : · r . i l na l l l l·c reqI J i rement 3 :: Pl l i I IN) ! , I ,v req l l i rcll",nt !l " ft d i g i o n n ·.q l l i rcrncnt 3 :. !So( ' iaI :-;(' i ! � n ( ' ( � reql l i n�l1lcnt 9

E 1 el ' ! i\(� 3

35

Sophomore Year B i o i . 1. 3 1 , 132

G('n(',ral 7.oolog), Cheln. 203, 201

Organic C"(�mistr)' (JWll l . ;)00 De"cript ivc In·

orl!:an ic: and Analyt ical CI ,emi,,! !'y

Foreign Language 201, 202 . " Hc. l igion requirement

Soc ia l Sc ie) )"e requ irement PE aCl iy i t )'

Senior Year Sp�c ial izcd tec l i l l ical tra in ing

IIrs.

8

8

3 6 3 3 2

lSt lldcn l.s wh o wesent tlVO high school un its in one la nguage will be eligible II) m e e t t h e language relluirem en t hy taking the six credit hOllr, seco n d year ( 'ou rsc in. the s a m e la nguage.

OSee fI(J!;e 4 1 for requirements in religion. Jilt lea"t o!l e of the COllrses thlls designated must be taken at the lI{lper

di,·ision level in order to {lcclI m lllalc the required 40 hOll rs of IIpfier dhi· ,liio!/. credit.

DI. I I 49

Preparation for Pari�h '''ork

Student, de'iring to enter parish work are encou raged to obtain the hroa d "ennal ,,, Iucut ion leading to tlll� Bachelor of A rt' dq�ree.

E x perience rCl"eals that a pa rish worker is requested to perform dut ies in more than one field. The respon"ih i l i t i c, may he: c:entf'red in one or Illore of the�e major a rea>; : the educational work of the congrega t ion, the g uidanee of you th acti," i t ie" home v i,;itation, office nud scnctarial work, or con ducting th(� musical orgn nizat ion:--; ill the COntTH�gu l ion. Studenh expecting to enter . - I l I I rci1 I"ocatious wil l confer with the ehairman of the Department of Hcl ig ion.

Preparation for Social '''ork

In "drli tion to cOlllplet ing the J"(-'gnlal" requ i rements fo r a de"ree in l i heral ar ts, stnd('nts expec t i ng to enter the field of sodal work should plan for a w('I l · rollnded prepa rat ion in t i l e �oe i a l =,c iencc�, �()me h;]sic work i n biology, and should take the social welfare sequ enc e : Sociology 4:35, 436, 440, a l ld 497, 49fl. This sequence is reco�nized by the statc of \Vu"hington and the Council on Social WO I·k Education. Prospect ive workers in c hurch a n d general agencies "llOulc ! ( "O l lccn t l"a te on cou r'c:' in "o("ioloI'Y and p'rchology, wh i le those planning for government "en"iee ;;llOuld add I I concent ration i n econo m ic� or Jlol itical ,(" i ('nep. Stu d'''lh , ;x pect ing t o enter this field are ll"ked to confer with the Depa rtment of Sociology in regard to their programs.

Preparation for Theology

As a broac! cul tural foundat ion for ti,e �tud)' of theology and e n t rance into the Goel'd ministry, a pre.theological student "ll O u l d complete the reo qui rements fo r a Bachelor of J\ n, degree,. Be,ide<; the genera l degn�e reo qui rcments, the ;\ nwriean A"'oeiation of Theological Schools recOlllmends the fo l lowing :

1 ':ngl i'lr - li t,>ratu rc, , 'o l1 l l '0' i t ion, speech and r luted ;;tudic". A t least 6 !-=el11e::;ter�.

l I i,tol"), - ancient, modern Eu ropean, and American. A t least 3 semester,. I 'hi lo:;opl l)' - orienta tion in h i "tol\'. contcnt, and mcthod. At I,"'st 3 semc,,·

t(·r�. Natural Sciences-preferably physic,;, d,em i;;tr), and biology. A t lea,t 2

,-:Cl l le:-;t('r:-;. Social Scien'('es-p�yc:hoJogy, sociology, econ()m i( '�, pol i t i! 'a l !-;df'l I ( ,c n n d

edllc'-l ti oJl. A t lea:"t 6 �f'IIlCf'tcr�, inc l uding at lea!"'t 1 :-:(!J1lt!�tcr of p�YC I IOIogy. Fo reign r .an�lI a�cs - Olle or more of the fo l lowing l i nguistic a\'enues to

man's thought and tools of �chola rl y re:;ean,h : Lat in, Greek, Hebrew, German, French. S t u dent, who ant icipate po,t g raduate ;;tudies arc nrged to undertake th e�c disc i p l ines as ea rly in the i r train ing as opportuni ty offers. Al least 4 �em(' . ..;ter�.

H.e1 igion - a thorough knowledge of the content of tI,C Bible is i nd is· I ' " n,,, 1 > 1 1', togctlH,r with an i n t rodllf"tion to the major religious traditions and theological prohlems in the context o f the principal aspeets of hl lman ( " l I l t llre O l l t l inec l a hO\"f'. The "re" seminary student nHly well seek counsel

50 IZ III

of the seminary of h is choice in order most profitably to lise the resources of hi, c o l l ege. At l east .3 "emest"r�.

Of the va rious posC'ible a reas of concentra t ion, where areas of concentration a re requi red, Engl i"h , l 'h i lo"ophy and h i:;tory are regarded as th e mo.st de.si rable. Other a reas are, howe\'cr, accep table .

A facu l ty ad\'i.ser wil l assist the student in the sclenion of cou rses necessary to Illeet the re([ ! l i reml;nts to the tll f;ological school o f h is choice.

COLLEGE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES

The College of Profe'sional Stu dies embraces the Schools of Businesss Admini.st ration, Education, Fine. a n d A ppl ied A rts, and Nn rsi ng. Students who d,;sire to pre pa re fo r p ro fe"s iona l work i n sneh fiel d.,; as a rt , busine�s, Illusic, nl lr" i ll". "l 'cec h , and tcae h i ng enroll in the Col l ege of Professional Studies.

Deg ... :e:; O ffered

Comc,es lead i ng to the dr;g rC€5 of Bac hel or of Busi ne>s Admin istra t ion, g " c1 J ( ' i o r of A rt., i n Educa tion , Bachelor of Fine Arts. Bachelor of Music, and Bac helo r of Science i n Nur"ing a re offered by the College of Profes.,ional St l l d i ,'''.

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

Purpose

Tire { I mpose of the School of llnsincss Admin istra tion is ( l ) to prepare the students for vu,inc"" re"pon ,i bi l i ty i n self-owned bu"i nesses, or, as emplo ye,'5 of a co rpo ration or a p ll bl ic irbt i tut ion ; ( 2 ) to p repa re those who wish to con t.i nue t.heir p rofe ::;siona l bnsiness study in gradnate school ; ( 3 ) t o as.' iS! i n t h e educa t ion of h igh school teachers o f business educa t ion ; ( 4 ) to proviJ(� a l i mi ted numiJer o f service courses useful t o both majors and non·nwjor'i ; and ( 5 ) to cncou rage st.uden ts to acqu i re a general u nderstan ding o f economic p ro h l",,"s ,0 tha t they Illay be more enlightened ci t izens.

In o rder to promote these a ims evcry student will be given a broad profc",ional I J I lS iIH>s core " u rriculu Il1 b u i l t u pon the general Un i versi t.y course req u i relllents. Students preparing for staff positions in business may take !'-ipe( ' ia l ized cou r:-:es beyond the core i n accounting, economics, finance, nHlfket ing. and adm i nist ra tive ,crviccs. Print.ed e x plana tions of each of these 'i[Jcc ial ization, may be obtain ed from the School of Business A dmini strat i on , Hoo lll 227, Admini-tration Bu ilding.

( \ 01. lit nil . I l \TlO 5 1

Admission

For adl l l i"i()1l to the School of Rusi nes� Admini:;tra t ioIl , a student II1USt h a ve :

1. cOll l p ietPd t l .e frc�hlllan year ,,·ith a l l I inil l lull l of 24 'iemcstcr hou l·� ; 2. (�arl1cd a g rade point U\Trage o f at least 2.00; 3, pre,s ·'nted II ('ompil't<: rl 'COI·d of his college work for a p p rontl hy the

School of R u s i " ,�ss A d m i n istra t i o n .

Requircments for t he ])egree of Ba(:helor o f Busincs� Administration

1 . The �"neral U n i ,·".!':; i t \" rl'q l l i r('IllC'nts muq he completed by all candidates for th( , Bachel o r o f Bl Is inc.'<:; Adll1 i n i�tra t ion,

2. St u d e n t :; who present l eos t.h a n 1 Y2 h igh school u n i ts I I I a l �ehra must take. Ma t h 101 or il" <' f lu il'a J < .nt .

0, Econolllics 1 01 al ld 102 is a requ ir cment w h ich sh o u l d he n1<,t during t i l l ' frc,.d l llHIII yl'<\r.

'k Stud, 'n t, who pres,'nt l e.-s than two languugt-: 11 \ 1 I�t eOlllplr.te a m i n i lllu lll mod(' 1'11 fore ign l a ll �tHlp:e.

high ,chool un i tof eiglll �(�me .... t c r

in a hOllrs

foreign i n one

Ca n d idates for the Bachelor of A rt s in Educa t ion dpgree 11' 1 ,0 a rc ' plann i n ,!.!: a l( '(I { ' l l ing mujor i n R u :-: i IH':-:;--; A d rn i n i:-: l ra l i on :--hould refer to page 63 u n de,· Ac.\lJunc PREI'AHATIQN.

Profcssional fleqll i" ements

1 . f'mjcssitJlw/ ( · O rC ("lI rrintillm: The fol lowing COll r�es are to b e cOlllpleted aftn adll l i"i()n Lo Lbe S�ho()l :

B A � l l rinanc i,,1 i\cwu nting B A 21L i\Ia nag('riaJ Accoun t i n g II A ,'lS I O rgall iza t ion and l\la nagcment B A :\52 P roduct ion Ma nagelllen t o r B A 354 O ffice l\!al la�""l t · " t

n A :\fi4 Bllsi n ess Finance n A :nl i\iarkeLilig n A '14 1 Sta 1 i .- t ic, n .\ 452 Busi l lcss Policy II :\ 491 Rneinl " s I .aw

O n c " 1 ' 1 ' . . . . di,·i,ion cou r.'f: i n ("r:onom ic-, othel· t l tun SLatistical Methods i;; re' l l l i rcd.

2. l1uei l l C ' ;;'; ( ' I " c l i l" l ' S : In addit i oll t o eonr�es presen ted t o .neet the pro· fessional corC re' l l l i reIllCnb, th" stndent must eomplcte clcctin�" c l l (l,cn in ( 'ol l ... u l tal i()Jl " ' i t l , I i i . ...; ad\'i�t'r from cou !":·w . ...: in bH:--: ine!"'� adlll i ll i� tra l ioll an d/or cconomic;;, TI,e combined total m i n i m u m requirement for the p ['of('� ..... io l la l ('o rl: and clc(�tiVt� COll r�t:;s i n busiI le...:� Udlll i I l i�trati()11 a n d econolll ic:-, i:-; 52 ilOur:'.

:1. Other rCllllircrncnlS: ( a ) A sludcnt l I Iay not prc"cnt more t h a n 60 hours in eom b i ned cou rses

In ltusi IW-, a d m i n i s t r a t i o n a n d econol l l i c s for t l te degre(, of Bachelor o f B\ I� i ne�� Aclll l i l l i � tri.l l ion.

( h ) A m i n i l l l n ill grade point a v e rage of 2,00 for al l eou r,es tu kell ill bUein c,., a d m i n istration i" req u i red for the Radlclor of B u, ine.,; Adl l l in i .-t rat ion d" �rcc.

5 2 \1 I i i' 1 1 1 0 1 . ' IZ 110

Curriculum for the ll:u:helor of llusineslS Administration Degree

Freshman Yeur"

Econ. 101, 102 Princi p l es of E('onol l l i ( ' �

Engl i< i I 101, COlll po<ition Social Science ele · t ive

( P<ychology n,:col llmendcd ) t Rd i p; ioIl req u i rement

Fine Art� elec t ive Science ( a year cou rse) Ekct iv," PE a c t i, i t y

Nrs. '''Ilhamore Year Nrs.

nA 2 1 1 Financial Acco u n t i n g 4 6 BA 2 1 2 Managerial 3 Accou nting 3

Litera ll lre elc" tive 3 �l t Rel igion n'q l l i rement ,1 � Social Sci""H'c el('clin� 3 3 Elect ive,; I:l 8 PE a c l iv i l), 2

.'i 2

33 :\1

* A ssumes that the stucient has presented the equhuient of two OTIC fure£gn language frum h igh schooi lln.d I � lwits in aigebm.

un;ts of

';"See puge //1 for requirem,enls in religion .

.iunipr Year Hrs.

BA 351 Organization and 1\.[anagement

I1A ::152 Production 3

Senior Yellf

BA 452 Ru<inc,-" Pol icy B A '�91 B u.<ine'" Law BA Elect ives

Management 3 Elccth c<; 13A 364 El win 'ss Finance I:1A 371 Marke t i n g BA 4 1 1 Stat i, t ica l Methods P l l i losophy requ irei l lent

i -ReI igion n�qll i rClllt'll l 8A eleC livc E lec t ive<

3 3 .3 3 .1 3 9

"I. ce page 41 for reqllirements in religion.

firs.

3 3 6

19

3 1

5 3

SCHOOL OF EDUCATION

The School of Education, by ut i l izing thc resources of the University, offers both undergraduate and graduate work to prepare stlldents for careers in the teaching profes:,ion. The undergradllate cu rricula, leading to the Bachelor of Arts in Education degree, meet the certification pallcrn in the State o f Washington.

The selection o f de"irahle candidates and assistance in the placement of teachers a re abo rc"pom,ibi l i ties of the Sc.hool.

In addit ion to the accreditation of the entire n iversi t), hy the 1':orth-west A.""ociut ion of Secondary and Higher Schoob, the School is accrpdited by the Washington State Board of Educa tion and b)' the Nat ional Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education for the preparation of elementa l,· and seconda ry tcaehers with the Masters of Arts as the highest degree approved. Thi" accredi tat ion gi,'cs Pacific Lutheran gra dua l(" clear reciprocity in many oth"r statcs.

Programs for t he prepa ration of school l i o m rians, school nurses, -chool COUII selor", adlllin i';;trators and supervisor person n el a re ava ila ble.

The School also offers work toward the conversion, renewal, or reinstatemen t of teach tng t'.erti fici.l te�.

Purpose

The general pu rpose of the School of Education is to cont ribute to the devclopment of profe�sional elementary and secondary "dlool personnel with l i heral and ,.wient ific education integrated w i t h i n a Christ ian frame of reference. The School regards ihclf as sharing this (luqJOse, as wel l as the means and responsibility for attaining i t , with thc Un iversity as a whole and with each activity of the llniver,.;ity as �et forth in the statement of its phi losophy. Desirable understandings, a bil ities, and att itudes are as follows:

llnder"tandings of the ohligations of the tcaching profession to guide children and youth in the pursu it of knowledge and skills, to help thelll to become happy, ,,,,dul , and sel f·su pporting c i t izens, and to pre· pare them in the ways of denlOcracy.

nderstandings of the economic, pol i t ical, socia l , p"ychological, and

philosoph ical a,.;peets of education. U nder,.; tundi llg,.; of and ahil i ty to fu nct ion in the roles of the teacher a� a d l rcc tor o f learn ing, a cOlln:;;dor and gll idan<;l � worker, a lnediator o f t h e cu l tu n" a l ink w i th th" com nlllllity, a memher of a school stafT, a nd a memher of th\� profc,.;,.;ion. Understandings of re,eal'ch techniques and abi l i ty to l i se t hem. Atti tud,'" conducive to conscientiou, profeS>'ional work a n d carefully planned experimentation. Att i tudes co nduc ive to continuous evalua t ion and revision of means an d ClHk

54 I l f I l C O J (, ' IZI\:111 l

Aumjs 'ion

Studcnt>; ant i l : i l 'ating career, in education take two year� o f ba,ic general ..,ducation in t l lc CoJ l(>gc of Arb and Sciences, In the ,opholl1ore year the :;tudcn t is elip: ih le to reg ister for Education 201 and w i l l at that t ime make! a l ' l ' l i r ' a t ion fen a d l ll i�,ion to the S(:hool of Educa t ion .

Stude n t, w i l l beco ])", eandida tcs for the I3uc.helor of fhh i n Educa t ion d('f!yec Id l f 'n t hey I ,ave nlet the fol loll' i n p: reqn i remcn t s :

1 . Havc cornpic - ted :o'"(:( '(',,,ful ly the "oursc In troduction t o Ed l l c:a t ion , Edu· cation :201.

2. 1·lavc ea rned a ClI m u l a t i l'c grade po in t avcrage o f 2.25 after COIl1· p i c t i '"1 of Educa t i on 201 a n d pr ior to ll dmi"ion to t l", pro fessiona l scq l l l 'r1< :(' cou r"". Studen ts rn w't Iwl'f' C o r be t te r grad6 III E ngli,h 101 and P,ydlO l ogy 101.

3. l Iave completed Speech 101 or dcmon" t rated proficierH·Y. '1. Han, ideals and personal i ty qualit if :s wh ich rnake for ",rc.ct;s"ful teaching. 5. I Ll l e a clea rly defined purpose or /,:oa1. 6. Hanc selected a preferred lel'cl o f preparat iot, and the area or a rca�

o f cOIlr:� l l tral iOIl to he fol lowed. 7. l la ,'" , ( 'o ll i p icted 5lt isfaclori ly the screell i llp; progralll. 8. \·I",'e received a p p roval du ring all in d iv i dua l confercnc,e w i t h repre·

s"" tat i,,>, of t i l e SchooL The cundidate i s requ i red to mainta ill these standard " i n order to reta i n

h i s ,ta n d i ng in t l w SeI,001. Students Id ,O hal'e taken the Bachelor's degree at PaC ', i fic: Lu theran or at

another i ll " t i l u t ion a re expected to meet the same req u i rement' for adrn i�,ion. l u dellt.- holding a Bac l relor';; degree contemplating meeting certi fica tion req n i rC : l l I (;n ts ,hould p l a n to begin with the SllTnl1wr ses.lion. The cert i fication sequcnc,c w i l l normally requ i re a SLImmer ,e"ion and two sellwsters or three �elnc.. ... l(' I'�.

Curriculum Hcquircmcnl,

In a d d i t ion to the general University r :ou n;e� req u i red i n a l l cu rr ieula, certain ,pc ;c i f ic: rcq l l i rements in general education must be met.

L I l i ;;tory 2 lO, Pacific N o rt l ,we'l, may be included i n the twelve hours ncq u i rc,d in ,ol · i al s · icnccs. ( Requi red o f ull el cmcn ta ry teaclrer candi· date.s, und a l l secondary candidate, w i t h a maj o r or m i no r i l l u social sc ience. )

2. P ro;;pect i l'" clcrncntary teacher, usually meet t i ,e eigh t hour science general "c1u ( ,<l t ion rcq u i remcnt hy com plel i ng Science 121 and 122. A year' ('ou r,,, in one l aho ra tory sc i cnce may be "nhst i L l l ted by thosc who hal e adequ a te h i gh ,chool backgrou n d in the ot l ,er scienee;;. Exception are made i n tile eu,,, of studen t, preparing; to tr:ach in junior and ,cnior lri�1r ,d,ook

3. A stllcient mllst dcmonstrate com petence i n public heal th by achieving a sa t i ,;fuctory ,core o n a proficiency test given by the I-leal ti l and Plry;;icul Edllca t ion dcpa rtment o r by com plet i ng; Health and Physical

or: I I I on., II 1 10 5 5

Edu( 'al ion 2 10. A rr a ngcrnent� for t h e proficiency cX'l I l 1 inat ion shou l d be made in tl1f� COll n,d i n g a n d Te;; t ing ofTief', Room A I09.

4. A s t.udent Inu;;! dcrnollstra tc com pNcn ( ' c in speee:h hy ach iev ing a ,atisfa c tOlY score on a proficiency tcst giw'n by the Speech D e pa rt u ll' n L o r by co m p let ing Speech 1 0 1 .

CERTIFICATION

G u i de l i l "'s for t he prepa ra t ion ll n d ecrtifiration of tearher" have been established hy the S ta t e Board of Ednc,ation. The rec,o m ll1cnded p rogram pattern i n( ' lude ,s : broad l i beral cduea t ion , 35 per cen t ; subject matter 'pc' i a l ization, 35 per een l : profes,;iona l study, 20 pCI' cen l : and eleet i\'es, 10

per ( 'rnL The four-year Cl l rrinrlulIl leads to the Bachelor of Art� in Educa t ion

(kgree a n d to th" p ro\'isional cert i ficate, a temporary l icense to teach , is,ued for a period of three years. Beginn i l lg teaellers receive p re pa r a l ion a n d �llpervi�ed experielJ('e w i t l l �ltJdent:-; i n the \ a riolls gradc:-> to �ive them a n nnd('r,tanriing o f hoth clem lIlary and seconda ry school programs. Each ,tu (knt p r e pa res spec i fical ly to teach at one l evel.

Paeifi(' Lutheran Un iversi ty n'eomlllencis t he candidate for the f i rst teari l i ng position 011 the basi.:: of h i� p repa ra t ion .

A u thorization jor clementary wach ing reqn ires student teaching i n t h e clem('nta r), school, tweiv" scnlcster hou!"; o f professional ized 'll hj cf' t matter, u n d thi rty·six semester h ou rs o f su bjec t m a t t e r special iza tion. A n al I ( 'rna te ievPi o f stuclen t teach i n g is recommen ded. A uthorization 0/ secondary teaching require� student teat ' h i n � in t il l ' s" ( 'oIHia r), ,e1 l o o l ancl forl y. f ive sem 'sters hours of suhjec.t malleI' special ization i n a p p roved tcac h i n " areas. An al terna te le\'{�l of student Lea c h i n � i, recom rnended. // ll thoriwtio/l. for clementary lind secondary teaching req u i res stu d e n t teachi l lg at boLh o f t hese Icvck S i u dents who clcc t to cha nge l eve l s will 11" ex , pected to meet t h e m i n i m u m requ i remen t, as given abo\'" for t h " new l evel . Any teachel· may ,,,"n pletc hi, prepara t ion for a new kn;l during thr fi f th year of c o l l ege.

Fi fth Year and Standard Certification

Tire f i flh yea r of tca c h e r educa t ion is 10 follow a period o f one yea r of i n i t ia l tcarl r ing e x perience. The stu dcn t I1 l U , t complete a m i n i m u m o f eigh t -em"stcr I rOU 1·S in (;ou rsc, a p p l icable toward the fiftb year, and before the begi n n i n g of the fou rth year of tcae- I r in g. T h i rty hOllrs Illust he compl�lcd hefore heg i n n i n g t h e s i x t h yea r of tcach ing.

The studcl l t may c hoo'" the inst i tut ion in which hee w ishes to take h is adva nr:ecl work 'IS fol l ows :

1. If I", choos('s 10 work a t Pac ific Lutll"" a l l U l l i , CIsi t)', or any o ther of tlJe teacher education inst i tutions in t lJ is sta te, that inst i tu t ion shall be responsible for recol1llrJC11ding h i m for the Standard Cert ifica te u (lon suc,,,,,,,fu l comp let ion of the f i fth year prog ram.

5 6 Il l. fH O Rr; IZ 110

2. I f 1 , ( ; wi,d"" to IIndcrtak" the fift .h year in an out·of·�t.ate in,titut ion, Paci fic Clltheran U n iver,;ity w i l l he re�ponsihle for rec:ommending h i m for t h e Stalldard Certi ficate. The stll cic,nt m l lst ,e("ll l'e general a pp ro\'al o f h i , pla n from t ilt':' Un iversit y in adrance.

Ti,er<: a re fOl lr prO\'isiolls govern i n g the f i f th year pauern of work, acco rd in g to State Board regll ia tioll';:

I . Thc f i fth co l l ege year m"sl i l lcll lde a m i n i mu m of ;)0 ,emester hours of w h i c h a t lea"t fi fty per cent nJust he I I p per d i vision a nd/or graduate ( · o l l r:-;e�.

2. No mo re tl,all e ight semester hours of exten�iol1 and/or cor respondence

s l l I d y lI I a y he a p p rcl\ 'ed as a pa rt of the ;-10 selllP,st"r hOllrs in the ;;tu· dent\ fifth v(',ar p rognHn .

;). Pac i fic L l l t he ra n Un irersity gradllates Illust take one semester of the f i f th col lege year i l l residence. A tran,fer student who wi,hes to be rccom· m , , , ,dcd by Paci fic Lu theran n i versitv must take a lII i n i m u m o f 20 SP-Ill P:;tcr hOl lr .... in rc: .... idcllce.

'1. The , t l l den t may tak e 20 of the requ i red ;)0 'cnlC,tcr hou r" prior to or d"rinp: the f i r't yea r of teach ing experience with p rior pe nn i". · ion of the School of Educa tion.

Fol l o w i n {.': ,, ,'e rcql l i rell lenh u n d p rocedu re, for the a p p roval of f ifth yen r prO{.': " '" I 1 - of work at J\lI ' i fie Lu theran {)n i \' er, i t y :

1. S peci fic cou r," req u i remen L' are : ( , , ) E d l l c a t i o n 5 5 7 , Eval u u t i o n o r i t, equivalen t . ( Edncat ion 4 1 6 , Parent

Te"chc,' Con fc rc�lIce may be used hy elemen tHr)' teae,her,. ) ( h ) Erhll :ation 57 1 , School Guidance Program or Educa t ion .370, Princ i

ple, of Gll ida nce. 2. A n y cou r,es rccomr nGmled for the i n d ividual student p rior to t.he g ran t i n g

of the Baeh�lo,.'s dc{.': ree mllst be taken. These may be recommended by c i L h n t h e a n-,a a d r i ",,· or the School of Education.

3. Cou r-cs taken .-"ou l d f't rengthen a reas o f concentra t io n and build stronger {.':clwral ed l lcat ion backgrou nd as well n.S fil l need, i n the p rofes,i onal field. Th i, program of ,tud ies i. to be selec ted hy the studen t with the g u i da nce of tho"f� w"o have worked with h i m dllrinp; hi, period of i n i t ia l teaching and the i\ch"i,ers ut the recommending i nstitu t ions.

4. The s t u de n t sec n res a pproval o f the recomll lcnding i nst i tu t ion for wo rk taken el,ewl ,rre before the "'ork i, begu n .

501111' of the work taken during the f ifth yr,nr may also upply toward the l\Iastcr o f A rts degree fo r those who meet the requirements. A studen t must not p lan tha t thesc two t :urriculu ,1 1:1 1 1 coinc ide. The progru m a, set u p for the fi fth yeur ,hal l take precedence and Illl l,t he finished first.

Prin(·ip"l'. Creden t i al.

* Thc, cand idate for the princ ipal's crcdfm t ial. w i l l be guided by the 101-lowin�J! :

1. He must meet graduate standard- for the Master's degree.

" Details 0/ the I'rugram Clre available at the Sch.ool 0/ Edu.cation 111'071 requ.est.

DE 1I O il 5 7

2. He nl ll';t work toward the prO\' isional pr incipal's creden t ials at his cho,en !c,·cl. To receive I h i;; i t is requi red that l,,� have completed work for his Standa rd Teach i n g C> rt if i ( 'atc plus six "�nwsl!-'r hOl lrs .

. '3. I-Ie must com pl ete ('x pcricnce and studv requ i rements for the Sta ndard P ri n c i pal's C r'edcnt ia l at I r is eh o>;en level. To recei,'c t l r i s h e needs 10 have ( 1 ) had adll1 in i;; t ra t i,'c experiencc, ( 2 ) ea rned a mini rl lunl of e i g l r t m o re ,'Cl 1 1e.- I ( , r hours, a nd ( 3 ) earned h is !\IIaster of A rts degree.

Studenls who i n tend to work toward the Master of A r h deg ('('(, in the f iel d of educa t ion lllust a p p l y for admL'siou to the Grnduate Di,- ision a n d meet t i re requircnwnls out l ined hy lhal D ivision. Candida les ,l r ou l d sec the cou r,'e rcquirenwl I I s a,- ,,'I fo rt h iu the Mast ( : r' of A rl, brochu re.'"

Certi ficalion Req l l i remenls for cl1oo1 Nur es

Provisiona l Cer t i ficate :

l. Rt-'!_dswrpcl fwrse l icensed in the Sta le of 'Va,h i ngton, and

2. IluchcJor', degree in a [ l l'O g ralll ucet'cci iwd (or a ] 'proved ) [or fi rst·l evel

J lo."i t i() ll� in p u h l ic hr�a l t h n l l r�irq!, or

Cert i f icate in Public Health i'i r r r;: in,i! (or equivalen t ) w i t h I h ree years o f

SUCC ( '''s[u]' "upeJ'\'ised e x pericnce i n a publ ic hea l t h program w h i e h i n ' l l tde" ('x periencG i n .... c hoo l I1 u r:-:i ng .

,3. Com pkl ion of a l l l i n i rmrll1 o f ter r selllc,;l.er hou r;; of [ l rofc�"ional education cou rse,; i nc l ud ing pract ice tea( · hi n g or d i rected labora tory "xp(�ri('nee, i n a ;:c hool "ilu;.} tio n .

Standard Certif icate : 1. Two yC<lr� of .... llcce��flll expCrit'IH 'e in school nllr�ing a� a �chool rlttr:;;c

u nder tl", Provi"ional C"rl i fi' ';11'', and 2 �b,' ler\ degree with a major in "chool nursi ng or its equ ivalent i n Public

Healt l r N u r, i n;.>:.

P rofc�, iOllal Education COllr�es

Pmfe,,-,ional edu ( ,a t ional eon r,.cs reco lll lllended for meet ing t i l" requirement of a rnill imlll7l of 1 0 serr re"ler hours are u;; fo l lo ", ;; :

Educa t ion 20l-fntroduc t ion to Education ;3 h rs.

[ducat ion ,�Ol-H( l m an Dev.: lop lllcnt ( lllllst includ ' p u b l ic school ob,cJ'\'a t ion. ' ) 3 l r rs.

Educat ion 370-Princ i p les of G u i dance 2 h rs.

Educa l ion 407- Edm:al iOllal Sociol ogy or 3 I l l'",

Educat ion 478-Men tal Hea l th o r 2 Ir r�.

Education S09-Cornpara t i v e Educat ion 2 l r rs. Educa t i o n S8l-Public Selrool Admin istration :3 Jns.

Laboratory c x p criPll ces ill a ,drool :; i tuat ion w i l l be pro vi ded on an i n d i v idual ba,is. A Seplember experience should be p l a n n ed.

* * A w i.lable at (,he Division of Craduate Stu dies lIpOn. request.

5 8 \ 4 H l /o i\f\i o f' · \ lZ \Tl .

Preparalion of School Lib,'ariallS (Learning ResOlll'ces Specialisl)

Stl l d��n ts inlne,tl'd in prepa ring for the respons ib i l ity of " d ll1 in i,;tra lion of a ,;chool l i b ra ry I l lay meet slIgg 'sled standa rd:; I h rough the fo l lowing program :

1 . Book a n d nll' e i i" ,e1ec l i on Education 315-lnstrur:tional Materials Educat ion 4 1 7- tory tell ing Englisb 321, ,32 2-Chi l drcn', L i tera l u re

2, Cata loging Educa tion 4 20-P roce:o"illi! School L i b ra r y Materials

3, Ref ercnce Educa l ion 422-l:la�i(' Rd,'ren('e Material

'I . redia I I l i l i ',,, l io11 and prodll , t ion Ed'l C ' a t ion 4::l8-Worbhop in Prepara t ion and Ut il ization of

I n stru c t ion a l i\Taterials

5 , C' I ITicu l u l 1l Edllcat ion 546-Cu rr iClllll lll Dev lopl l lcnt

(" Administ rat ion r:d , tca l ion ,4 1 9-AdlJ) il l i<t ra l io n o f t l ' e School Libra n·

PROFESSIO L CO UR ES

R ·qu i re.l1le.nt

1. f,'dum/ion :HI I , Inlrodnctioll to Educalion : 3 hours T h i s , 'ou rse may I ", taken during Ihe sophomo re year Or later,

:!. l'mjessiolw/ Core Curriculu m : Thc fo l lOll' i ng c n n l'SC'S are to be cO lTlpletcd a fter admi" ion t o the Educa l i o n :\Ol - l l t l Tnan Develo].Hnent [duca l io ll :;ll - l\fethod� and Ob"crva tioll EduI ' Ll l i on ,31 2 - Tea( 'h ing of Reading-E leme ntary

o r Edll l 'ation 3 1 4 - Teac hing o f Read in -Ju n ior and Senior Ednca tion 463 - tudent Teaclt i ng (at p referred [cI'cl )

:), Pro/essiollal Elecli lies (Secondary) n l,ject a rea l I Ie l hods

Guidance Stndent lea c h i n g ( al teroate l e\'e[ )

l Iigh

School : 3 h I'",

, .3 hrs, 3 Ill'",

2 hr." 9 I t 1'0,

:3-5 I t 1''',

Stndent" w i'h ing to quali fy for ( 'crt i fication Oil both the elementary anc! ",( ' on dar), ICl cl � should register for EdUl:ation 461 and meet the major a nd m in o r 1Tfl'IirCIllcnts fo r l iw otller level.

St l l c lcnt, Inu,t hm·c C, or he t ter, grade,; in Engli"h l Ol and P,y. . i lo logy Ifl l , T h e , t l u len t llIay count o n l y c: o r better gra des towa rd a major o r rnino r. This g rade n�quirenH:> l l l i l lclHdc � p rQ fe��iona l educa t ion ( 'our�es.

I . J,abomtory Experience SIII(J.;nh 1 "I\·e the opportunity to ,tl ld), the "oeial, elllo l ional , physi( 'al, and i n te ll ectual g l'O w t l l i,attcrns of school -age chi ldre n and you th t h roughout t h e i r l ' re'.'cn iec years. An l Inder:;ta n d i ng o f the [earn ing process as related

\ . Df. ITC IIHG \ 17 TIO 5 9

to growth and development is empha�ized. This i s done through rcguh r eOll r,c work. del1lon�tr�tion, observa tion , and parti<:i pation with ehi ldren i n their ac t iv i t ies both in and Oll t of school. The following are specifie n'q uiremenb in the u rea of l abo ratory experi,'nee : ( a ) Se{!lember Experience

D u ring a t lea�t one September fol lowing the ,uc ce,,,fu l completion of Educa t ion 201, Int roduetion to Edllcation, and prior to Education 463, S tudent Teaching, t lte student is required to observe and to part icipa te in activities dur ing the opening day" ( prefera hly two wceb ) o f sehoo!. This September Ex perie nce may be either in his home town or in the local a rea. Plans and defini te a,signments mnst he a p I I I'o\,('d by t I le School of Educat ion bdore the end of the pre· ceding spring seillester. A p pl ieat ion blank<- mn"t be eom pleted and filed with the School of Ed,wation office by Apri l 15.

( h ) Stu den t TC{{l "hing S t udents who elect to do their student teaching on only one l eyel a re re quired to r"gi.-ter for Edncation 463, Student Teaching on u h a lf·day St ·hcdu le. Student, who eleet 10 qualify on hoth elementary and ""eondury Ieyel - w i l l regi�ter for Edlwu tion 46,1 ({nd I::duca t ion 461. S t u dent Teadling on both !eye!,; may he done concu rrentl y o r on the p referred Ie,',,] firq, followed by the alternate level. Addi tion'11 cou rse work J u r i ng t i le fifth year muy Iw neec;:"u)" to qnul ify a� a teacher at the al ternate level.

A ,ucc'c,",,,rul expcrience in �tudcnt tea c h i ng i." v i ta l to the student',; �uccesg. It is t lwrdore recommended that the �tudent cu rry no t "lOre than , i x teen scme,trr hou l', during hi� ,tu den t tcad' ing seme,ter. It is a bo expected t h a t o Ulside u;ork or ("olle�e (!c/ir:ily will b e kCfll t o (! minimum. Excep tion" to t hese rccom llw"clat i ons drl' a l lowed ollly by spec i a l pcrmisiiioll.

PROFESSIONALIZED SUBJECT M ITER Elementary School Teaching

I n the an;a of Profc",ionalizc�d Subjcct Matter a minimum of 12 hOl lrti I, required from the fo l l o \\ in!-'; courses :

A rt * .340 A r t i n tl", E lemen ta ry School

Educa tion " 3 1 2 The Teal'hing of Rraclinl!

315 l n�trllctional Materials *319 The Teaching of Arithmeti c : ( Pn�reqll i " i te : -lat h 3 1 9 )

4 1 3 Seicne" in the Elemcnta ry School 414 oeial Studies in tI le Elemen t a ry Sehoo! (experien ced t(,�l(' hers on l y )

* * 4 1 6 Parent·Tearher Conference * * 423 Lanl(llllge Arts in lhe Elementary School

* Requ ired of a l l elementary teac her candidate$ "'· O p cn to student teachers or experienced teac hcr� only

60

426 Primary Rend i ng ( experienced teachers on ly) ,142 Speech for the Cla<;�roolll Teacher 529 Diagnosis of, Reacling Problems

EI1"1 i;;h 321 , 322 Chi ldren's Literature

Mu,i" " .340 Music in the Elementary School

Hea l t h and I 'h)" i"al Educat ion :1 l:Z Phv,ical Educa t ion in the Elementar y School 341 l\!ethod, i n Folk Dancing 342 Problems in Teuchinl! Rhythmic

ACADEMIC PREPARATION

Tcaching Arcas

1 . g " " i n c"" Education. 2 . Fine and Appl ied Arts - art o r music:. '1. Health and I 'hy .'iical EdlH'at ion. 'I·. Language A rts - includ ing En,yj ish ( composition, literatu re ) , foreign Ian·

/!uage. " PCt; . . ! , ( i ncluding dra", a ) , a n d j o u rn a l i'l1l. 5. Sciel)('" and Tlb tl l t ' lnat.ics - i n cl u d ing biological and phy,ical sc iences and

Il lat l } ( � I I l <.l 1 i r :;:,;. 6 . So"; a I Scicnccs - including l , i "tory, ,ociology, pol i t ica l science, economics,

geog raphy, and psyc holo}!y.

Prepal'a lion for SCllior High SdlOOI Tcaehing : 4·5 hOllrs

A , t udcl l t preparin;,; for ,,'n ior h igh scllool teach ing mll >'t complete 45 ;;CIIH!stcr hours in thc acade m ic a r '1l in w h ich he plan;; to teach. Thi, normally ( 'o n,i s!, of a tea ( ' h i o g major of 2,1 to ::)0 ,,:mcs!er hOllrs of �tlldy in o n e dcpartm 'nt, "lI p ported 1.1)' 15 Lo 21 hou r.s in related departmenb. A ,tucient, with the a p J 1 n)\'�d of I I i,. ([c;rcicmic advisCt', rnay den to eomplete a departmcntal m i nor of 1 7 to 21 honr, in a nother a rea applicahle to tearhing in the "enior h i(.!: 1 1 <" hooi. In e i thcr ca�c, the adviser from the major a rea will as,,;"t the �t l ldcl 1 t in planning h i:.; program.

TI·, , , · h i l lg majors art ' offere d in the fol lowing fidel,, : art , biology, busine,,, " dl [ ( 'a t ion, ('helll i,try, E n gl ish, Fren('h, German, h eal th and physical educa t ion, l l i <.; tory, JllatheIl lH t i c - .... , 111 w".: j( , , ph y�ic!i, pol i t ica] �eiencc, science ( general ancl earth �c;icn('e ) , �oc ia l �eicn('( ':O:, �oc inlogy, and spee('h.

Prepara t ion 1'01' JlIn ior' High S.,hooI Tcnelr i ng : 4·5 hours

A !'-t l l t if ' l l t "r('pa ri l l� for j u n i o r h ig l l ..;cltonl t ea ( ' h i n g norma l l y 11111::-t cOIn· piet" a k[[ ( ' I , i l l !,; Illajor ( l lsn a l ly interdepartmen tal ) of 24 to 28 "cme't�r hOlIrs and a I l l inor o f 17 to 21 honrs i n a nother arl'''.

S t u dents p la l ln ing to tcadl on the jnnior h igh 'e1rool level should confer w i t h t i l e Sehool of Ednca t ion regarding comhinat ion" of teach ing fields which

,', Heqll i rerl of all cl('rnl�nta ry teacher candi dates " "' O pen to 'll ldellt teacher, or ex perienced teacher" only

A \.IlfO: Ill. 0 I , NlZA'll 6

wou l d be most appropriate. An adv iser from the major area w i l l assi,t the studen t in planning h is program .

Tea c h i ng major, and mi nor" are offered in the general a rea:; o f fine and a ppl ied a rts, hea l th an d physical education, l a nguage nrl' ( i ncluding Engli,h, j o u rn a l islll, ,pccch , German and French ) , science ( incl uding biology, chemistry, phy:;i<:�, general sc ience, and earl l , sc ience ) and mathema tics, a n J :'Ocial ::;c ic T lrc�.

Prepan.tion for Elemen tary School Teaching : 48 hOllrs

A "tndent pr"llar ing for elementary school teach ing no rmall y must comple te 24 scme:=;tcr hOllr::- in a 1l1ajor teachin g area, �1J1d two area m i nor:-; consisting of 12 scmc.-ter honr., each. One o f the m i n ors mus t be in profes.-ional ized subject matte r : and one in a teaching f ie ld o ther t.han t h a t covered in the 24·honr cone ntra t ion. An adviser frOl l 1 the major f ield will as.-i;;t t i le stud ent in pl ann ing h i " program in coopera tion with t I le School of Edu cat ion.

The cou rse, indndeu i n tl , ,; two m inors are to be de termined in con<ul t:l I ion with the School of Education.

I n genera l , the teaching lllajor ( 21·hour concent ra t ion ) for elemen tary school teachers follow:; the tea ching major requ ired for jun io r high teach ing.

6 2 DF: f I ( ORr. \ . I Z TI

Art

Senior II igh School Prc/JIUlllion : 4,j h o a rs

Tcar: h i n!,!; Majo r : 45 hours Hc(/uired: A r t 1 20 , 160, 2,10, 250, 260, 265, 320, �!IO, ninp. hou r, of a rt I l i "tory, and de ' tives to complete requiremen ts. Art l l O may not he lll · clud ... d.

Junior lIigh S"'zool Preparation : 45 hou.rs

Teadl ing Majo r : 2!l lzours Requ ired: Art 120, 160. 230, 250, 265, ,140, " I X hours of art h istory, and ( 'lect in>s to ( 'ompkle req u i l'clllcn!.s. Teal:hinl!: minor : 17·21 hours Required: Art 120, 160, lBO, 230, 250, a n d 265,

Elementary Sch ool Pre/laratio n : 48 h ours

Tca t h i ng Major : 24 hams Rel/uired: rt 1 l 0, 120, 160, 230, 250, 265, 340, aud electives to r :omplcte f"r,q II i rCl l len t:->. '['I,al: "in!,!; Mino r : Twel\'e hours i n the area , cou rse;; to be determined in consultat ion w i t] 1 the 5 ·11001 of Education,

Biology

Senior lligh School PrCfl((ra tiofl. : 45 hours

TI'ac l l in!,: Maj o r : 2!1·30 honrs Relfuired: Biology 1 0 1 , 102, or 131, 132, and 16 to 22 hours of biology, Df w h ich at lea,t 9 hOllrs must be u pper d i " ision course,. R e lJu ired su pporting c o u rses : Chem istry·Physics 109· 110, I\Tathcmu tics 1 3 1 . I': i c ( ' t in';; from t h e follow i n g : Geology 1 0 1 , 102 ; Chemistry 2m, 20'k

Phy,i..-s 201, 221, 222, 251.

jllnior Ilir;h School Pr e/laration : 45 h o u rs

Te<l ( ' h i l l g' Majol- : 24-28 hours Rel/Ilircti: Biology 101, 1 02, or 131, 1:32, and 16 to 20 hours in biology approved by the depart ment. R Clf uired SII fJfJorting rOil rses : Chemistry· Physics 109· 1 1 0, [a t hema tics 1 3 1 . ReCOnllllE'lldcd : Physics 20 1 , 221, 222, 2 5 1 , or Geology 101, 102.

Te<telling 'l i no r : 17-21 hours RCljllirerl: Twelve to sixteen hours chosen in biology ; Ge neral Science 122.

F.lcm en Lllry Srh ool Preparatio n : 48 hours

T('ael l i n g maj o r : 2'1 hours Ref/llired: B iology 101, 102, or 131, 132.

Required sU/J/JO lting ('(Jluses : Chem istry· Physics 109·1 10.

Tf'<Ic.l l ing M i nor : 12 hours Required: l\ve]"e I zou rs in the a rea, courses to be determined in consulta' t io n wi th the School of Educat ion.

( D1: 11' OR!.

Busines .• Education

SCllior High School Prepara tion : 45 hOllrs

Teach ing Major Prereqlli.�ites: Economics 101, 102.

[ZA'I I O 6 3

Required: Bnsines" A dmini, tration 103, 1 42, 2 1 1 , 212, 241, 273, 340, 410b, 1,9 1 . Abo den two from the fol lowing : Busi nes, Administra t ion 351, .152 Or .'154, 361, :'171, pi llS an addi tional six hours of husine>,;; electi ves. Ch oo,;e one of li tc,,"! a rcas of emphasi, : ( 1 ) Secretari al : B'lsine" A d mi n i,trat ion 245, 246, .342 ; ( 2 ) A ccounting : Business Admini,trat ion 3 1 1 pillS two of lhe following : 312, 313, :3 15 ; ( 3 ) Eeonomics : Economics 301, ;302, pIllS one elect ive.

C"em; .• !r�· SCllior Hi,;h School ['reIK/ration: 45 hOllrs

Tea ching Maj or : 29 hours con,ist ing o f Chemistry 109, 1 1 0 ; 20:3, 204 ; :300, 301 ; 311, :3 1 2 ; and ::lB. Prcrequisites: Ph, si( 's 221, 251, and 256 a n d I llathclnati('s th rollp:h s('cond semester ca klll r ls ( Ma t h e matic,; 152 ) .

funior lligh 'S('hool Preparatio n : 45 honrs Teac h i ng Majo r : "linG as for s nior level ahove. Teadling Minor: :12 hou r., " onsi>! ing of Chem ist l·,. 109, 110 ; 20.3, 204 ; and 300, ;\01. Prerc'lliisile : i\'fa th "matico 101 o r its equivalent .

[�lemen/(lry choot PrclJamtio n : '18 !.(W.fS Tea c h i n g Maj o r : 24 h o n rs Heill/ired: Si�teen honrs of approl'ed COll rse, in chemistry and six addit iona l ho ur;; to be determined in c.onsu lW lion with t i ,e School of Education. Teaching M i n o r : Tw el ve hours to be determi ned in consu l ta t ion w i t h the SdlOol of Education.

ElJgli.�h

Sen io r Hi!!,h School Preparatio n : 45 h o u rs

Teachi ng IVfa jor : 27 hours Required: One of the following progra m s : 0 ) Engl ish 21H ( or profj· e ie l "' ), ) ; 241 , 242, 38.1 or 384, and 9 honrs of npper division dec t ives in Enl'(l ish l i lera ture; onc of the fol lowing : 302, 3fl2, 400 or 403 ; a n d 3 additional h o u rs of any l i terature COllrse in the depa r t lllcn t ; 'l nd two rears of foreign language or equivalen t p rohcit'ncy. ( 2 ) Enl'(l ish 218 ( o r pro· fie i" ncy ) ; 251, 252, 383 or :,H1, and 9 honrs of u p pcr div i.s ion elective.s in Amcriean l i t era ture; one of the followi ng : :{02, ;)82, 400 0[' 403 : and :3 addi t iona l hOllrs of lIny l i t e ra ture C O U l',e in t i le deparlmen t ; and two year, of foreign langua ge or eq u i valent profie iency.

funior High Sch ool PrcIJa ra tio,, : 45 hours

TGa(' hin� Majo r : 27 l ,ours Required: Olle of the fol lowilll'( progra m" ( l ) Engl ish 2lB (or proli-

64 O R

( ' icney ) : 241 , 242, 38,� o r 384, a n d 9 hour" of u pper divioion elenives in Engli,h l i teratu r e : und G addi t ional hour" i n the department. ( 2 ) English 218 ( o r profi( ' i ( 'ncy l ; 25 1, 252, 38,) or 3R'l, and 9 hOllrs of lI pper divi,ion "lectin" in AlIlerican f i tct'a t u re : and 6 add.i tional hour,; in the dcpartmlOnt. T!'a(' h i ul': Minor : 1 7· 2 1 hours R " quire<i: Engl i,h 241 and 242, or 251 and 252 : :)83 or 384 : ,ix haUl'S of u pper divi�jon ele('tin!� i n the arca in whieh the �urvcy cou rse was not taken ; and :) addi tional hOllG in l i tera ture,

I�'lemcn /([r}' School Pre/lrl wliun : 48 h ours

Teaching Major : :r1 hours Required: S ix teen bours in the depa r tm 'nt as l isted under teach ing majors for ,enior h igh preparation, and eight addi t ional hOllr:; to I,l' ,eJe('ted in cOllsu l t a t ion w i th t h e School of Educa t ion . 'fp'(Lching lVl i no r : 12 hOHrs R eq u ired: T\\,eh'e hou r, i n the area, cou r.-cs to be determined In con· .'!d ta t io n wi th the S<.:11001 o f Educ.ation.

French

Serdar /ligh Schoul Pre/lara tion : 45 h o u rs

Tcacl l ing Maj o r : 24·30 houn; Required: French 101, 102, 201, 202, 221, 222, 'l'lOn and ten hour, o f ap· pro,"" d cour'e, i n advanced French. Suggested ," ['/lOrting courses : Fi fteen to 2 1 hours i n weech, Engl ish o r annt i ler [()r c � igll ianl1l1ugc.

Junior lIigh Sr'houl Pre/illm /iun : 45 h o u rs

Teadl ing Majo t' : 24 ·28 hour,; Required: Freuch 1 0 1 , 102, 20 1 , 202, 22 1 , 222, 440n. Suggested su /I/IOr/ing courses: l\ine hours scI Gted from English 233, 241 , 242. 25 1 , 252, 383, :lHl : o r six hour, fro lll the a bove group, p lus fou r hour, from Engl ish 2 1 7, 218, 302, 3 1H , 40'l , o r Journalism 203, 204. S tu· dent, elc n i n g this p rop;ralll are u rgt,d to add Engl i,h 321 or Educa tion 4"lOc or '140d to the rcqu i red cou rses. Teacl l ing i\I ino r : 1 7·21 hOHrs

Required: 5 'vcntcen t o 21 hOllrs of approved courses in Frcnch.

Elelllcr!l{/ry School PrCf}(l raliun: 48 hOll rs

Tcac l l ing, i\Tajo r : 24 hours

Reqllired: Twenty bours of approved courses in French a nd four a ddi· t ional hours t o be selel'ted i n eOll,uitation with thc department and the

School of Edncation. Tear:lting Mino r : 12 hours

Required: Tweh'c hOJ'H" of approved cou rses (11 French to be determined

in con,u l t a t ion with the Sehool of Educat ion.

Am. 11 ORG NTZ TION

German

Sen.ior lligh School Preparation: 45 h ours

Tea c h ing Major : 24·30 hours

6 5

Required: German 101, 102, 201, 202, 221, 222, 440n and ten hours of approved course,; i n advanced German. SlIggested slIPJ!ort.ing cou rses : Fifteen to 2 1 hours in speedl, Engl ish or another foreign la nguage.

Junior High School Preparation : 45 h Ollrs

Teac h ing Major : 24·28 hours Reqllired: German 101, 102, 201, 202, 221, 222, 440n. Suggested sl/p/lOrting cou rses: Nine hou rs selected from Engl ish 233, 241, 242, 251, 252, 383, 384 ; or six hauL' from the above grouP. plus four hours from Engl ish 2 1 7, 218, 302, 318, 404, o r Journalism 203, 204. Stu· dent" elect ing this program are urged to add En gl ish 32 1 or Edu cation 440c or 440d to the required cou r,cs. Teaching Min o r : 17·21 hours Reql/ired: Seventeen to 21 hours of approved ("ourses in German.

Elementary Schuol Preparation : 48 hours

Tp,ac hing ¥ajor: 24 hours Requ ired: F:ightccn hours of approved eourscs in German and six addi· t ional hours to h e ,,,Ieeted in eon.'u ltation with the depa rtmen t and tllc School of Education. Tene'h i n g Minor : 12 hours Requ ired: Twelve hours of a p p ro eel COlI l·'es in German to be determincd in cOll'ultation with the School of Education.

lIealth and P"y.�ical Education

Senior High School Preparation: 45 hours

F:mphusi, on H ea l t h and Phy,ical Educa t ion Teac h i ng i\Iaj o r : 45 houl'. Required: Men and WOlllcn : l I eal l h and Physical Education 210, 234, 274, 292, 310, 312, 322, 323, 341, 342, 3'15, 450, 465, 497, and four honrs of electives; I\Icl1 : 36,) and two hours fronl 270, 271, 272 o r 273 : 'Vomen : 290, .333. Requ ired supportin.g courses: Biology 161, 162. Emphu,i" on Corrcctive The ra py in Physical Education Teaching Major: 15 hours R equ ired: Men and Women : Heal th and Physical Educa tion 210, 234, 290 ( women ) , 333 ( women ) . 292, 312, ;,22, 32.3, 341, 345, 363 ( m en ) , 391 ,

392, 450, 497, an d two hours of elective;; ( women ) from 274, 342, or 333 ; Biology 161, 162. Suggested sU/I/wrting co urses : Psyrhology 2 2 1 , 30!.

J/l.nior High School Preparation: 45 hours

Teael l in(!; Majo r : 26·28 hours Requ ired: Men and \Vomen : Physical Education 210, 274, 292, 312, :322,

6 6 . \UDU[I" ORG \ 'IZATIO .

341, 345, 450, 497 ; Men 363 and two hours sclcctet! from 271, 272, 273 ; Women 290, 333, and two hours of eleetiv e ; B iology 161, 162. Teach ing Minor: 17-21 hour,; Required: Men and Women : Phy�ical Edueation 210, 292, 341, 345 ; Men 363 and six hours selected from 270, 271, 272, 273, 346, 450, 465; Women 290, 333 and four hours selected from 346. 450, 465.

Elementary School Preparation: 48 hours

Teaching Major: 24 hours Required: Physical Education 210, 292, :no, 312, 341, :345, 346, 450, 465 and five hours of eleetives. Teaching Mino r : 13 hours Required: Physical Education 210, 292, 310, :n2, 341, 345.

History

Senior High School Preparation: 45 hour.� Teaching Major : 30 hours Requ.ired: History 103, 104, 203, 204, 210, plus 16 hours in h istory. Suggested supporting courses: Fifteen hours selected from economics, geogra phy, pol itical cience and sociology.

Mafhemalic.�

Senior High School Prepara tion : 45 hou.rs

Tea<;hing Major : 26 hours Prereqnisites: Math 112 and 131 or equivalent. Required: Twenty-six hours of mathematics numberp-d above 150 including Math lSI, 152, 231, 321, 333, 440e, 451 or 433. Suggested supporting courses: Chemistry-Physics 109, l IO, and ten hours of sciences.

Junior High School Preparation: 45 hours

Teaching Major: 24-28 hours Prerequisites: Math 101 and 112 or equivalent. Required: Math 151, 152, 231, 321, 333, 440e. Teaching Mino r : 17-21 hours Prerequisites : Muth 101 and 112 or equivalent. Required: l\hth 151, 319, 321, 440e plus mathematics el ectives.

Elementary School Preparation : 48 hou,rs

Teaching Major: 24 hours Prerequisites: Math 101 and 1 12 or equ i valent. Required: Muth 151, 152, 319, 321, 333 ; plus mathematics electives. Teach i ng Minor : 12 hours Required: Math 319, 321 and ma thema tics electives to be determined in con;<tdta ti on with the School of Education.

1H.:'It 1 l () II ,

Seniur lIigh School Preparatiu n : 54 hO/lls

Ell lp l l<l-i, on Ci loraI Mu-ic

T,-,a< " l l i n " Maj o r : 54 hou l" PrercI[lI isite : MlI:;ic Theory I l l , or equ iqlent.

IZ \ 'rIU 6 7

Hel[lIired: Mu,ic 50, 112, 2 1 1 , 212, 221, 222, 333, 340, 363, 443. E igh t 1 ] ()1lro' of pr ivate voice Ic"OIl' and two hours of pr i , a te p iano Ic,'on,. Four I iollr' o f ensemble I11 Uo t bc ea rned dur in" the j u n ior and " cnior years. Onc ho l l l' of Opera \Vo " kshop and ten hO�lr' of music dect ive, a re a lso req l l i red,

E m phasi, Oil Sacred ChOI'a l Music ' Tc;t c il i ll " Major : 5·1 hou r,>; Prele,[u isite : Musi, ' Theory I l l , o r cqui pulcn t. Rel[uired: Music SO, 112, 2 1 1 , 212, 221, 222, ,'l26, :l27, :l:l:'l, MO, 426, 443, E ight hOl lr� o f pr ivate instruct ion IlHI:;t .})(' earned in the llllljor l Je:rform<lnc(-� Inediul l l ( w)ice or piano and/or orga n ) and three hours m llst be ea rned in the minor pedorilla llce llledium ( vo ice or p iano a n d/or organ ) . fou r hour, of en'cmi l le lllUst be earned during t he jun ior and sen ior yea rs. Fou r hours of clec - t in:s in lllusic a rc abo requi red.

E m phasi, on Instrumental Musil' Tc;t"h ing Maj o r : 5'1 hou l'.'; Prerequisite : Music Theory H I , or equ i v a l ent. Hel[l/ired: Mn,ic 50, 1 12, 111 , H2, 211, 212, 22 1, 222, 243, 2'14, 333, 415,

'116, 444. Eigl l t hOlm; o f p rivate i no'tru l' t ion must be ea rned on the ,tudent', major ' i n ,t mTTlcnt p i llS two hOI, ," o f p iano. Six hOlI l'S of cred i t must be earned i n il l�trl lrnentaI enselnb'les during the junior and sen ior year�.

Jll nior I1igh Sch ool Preparation : 45 h o u rs

Teach i n g Major : 28 hours Requ ired : Music 50, 1 12 , 22 1 , 222, 33:3, :HO, 44.3 or 444. Two hours of pr ivate p iano, two honr5 of a $econdary ins trnment or voice, four hours of music ensem ble a n d two hours of music electives are a lso req u i red. Teaching Minor : 20 hou rs PrercI[uisit e : M l" ic 101 or equival ,'nt. Required: Music 120, 3:)::1, 340 plus t wo hOllr- of p rivate piano and two hour::; of p ri,"a te i nstruct ion In VOIce Or seconda ry instrument. FOl lr hours of mllsic en,,;m b l e and five hou r, of elcctives in musie are a[,.;o req u ired.

Elementary School Preflaratio n : 48 hOllrs

Teach ing l\IajOI' : 24 hours Requ ired: Music 101, 120, ,'13.3, ,llO plus two hours of priva te p iano and

· Sec thc Department uj Music Handbook for furth er details con cerning the prograln.

6 8 I ZATIO

two hours of p r ivate ,·oice. Fou r hours of musie ensemble and five hours of elec t ive,; in Jllll,ie are a l'O required. Teaching Minor : 12 hours Ret/uired: Twelve hOllr� in the Music Department, courses to be determ ined in consultation with the Department of Mu:.ic and the School of Education.

Physics

Senior High Sch.ool Preparation: 4S hour.,

Teaching Major : 28 hours Required: Chemistry-Physics 109, no: Physics 251, 256, 272, 331, 332 or 316 ano 6 hours of laboratory COllI" C'; including 221 and 222. Required supporting courses : One a dd it ional course in Chemistry ; Mathematics 151 * , 152, 231 and 252 or 341.

junior lligh School Pre{Xlration: 4S hours

Teaching Mujor 24-28 hours Rel/llired: Chemistry-Physics 109, 110; Physics 251, 256, 272, 221, 222, 321 or 316, .Mathematies 151*, 152.

Political Science

Senior JJigh School Preparatio n : 4.5 hours

Teaching Maj o r : 27 hours Required: Political Science 101 or 301, 2.51, 33 1, plus eigh teen additional hOll l's o f electives. Suggested supporting courses: Economics 101 ; Geography 101 ; Hi,tory, 9 hours; I',;ychology 101 ; Sociology. 101 or 300.

Science (General)

Senior High School Preparation: 4S hours

General Science Teaching Major : 45 hours Preret/ui.,ite : Mathematics 101 or equivulen t. Required: Biology 101, 102 ; Chemistry-Physics 109, no, Chemistry 300; Geology 101, 102 ; Mathematics 1 12, 131, 151 ; Physics 221, 251.

Earth Science

Teaching Majo r : 45 hours Prerequisite : Trigonometry and high school biology. Required: Geology 101, 102, 203, 204, 360 or 365, 497, 498. Rel/uired supporting courses : Mathema tics 151, Chemistry-Physics 109, llO. Suggested supporting cou rses: Biology 101, 102 and addit ional cou rses in chemistry and physics.

* Students who are not pre{Xlred to enter Math ematics 1.51 must take the prerequisites but credit jor these courses will not he counted in the majo r urea.

AI \ lJ l'.MlC OR\ ,A l\IZATlOl\

Junior High School Preparation : 45 honrs

General Science Te�lch ing Major : 24-28 hour,; Prcrc(luisile : Mathematic,; 101

6 9

Required: B iology 101 and 102 or General Scil'l1(:e 121 ; Chem istry-Physics 109, 1 1 0 ; Matlwmatics 112 and/or 131 ; Geology lOI. Teal 'h ing Minor: 17-21 hOIl I''; Conrses selected and total hOll r,; su bject to a p p roval of science departmen t,; and w i l l vary depend i ng u pon h igh school hackgrollnd of the i n d iv i dual stllclen t .

f:arth Sc ience

Tcc" 'h ing l\Iajo r : 2t \ hOll rs Prerequisite : Trigonometry and high school hiology. Requ ired: Geo logy 101, 102, 20:3, 20:1, 497, '198. Required sU/J{)()rting CO{U.\cs: Chemi,;try-Phpies 109, 1 10. Suggesl.cd supPlJrting courses: Mathematic, 151 ; B iology 101, 102. Teach i ng Mi n o r : 17 to 21 !:toms iu Geology and Physical Scienc:e.

f;[cmcntary School Preparation : 48 h Ollrs

General Science Teach ing Major ; 24 hours Individual programs to Iw planned by thc Sciencc Depa rtmen t in consultation with the School of f:ducation. T"aching i\Ii n o r ; 1 2 hou r;; Required: Twelve hours in .thc ar�l, cou r,es to be determi ned In consultat io n with the S"hool of Eelu"at ion.

Earth Science

TEaching Mujor ; 24 h o u rs Prerequisite : Trigonomet'·y and h igh school biology. Required: Gcology 101, 102, 203, 204, 497. Required supporting courses: Chemi�try-Physies 109, no. T(,,,ch ing Mino r ; 12 hours in Geology anel Physical Science.

Social Science

Senior High School Preparatio n : 4.5 hours

Teaching Maj o r ; 45 hours Re(/uired: H istory 103, 104, 203, 204, 210 ; Econolllies 101 or 300; Geography 101 ; Pol i tical Science 101 or 251 or 301 ; Sociology 101 or 300 and Psychol ogy 141 or SO('iology 141. Suggested supportillg courses: S i xteen hours to be taken from not more t l lan two of t he", field" economics, history, pol i t ical sci ence, psychology o r ,",o(·io\og)'. A m i n i mu lll of ten hOllr, l1l uH he i n OIW field .

JUllior lIigh School Preparut.ion : 4.5 hours

Teach i ng Majo r : 24-28 hours Required: Econom ics 101 or 300 ; Geography 101 ; H istory 103, 104, 203,

70 DL II ORlzA IZ TIO

204, 210; Political Science 101 or 251 or 301 ; Sociology 101 or 300. Teaching Mino r : 17·21 hours Required: Twelve hour:; in history and nine hours �elected from other social science area s ; or eight hOllrs of history and 9 to 13 hours selected from the other soc ial �ciences-econolllics, political science, p··ychology or sociology.


Teaching Major : 24 hours Reqnired: Sixteen hours from the following social sciences : economics, geography, history, pol it ical science, p,ychology or so iology. History 203, 204 and 210 are required. Teaching Mino r : 12 hours Twelve hours in the a rea, cou rses to be determined III COI1:iul tation with the School of Eduea tion.

Sociology

Senior High School Preparation: 4.5 hOMS

Teaching Major : 27 hours Required: Sociology 101 or 300, 202, 34 1, 412, 431, and twelve additional hours of electives. Suggested supporting cou·rses : Economics 101 or 300; Geography 10 1 ; H istory 8 hours; Pol it ical Science 101 o r 301 ; Psychology 101.

Speech

Senior High School Preparation: 45 hours

Teaching Major : 24·30 hours. Required: Speech 101, 202, 210, 445 and 13 to 19 hours III consultation with the major adviser.

Suggested supporting conrses: One o f the followi n g : ( 1 ) 15 to 21 hours i n English approved by the major adviser and numbered above 102, or ( 2 ) 15 to 21 hours in a modern or classical language.

jnnior High School Prepara tion: 45 hours

Teaching Major : 24·28 hours Required: Speech 101, 202, 210, plus six to eight hou rs in 8peech. Addi· tional nine to twelve hours to be determined in consultation with Speech Department and School of Education. Teaching Mino r : 17·21 hours Required: Speech 101, 202, 210, plus nine to twelve hours of electives.


Tt'ach ing Major : 24 hours Required: Speech 101, 447 and n ine hours of electives in speech and nine hou rs in English. Teaching Minor : 12 hours Com,es to ue determined in con�ultat ion with the School o f Education.

M:.\IJE [Ie n RC NlZATIO. ' 71

SUGGESTED SCHEDULE OF COURSES

Elementary School Preparation

F",shITwn Year

Engl ish 101 Cornpo,i tioll t Rcl igion requ i rcment

Sci 121 I n t roduction to Biological Science

Sci 1 22 Introduction to Physical Sciences

Social Science clect ivc� PI:: act iv i ty

* Ele .. : t ivcs

II rs.

3 3

. . . . . . .. 4

4 (, 2

10

.'l2

Sophomore Year /Irs.

Art l lO Introduction to the Visual Arts .3

tMu�ic 101 Fundamcntals of Musie 3

Geog 101 World Geography 3 l I i,t 210 Th" Pacific Northwest 3 p"y 101 Cen .. ral Psyr.hology 3

t R",ligion requi remen t .3 Educ 201 I ntroduction to

Education Engl ish eleetive PE aetivity

§ Elec t ive;;

3 3 2 6

.32

Junior and Senior Hig" Sc"ool PreparaLion

Sophomore Year H rs.

A rt or Musie eledi,'" 3

Freshma n Year

Engl i,h 101 Composition t Religion requirement

ttS('.iencc

11 rs.

3 3 8 6 2

• * Hid 210 The Pacific Northwest. 3

Social Science dcctivc� PI-: activity

" E lectives . . 1 0

3 2

t See IJllge 41 for rc(wirements i n religion.

ttSce flage 54 for requirement in science.

P,;y 101 General Psychology 3 t Religion requirement 3

Edu(; 201 I n t l"Oduct ion to Educat ion

Engl i:,h elect ive PE ac: t i v i t y

§ r�lc(:tin>'

:� 3 2

. 12

32

* The student should include Speech 10/ if his score on the proficiency test in speech is nO! satisfactory.

tReqllired of students planning to be elementary school teachers.

§ Th e student should include Health and Physical Education 210 if his score on the proficien.cy test in health /Vas not satisfactory.

* * Required of all students with a major or minor in. a sorial srience.

WI !I I ORt, 7 3

SCHOOL OF FINE AND APIPLIED A R1'S

The school of Fine and A "pl ied Art, comprises the Departmcnt5 of A rt, i\<[usie, and Speech, offering a broad t : u l t ural education in the fiIlle art, and special t ra in ing i n the fol lowing areas of study : scu lpture, paint ing, ceramics, a p p l ied music, lIlusic h isto ry and l i terature , theory and composition, ,acrcd music;, drama, speech a rts, speech pathology, nnd tc\eCOllllllllnieations,

The o bject ive" of this school arc to pro\'ide the student specialized tra in ing in one of the fine arts ; to prov ide a cultu ral background through the stu dy of the rdationship of all thc a rb : and to prepare the student for the professional appl ication of his knowledge and training,

J )egrees Offered

The School of Fine and Applied A rts offers the degrees Bachelor of Fine Arts and Bachelor of Mw,ic.

Candidates for the Bac helor of Fine Arts degree may coneentrate i n the Depa rtment of Art or Speech.

Candidate, for the Baehelor of Mu"ie degree llLust complete both the specific COllr,.,s in m.usie and the ali·university requirements and lUust meet the appro\"Cd standards of Illusiciullship.

In addi tion to the al l-un ivers.ity cou r e requirements, candidates for a degree in this school must ful fill the following requ irements :

1. Th" foreign language requ irement may " a ry from 0 to 16 hours dependent upon the total number o f c redi ts earned in h igh school and the evaluat ion of the student',; needs by tfle chairman of the department concerned and his recommendation to the Director of the School.

2. Tlw science rcq u i " crncnt may be met by a yea r course i n science or by Science 1 2 1 ( Introduction to l3iolog ical Scienc e ) and Science 122 ( Introduction to Physical Science ) .

74 -\(_-\. D Dl i C ORC; \ ' IZ \TIO

Art

Candidate" for the Bac. helor of Fine Art.s degree may com plete their Inajor,.; with emphasis in paint ing, sculpture, ceramics or art h isto ry,

Requirements for a Bachelor o[ Fine A rts degree with a major in art are 55 credi t hour� ill art incluuing A rt 120, 160, 230, 250, 260, 265, 15 hours of art hi;;tory and elec t ives in a rea of emphasis and related courses to complete requirements, A rt 110 may not be included in this total.

The department reserves t il(-; righ t to retain, exhibit, and reprouucc student work submitted for credit,

Suggested Schedule of Cou rse,.;

Freshman Yea r

A rt 120 Design I A rt 160 D rawing I A rt 230 Ceram ics I A rt 265 Pa i n t i ng I Engli,.;h 101, Composi tion

1 Foreign Language tRd igion

P,E. ac t i v i ty Elect ive

Junior Year

U pper Di\'i.sion Art courses Art H istory Li tera tu re .... ... . Philosophy

t Rel igion Social Sc ience Elcet ives

Hrs.

,) ;3 3 3 ;-1 8 3 2 3

31

IIrs.

9 6 3

. . 3 3 .3 6

Sophomore Year

A rt 250 Sculptn re I A rt 260 D raw ing I I A rt H istory A p p roved A r t ('on rse

, R el igion S<.:ience

2So<, iu I S('.ience

P.L activity

Senior Year

Upper Division A rt courses Art History Social Science Elcnivcs

/./ rs.

3 3 3 3 3 8 6 2

31

Hrs.

10 6 3

14

33 3�

'French and/or German required for art history emJlhasis. Language require· men t may be Imived in [lfogrums with a studio emphasis.

2IIisLOry 103 and 104 arc recommcnded for art majors.

tSee page 41 for requirements in religion.

Speech

The Department of Speech embraces four oections; speech arts, dramu, tell" cornll1u nications, and pathology.

Candidates for the Bachelor of A rts degree a re registered in the Col lege of A rts and Sciences and must meet all general requirements of the Col lege. The specific requirements for the major are found u nder Speech in the section COURSES OF I NSTRUCTIOJI;.

A( ( E. m. ORCANI7.ATlfl 7 5

Candidates fOl the Bachelor o f Art.s in Education degree who a re pl ann ing a teaching major in Speech should refer to page 70 un de r ACAUI;MAC PREPARA· TION.

Candida tes for the Bachelor of Fine Arts degree may complete their majo r., with an emphasis i n speech a rts, drama, o r u comb ina tion major i n volving ,PCf 'CI t a rts, drama, td ecolll Inllni.calions, or pathology. This degree reql l irc< 48 hOl.m: of work w i thin tlte De partmen t of Speech.

l1achelor 0/ Fine Art,., Major j" Speech

Fresh man. Year

E ng l i,,11 101 Com po,iti on t Religion reqllin'lI'lent

Music or A rt eleet ivc

Scien('" So('ial Sc ience electi\'e

peech 1 0 1 I-'lIndamentals of Oral Commll n icat ion

Spcr.< :1 t 202 Pr inc i ples o f Publ iC'. peak ing

E I I·,, · t i \'!.!, I 'E act iv i ty

Jun ior Year

Phi l ().-ophy j"(�qlli rf'nH'nt tRel ig ion rc �qll ir(,lI1ent

Soc i a l S" ic l l ce ele<:ti\·c" .·\ p p ro\ ·ed "p" 'ci t cou r.-e, Ekct iyc,

IIrs.

. 3 3 3 8 3

3

3

5 2

33

II rs.

3 . . 3

6 1 5

6

:13

Sophom.ore Year

Modern langllage 101, 102

tBel igion requ irement A pproved speech cou rses I ' F.: nct iy i t y Electives

Senior )' ear

Li t" ratllr" elect ive So('ial Seienee elect ive A p p roved speech elect ives " :ie!' l ivcs

tSec page 41 for requirements in religion .

Music

IIrs . 8 .3

. . . .. 12

2 6

31

Hrs.

3

3 1 5 10

:n

Thc Department of Mu,ic offers c.urricula leadi n g to degrees of Bachelor of A rh, Ba('helor of An, in EdlH�a tion und Bachelor o f ·Music. Refer to t he Depa rtme Ilt of l'vlusi(: Handbook for deta ils concerning all mUi: i c cn rricula.

The Hadwlor of A rts degree is a non·professional four·yeat· eourse for .- tu denb II' ho w a n t to become welI·educa ted in music, yet want to be solidly p:rounded in liberal a n,. Candidate, for th i, degree nre reg i stered in the College of A rt, and S(:ienccs and mll,t meet all requirements of the College. The "pec if i(' requirement" for the major are found under Music in the sec· t ion COURSES OF i NSTHUCTlON.

Candidate, for the BaclJplor of Arts i n Educati on degree who are p la n·

7 6 A ( \ D EMI(, O RGA. ' IZ .\TIO . '

ning a teac h i ng major .n music "llOuld refer to puge 6 7 undcr ACADEMIC PHEI'ARATIO:'i.

The Ilachdor of Music eu rricululll is designed for the student who intends to bccome u professional mll>iiciun. The d"grce is offered w ith a major in ( a ) piano or organ pcrformance, ( b ) orchest ral i rbtrumcnt pcr· formancc, ( co ) ,·ooal performance, ( d ) chu rch mllsic.

Requirements lor the Bachelor 01 Music Degree

A. Piano vr Organ Performance

Freshman Y car

Engl i,h 101 Compo,i I ion Social Science elective Rel ip;ion rcqtl irellH�llt ]\Jod .. rn La nguage 201, 202 I 'E act i,·ity Mu.,i" 1 1 1, 1 1 2 Theory Mu.,ic 150, Piano and/or

Musi.: 1 52 Organ M u sic ('n,cllIble

l'v[w;i" 50 Student Heci t,,\'; Ek,·ti,·e

JlIlIlor Yellr

Scieluoe rc.qll ir�m(,;lll So"ia l Science elective l{,· , l igion requirement Music :l50, Piano or

MI I,i(' :352, Organ MII,i" :n:3, COllnterpoint Musi,' 4 1 1 , Form Mllsi .. E nscm bl e

* Ntu,i" electives MII,i" 50 St l l dent Recitals

Hr.,.

:l :� 3 6 2 B

4 o o :3

32

Hr.,.

B :l 3

6 3 3 2 4 o

;\2

Sophumore Yellr

Soc ia l S .. i�l!Ce electivcs Litera t l l rp cl .. ctivc Hdiuion req u i rement P E �, · t i\'ity MU:iic 2 1 1 , 212 Theory tv!u,i .. 221, 222 History Mll>iic 150 Piano or

M",i,' 152 Organ 1\I",ic En",, ,"ble M"" i c 5 0 Stll l lcnt Re<:itals

I-/rs.

6 3 3 2 B 6

4

o o

Senior Year Ii rs.

Philosophy requ i rement 3 ' ]\[u,i . . :)50, Piano or

I\'\ u,i" ;\52, O rgan 6 M,,,i .. :333, Basic Conduding 2

"1\ll1,i .. , 442, Method, of Tt�u . . h i ng Piano 2

Mu,ic EIN�l11ble 2

Musie Literature elect ives 4 " Mu,i .. eiectives B

;V lu,ic 50 Student Reci tals 0

.32

I Formal recital requ ired du ring sell ior year.

"For IJial!o majors only.

* May be taken in masic and/or supporting areas.

I • [Ie O RG, IZA110 7 7

B . Orchestlat lnstrument Performance

Freshman Year

Engl ish 101 Composition Soc ial Science electivc Rel igion requ i remen t Modern Language 201 , 202 PE activity l'.iI.,ic I l l , 1 12 Theory Major Im;trumcnt Music 150 Piano . M usie En,,-emblc (o rchestra

or band ) Mu�ic .5 0 Student Recital� Elec t ive

Junior Year

Science requ iremen t Social Science elective Rel igion requi rement Mu;;ie 313, Counterpoint Music 411 Form Major Instrulllent Mmic 333 Basic Conducting Music Em;elllbl e

( Music 1.36, 137, 138) Music 50 Student Re(;itals

firs.

3 3 3 6 2 8 2 2

o o 3

32

Hrs.

8 3 .3 3 3 6 2

4 o

32

Sophomore Year

Social Science electives Li tera tu re cieeLive ReI igioll requ i remen t PE actiyity Music 211, 212 Theory Mu,ic 221, 222 H i,tory

• Major I nstrument lV! usic Ensemble ( o rchestra

or ha nd ) Mu,ic 50 Student Recitals

Senior Year

Philosophy requirement Music 444 Instrumental

COllduGting and Ma terials Music 415, 416 Orchestration Musi c Literature electives

"Major Instrument Music Ensemble

( Music 136, 137, 138) Music electives .. ' Music 50 Student Recitals

lOr Major Instrument 2 and Secondary Instru men t 2.

Hrs.

6 3 3

.. . 2 8 6 4

o o

32

llrs.

3

4 . . . .. 4

4 6

4 7 o

32

20r Major Instrument 4 and Secondary Instrumellt 2. Fornwl recital required during sCllior year.

* Ma)' be taken in music and/or su p{Jonin g areas.

7 8 \( \ I l l II I O R . rz Till

C. Vocal Pe rformance

Freshman Yea r

English 1 0 1 l.om posi t ion So(' ial Scicn"c el ective H d i �ion req u i rement ;',,/ ode . ... Lan�uage 201, 202 PE a c t i v i t y l\ / I I ' i c . 1 1 1. 1 1 2 Theory l\In , il '. lSI Voicc l\lusic 150 Piano Mu;; i r 132, 134 En,emllle Musi(' 50 Student Re( ' itals E l ect ive

l-frs, 3 3 3 6 2 H 2 2 o o 3

32

Junior Yellr Hrs,

Sc i,'n,',' requ i rellJent 8 Soc ial S('ien('c cleet ive _ :; ReLig io n n-'quircmc nt 3 l\lu ., ic 363 Language [01'

S i n�i l l f2; 3 M'l'ic 333 flu,ic Conduc t i ng 2

!u,ic :�51 Voice 4 '. !usic 326 Sac red Music

Li t 'rature 3 l\! us i(' 135 l\Iadrigal S i ngers 2 l'Il l I, ic B2, B4 Enselllhl(, 2

* Mu,ie e l ectiH's 2 Musi,' 50 S t u dent Hecitals 0

SOIJi/()fIIore Year

Social Sc icn('c: d e c t ives L i terature elect i v e I{f'I ig io l l f'('qu i rcment P E al ' t iv i t)' l\lll;;ic ' 2 1 1, 21 2 Theory l\lu,ic 221 , 222 History Mu sie 154 Voi( 'e M usil' ISO Piano M l bi(' 1.12, 1.34 En"", mhl" l'I l usi c ' 50 Student Hec i tah

Hrs,

6 ;,1 3 2 8 6 2 2 o o

32

Sen':vr Year II rs,

Phi loso p h y rc'ql l iremcnt 3 l\!nsir L i t e ra t u re electives 4 Music 4 1 1 Form 3

Music 3 1 3 Counterpoint 3 MII,ic 435 Opera Worhhop 4

' l\fll>i(' ;35 1 Voice 4 Nll I ,; ic B2. 13'l EIl .,emble 2 Mu,ic: 4<t3 Choral Co nducting;,

Techniques and M a te rials __ 4 • MII;:ir' electives 5

Music 50 Student Recitals 0

32

I Fornuzl Recital reill/ired during senior year,

� /'rlay be taken in 1Il1/,lie and/or sl/fJllOrling a reas,

\t:ADEMIC ORGAN IZATlO 7 9

D. Church Mlls;c

Freshman Year

Engli"" 101 Composition Social Science elective Religion requirement Modern Language 201, 202 PE ac.tivity Music I l l , 1 12 Theory l"lajor Instrument Minor Instrument Music 132, 134 Ensemble MII"ic 50 Studen t Rec i tal" E lec t i\'e

Junior Year

Science requirement Social Science elective Religion requirement Music 333 Basic Conducting . M u,ic 327 Hymnology Major I n . .;trumen t

1 M usic 363 Language for Singing

M u5ic 132. 134 Ensemble • Musi(: elec tives

Music 50 Student Recital,

t For voice concentration only.

IIrs.

3 3 3 6 2 B 2 2 o o 3

32

IIrs.

a 3 3 2 3 4

3 2 4 o

32

Sophomore Year Hrs.

Social Science elect ives Literature el ective Religion requirement PE aelivity

6 3 3 2 B Music 211, 212 Theory

Music 221, 222 H istory Major Instrument Minor Instrument

. . . . . . . . . . . . 6

l\{u,ic 132, 134 Ensemble MII"ic 50 Student Recitals

2 2 o o

32

Senior Year Hrs.

Philosophy requirement 3 Music 426 Worship and

Li turgy 3 Music. 326 Sacred Mu,ic

Literature 3 Music 443 Choral Conducting,

Techniques and Materials 4 "Major Instrument 4

Mu"ie :n.'l, Coun terpoint 3 Mu"ic 4 1 1 Form . . _ . . . _ 3 Music Literature electives 4 Music 132, 134 Ensemble 2

• Music electives 3 Music; 50 Student Recitals 0

32

2 Formal Recital required during senior year. * May be taken in. music and/or suppnrting areas.

8 0 ORC Jl.1ZA'r TO

SCHOOL OF NURSING

The School o[ Nun.ing i, a profes:io na l sehool wltich meets tl,e Univer,ity requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Nu r�ing. It ;,; accredited by the Wu,.hington State B oa rd of Nursi ng and by the National League [or Nursing. Graduate, who succes,fully complete the State Board Examinations ( Registered Nu rse) a re quali fied to fill fir:t level staff lllll·,ing posi tions in health agenc ies.

Philosophy and Purpose

The Sel'ool of Nu rsing, as one of the professional schools of Paci fic l .utheran University, accepts the ch al lenge of preparation of a trained Chri,..t inn c itizenry of professional nurses who recognize and participate in the respon"ibi l i t ies and op portunit ies for Chrbtian service in nursing. The School recogn izes that its functions are teachi ng, sen·ice and re,carch. In accepting t h is challenge the faculty acknowledges i t,.; responsibil ity for pl"Omoting h igh quali ty profes'ional nursing services for people in the hospi tal , home and comlllun ity.

The School of Nur.ing Fa(;ulty a(;cep ts the following princi ples:

1 . Educa tion is an ongoing proces� in wh ich the individual a(;quires knowledge, refines attitudes and develops a set of vulues, learning to act upon these for the betterment of self and oeiety. In this educational process the student inc reases his capacity to relate to mank ind by means of a course of action in which he grows, devdops skills and finds expression ior creativity, all of which will enable him to p rogress toward future selfrealization in becom ing a responsible member of society.

2. Learning occurs when there is a change in behavior resul t ing from experience ra ther than maturation, and w hen that behavior continues. Eaeh pe rson approac hes h is lea rning task in his own way. Each individual reo sponds to the total situation as a whole person. There are levels of learning each of which builds u po n the other in the following sequence : awareness, knowledge, understanding, ap prec iat ion , ap pl icat ion of pri nc i pl es and teach ing of principles.

3. Nu rsi ng u;; a profession should be concerned with the physical, emotional, intellectual, social and sp irit ua l health of the individual. The School strives therefore to guide its students i n cleyeloping a sense of responsi· bil i ty for acqu iring the knowledge and skill,; necp;;sary to help meet the to tal health needs of the individual.

4. Emot ional, i n tellectual, social and sp ir i tual growth are essential to the enrichment of one's own life and to the optimum develop ment o f one's abi l i ty to help others. The preparation of the professional nurse includes cultural growth through the u se of the various disc iplines of the University. The professional curriculum provides education in available fields of health teach i ng a rranged in a logical sequence of learning.

IZ \ 10 8 1

5. The Chri"t ian Un iver"ity has a di�t inc.t advantage in offering thi� type of total educa tion and carries a re'llOnsibil i ty to prepare individuals i n w r· c:'ted in scrving their Cod and their fellowlIlcn through the praet iee of p rofessional n U I·"ing. Nursing education, therefore, "hould be motivated by the hasie p rinciple." of Chri,;t ian love and ocrvic:c.

The aim of the School of N u rsing is to prepa re �tudents to re<:ognize and part icipate in the rcsponsih i l i t ie" and opportunit ies for Chri ."t ian service i n nur,;ing. N ecessary tools are provided for functioning as stafT nu rSt�S, for ,k,·e!·

oping the competcI1cic·' bU:-iic to advilncing to po�itiol1� requir ing Icader�hi ( l sk ills, a n d for acquiring a foundation for gra duate st udy.

Objecth'es

In keepi ng with the ph ilosophy of IIll nlstering to the total n u rs ing needs of th" individua l , the School of Nursing a",ists t i le student :

1. To acqu i re knowledge e"ential to function as a p rofes.ional nurse. 2. To develop an abi l ity to function effeeli,e1y as a p ro fessional nUl'se. 3. To develop an att itude which wi l l fo,ter cont inuing profe"ional and

pcr:-:onaI growth. 4. To rec:ognize her r�:::ponsih i l i ty a!-' a c itizen. S. To develop a n a p p r':t'ia tion of the value of a general eclur:ution in adding

depth and breadth to personal and profe;;;;ional exper ience and to serve as a founda t ion for profe",ionul <:our,c".

Health

The nur,ing "tudent maintains her own opti mulI1 health and is a promoter and teacher of health. Phy;;ir:ul examinatiow" x-l'Hy� and immunizat ions are required prior to admi;;.,ion to the c l in ical areas and periodica l l y thereafter, and a re the rcspoIbihil ity of the students. Stndent;; "hould curry pen;onal health i n�lInl n('e.

Special Fees

I n addition to regular Univer;;ity costs, students a re to provide their own transportation between the U n i versity campus and the c l in ical laboratory area,. Hea l t h exa m i nat ion ff'e;; and ,tudent un iforms ( approximately 870.00) are the responsih i l i ty of the student.

The Nursing Progra m

This program is planned for h i p; h school gradna tes and may be completed in fou r academic years by students who meet the School requirements. Through this program of general and professional education, swdents p repare them· selves for beg i n ning positions in professional nursing and for con t inuing their education at the graduat.e I,,,·e!.

Admission and Curriculum Requirements

In addition to the requirements for admi,sion to the Univer;;ity, the School of Nursing requires a one unit ( 'our�e in hiology and a one u n i t cou rse i n

8 2 \f \ l l I.\W OI{G \ ' IZ HIO

cheJlli�try. Deficiencies will need to be removed prior to enrolling in the profe�sional n u rsing program.

To be ap proved by the faculty o f the School of Nursing for enrol lmen t in the cl inie,d nllr�ing eOll rse, which beg in in the sophomore year, the ,tlldent must give ev idence of physical, emotional and intellectual aptitude for nursing ; must pOS.-CS>, per,onal a t ti tudes and ideals which a re desirable in nursing ; and must hal' > a cumulative grade point average for her college cou rse of 2.0. She IllU�t a l,o hun, a m in imu lll grade of 2.0 in each course requ i red for the p rogram as i n dicated in t he course outl ine.

Standards requ i red for adm i"ion must be mainta ined th roughou t the pro· gram i f the cand ida te is to retain her ,tanding in the School.

A cand ida te who has a t tended some o ther inst itut ion , i nclud ing gradua tion froill an a p p roved s :hool of nll rsing, muy receive credi t to wa rd a degree in nu r�ing p rov ided she mee ts the general requirements for admi,;sion to the Scllool of Nursing. Transferable credits from a nother institu tion of h igher lea rn i ng wil l be evalua ted on an individual basis. The gradllate nurse appl ican t may recei" e credi t for her earlier eduGation by exam ina t ion of n u rsing an d related courses i n accordance with the Advanced Placement policy o f the Un iversi ty. She wi ll follow the curriculum outlined for the Bachelor of Sc ience i n Nursing in regard to course requirements, sequence of cour5eS, and prerequisites.

The School of Nu rsing faeul ty reserves the righ t to request the with· drawal of a nu rsing student who fa ils to demonstrate competency, or who fa i l� to maintain professional standards.

Resources, Facilities and Services

To provide the best learning experience in the various cl inical fields under the di rec t 'OU I";tTision of its facul ty members, the School ut i l izes the hospitals and health agencies in its immediate vic in i ty including their l ibraries and cl"s.<roollls. Clin ical la horatory learning is d i rec ted by regular University facul ty members in the fol lowing health agencies :

GOOD SAMARITAN HOSPITAL, Puyallup, Wash ingto n ( 96 beds) Paul Teslow, M.H.A., Administrator V i rginia Lovi tt, R.N., Director o f N ursing Service

LAKF.WOOD GENERAL HOSPITAL ( 100 beds) Ha rr), Sanislo, Admin istra tor Walter Wil helm, B .A., A %istant Adm inistra tor O rpha 1. . ohle, R.N., Director of Nursin g

MADIGAN GENERAL HOSPITAL ( 536 beds) Brig. General Richard I . Crone, M.D., Hosp ital Commander Lt. Col. A l thea E. Williams, R.N., M.H.A., A.N.C. Chief Nurse

MAPLE LA NE SCHOOL FOR GIRLS, Centralia, Wash ington ( 150 beds) Edna Goodrieh, Superin tendent Richard Barret t , Assistant Superintendent

\f lJI.\lI f nHC � JZ \T10

TvIO NTAIN VIF.W GENERAL HOSPITAL ( 287 bed;; ) C1 a ris A l i i -on. M.D., Sup r i n tenelent AI!Ilc:; \v i ] ,on, R.N., D ire.ctor of N u r'ing

ST. JOSEP H'S HOSPITAL (250 heds) Si <' ler fartha .Joseph, R. ' . , M. , I.E., Aelmin i,;trator S ister . fu mes Udene, R.N., M .S. . , Supervisor, P;;yr, hia trie Unit

TACOM GF. N E R L HOSPITAL ( 263 bed, ) Walter Huber, B.B.A. , Adm inistrator Be" M. Pigg;otl, B.S., M.N. , M.A., Din!('tor of N u rsing Educat ion Betty I-Iofiman, ItN., Direl ' lor of N u rsing Service

TACOMA-PIERCE COUNTY HF.ALTH DEPA RTl'I-t E. T r� l'I l , t Kredcl, M.D. , Director of Health Edith M itc hel l , R . I., B.S. , Chief of Nursin" D ivision

VETERA. I A DMINI TRATION HOSPITAL A m er ican Lake, W, shington (904 beel,)

Thomns M a rch, M.D., J lo�pilal Dircdor FlorPllce M. ll,ke, R . T., B.S., Ch ief, 'ur;;ing Service

8 3

F1ort!l1ce H . [1 I"hlhall<er, R.N., 1'11. . . . , A;;sociute Chief, u rsing Service for Education

8 4 rz 1'1

Cu rri tllnll1 for Baehelor of Science in Nursing

Freshman Y car H rs. Sophomore Year H rs.

tl3iology 161, 162 Human Anat· tNllr"ing 235, 236 Medical· o,"y and Physiology 8 SlIrgi(:al Nllr"ing 20

tJ3iolol;Y 201 Microbiolog 4 Rel igion requirement 3 t Cht:mi,try 103 Organ ic tPsychology 2,10 Elementary

Ch('m i"try 4 A nalysis 3 1< 1 I!,(l is l , 101 Cornpooition 3 El cc tive ( Nllrsi n g ) 3

�Sol ' iology 101 Int roduct ion Literature elect ive ( or to So<: iolo!,(y 3 Fine Arh) 3

t p,')'f ' l , n logy 101 Gene,'al PE activity 2 Psychology 3

Bcl i g i o n 1 0,:\ I n t roduc t ion to Christian Fa i th 3

PE [l(. : t iv i ty 2

jllltior Year

tNur,in g 3:�5 Maternal·Child Nu rsing

t 'u r:-oing 3:)( Psychiatric_ I\ u r:.-ing;

t Psychology ;101 l Iu man Development

Rel igion elective Social Science electivc

,Sociology 431 The ralllily Fine A rts elective ( o r

Literature)

30 34

H rs. Seniur Year H rs.

,Nu rsing 402 Trends in , . 10 NtH"ing 3

tNu r,sing 445 Fundamcntals of 8 Com lllun i ty Health 2

tNu rsing 446 COllllllun ity 3 N u r�ing 1-3 tNursing 470 Emergency and 3 Disaster Nursing 3 3 tNursing 475 Senior Nursing , 10

Literature electivc 3 3 Ph i lo'<>phy clective 3

Elective 3

33 31

,Courses required for nursing major

\ ( '\111: IH: O R,, \ rZAT10 8 5

A I R FORCE RESERVE OFFICER TRAINING CORPS PROGRAM

( Aerospace Sludies)

Students "n rol led a t Pacific Lu th,)ran Uni" er,i ty " ho have been seic('trd

for the Air For( 'e ROTC Two-Yea r Commission in:>: f'ro:>:ra m. and tran�feree,

qualified for entry into the A i r Fore.·, ROTC 1' ro[.,,, iona l Officero CO l l r,e may

enroll in Air Force ROTC Ae rospace S turlic;; cour-", at the Universi ty of

Pug"t SOlllLd. Appl ica t ions for thi" p rogram arc norma l l y accepted from �opho

more students during the Fal l Scmc"ter p receding the expected date o f entry into the Profe,� ional Officers Course. Selection for the eou rse is on a compe t i

tive best-qualified basi".

Purpose

The purpose of the Air Force ROTC-Aerospace Stud i", Program is to select

and "dllcate yu ung college men a" fu t u re officers of th" U.S. Air Force. The program prepares po ten tial career ofTicer' for m i l i ta ry sen'ice in the U.s. A i r

Force. Successfui comp let ion of this p ro!!rarn lends t o a rOl1lllli"sion a� a second

l ieutena n L in the ( l.S. Air Forr'e upon graduat ion frolll Pacific Lutheran

Un i,·crsiLy.

Curriculum

1 . The curriculum i� d ivided into two courses : The Six· Week Field Tra in in:>:

Course. and the Profc",ional Officer, COll r,c. The Six -Werk Field Tr(l i n i n :>:

Course i s conducted dur ing the summer on ly a t a n A i r Force Base. The

Professional Officc r.< Course is a study of subjects rl'i al<·d to devf'loplllent

of aerospace power, management o f A i r Force re'OUfces, and mi l i ta ry

service. Cla" "s arc condurolcd four hours pCI' week I,ach "eme,ter of the

junior and sen ior years on the campus of tl", Uni,('roi t)' of Pug"t Sound,

Tacoma, Wa" hington. Su ccessful complt;t ion of U'" Six· Week Field Train·

ing Cou n;e is a p rerequisi te to enrol l ment in the Professi onal OfTicers

Course.

2. Two-year commi�sioning p rogram

<i. Su mmer before jun ior year:

AS 305 Six-Week Field Training

b. J un ior yca r ( Pro fessiona l Oflicers Course :

. . . . . .4 hrs.

AS 310 Growth and [)e"c!opmcn t of Aero"pace Power......... .4 h r;;.

A S 315 Growth and DeveloJlment of Aerospace Powe ... ..... . � . . ....... ... .4 hrs.

c. Senior ycar ( Professional Officers COllrse ) : AS 410 Air Force Lpudership and Management ................. ..4 hI',.

AS 415 Air Force Leadership and Management... .. . . . . . ... .. . .. _ . .. .. . . .. . . .. 4 Ius.

8 6 m: III on., \ IZ \TIO

Admissions and Procedures

1. Each s tuden t accepted i n to the Profe;;;; iona l Oflicer;; Co u rse ITIW't :

a. Have sati"factori ly comple ted the p rereq u isite field t ra ining or general

mi l itary course;;.

b. Have two a�ademic years rema in ing o f either undergraduate or gradu

ate study.

c. Successful ly r:omplete A i r Force oAieer qua l i ficat ions testing and medical

evaluation.

d . Ha\'e a graduat ion da te p rior to reaching 26% year;; of age i f qual ih, ·d

for fl igh t t ra i n i ng o r 28 yr'a rs of age i f qua l i fied for o ther than fl ight

training.

c . Enl ist i n the Air Force Re,et'\'c and aj:\rcc to a t tend and fa ithful ly

p u rsue t lw preseriLed cou r,e of i n s t l'l lc t ion.

2. Students acc"Iltcd into the Professional Office rs Cou r-c recei\'e a re ta iner

of SSO.OO [Ip.r month wh ile enrolled in the A i r Force ROTC p rogram.

3. Student ' arc furnished uu ifo l'lns and tr'x tbooks for A e rospace' Studies

COllrses.

4. A A i i!h t in;;truct ion progralll is ( 'onducted for students qua l ified for p i lot

tra i n i ng. Th i, t rainin g rnay lead to FAA p rivate p i l o t certification.

5. Add i t ional i n forma tion abo"t the Air Foree ROTCAcro"pace Swdies p ro

gratn rnay lw obtain .. d by w r i t ing the P rof �sor o f Aerospace S tu dies,

Universi ty of Pugt>t Sound. Ta('oma, \�r<lshington 9841 6 .

\( DE fll" O R!, :lZ AnO 8 7

DIVISION OF GRA DUATE STUJ)lES

Pu rpose

The Di\'i�ion of G raduate Studies is an a l l- u n iver, ity divi_-ion c:o-ordinating and i ntegrating the work of the undergraduute schools and col l eges, whieh through their various department,; provide graduate level work. Its general ohjeeti\'c i s to further the basic objeetivc:s of the Un ivcr,;ity by providing advanced graduate level academic and prok,,;ional work. It.s specif ic. object ives a re ; ( 1 ) to inc reuse the breadth and depth of understanding of the graduate student ill one or more of the liheral a rts d i,;c : ip l in c,;, ( 2 ) to increase the "l1ldcnt\ k nowledge of the resc<lrch heing done i n his field of eonc n t ration nnd to i n c rea�e hi, abi l i ty to read the professional journals of h i" area of interest, ( 3 ) to develop the ,student's ahility to do independent study and research, and ( 4 ) to prepare ,;tudents through the upper division and grn duate di vi"ion, and through the U n iver,;ity',; profes.ional schools, for entry i n to a voca tion directly, or to enter other graduate schools for fl l r lh c r adV<lIH:cd study leading to the Doctor', degree.

Admission

Students holding a Bachclor'� degree frorn an accredited col lege or u nivers i t y who attain an u n dergraduate ,chola.-tic houor-point ratio of 3.0 may be admi tted and gra n ted regular slalLlS in the D ivision of Grnduate Studies. Those with I e,,' than an average of 3.0 will not be considered for regular status unt i l they hune demonstra t ed thei r abi l i ty to do graduate work by completing 10 ,emester hours work with a m i n imum grade point average of .3.0. Students majoring i n an area o f professional eduea tion IIlU"t Iran, met al l requ i n;ments for teaching certification. All students expecting t o e nter the Division of Graduate Studies wi l l be expceted to take an admission exa minat ion at tIre. Un iversity's Counseling and Testing Center or present evidence of prior examinat ion, und have the resu l ts forwa rded to the Graduatl: Office. Fu rther su pporting evidence III the form of pe r,;ona l reeollllllcndatioll>' may be requested.

Students apply ing for adm ission to graduate ,;tudy "holild submit to the Di\'i,ion of Graduate Studie,; the completed appl ication blank ( availa ble frolll the Graduate Office ) plu,; two official c.opies of transcripts o f all p revious c.ollege wo rk . This shou ld he done before the f i r,t ,c,;,ion of registra tion in graduate cou rse:-i. In order to in�ure ('on:;; ideralion for entrance in a given term, applications �hould be made by Augnst 15, Dcccmber 15, and IVlay 1. A ten-dollar non-refundable application fee ,houl d accompany tile appl ica t ion. Thi, ; is [ l service fee and i s not a pplied to the tudent'� account. Cheeks or money ordns shonld he made payable to Pacific Lntheran Un ivcl'" i ty and ,;ent to the Director of Adm i,;:;ions. AppromI of admission to the Divi"ioll of Graduatl ; Studies docs not imply adm ission to cand idacy fol' the: df'grcc. Final

8 8 \ . DI. I ( n R<; \ IZ T t l

udm i" ion a ppro,'a l i " determ incd h y th(� Direc:tor of Graduate Studie,. i n con, ,ultation "'it l t the appro priate Graduate COllncil Commit tee,

Classification of Students

1. Tho.'(; .- tudellts ap proved for unqua lified admission to graduate study by their re.-!'C,r t i n, Graduate Conncil Committees arC granted regular slatus, Stndents w l t o fail to qual i[y [or regular slalus lJlay be granted I)ro

visional stalus. 2. S tudents who wish to pUl'sue c .on r,e work w ith no intention of qualifying

for an advan( 'ed dcgl'ee, and those w ho are transient registrants, will be clas,.ified as non-degree ,tudent,..

ASSIGNMENT TO ADVISER

R egLLlar slaWs stndc'nt� are a:;signed a major adviser by the Director of Graduate S tudies 1I) eon,u l tation with the appropriate Graduate Conncil Committee.

P(l)l!isional stallis students are advised hy t he chairman or director of the studcnt's major department or school.

Master's Degrees Offered

Master of Arts"

1. Education

( a ) Elementary or Seconda ry School Administration*-The student who wishes to qualify lor the pro visional or slandard principal's credential ( clcllwntary or sGcondary 01' genera l ) will take a major in this field and a minor in one of the academic depa rtment>' of the University. S tudents may lIlajor i n this field without qualifying for a princ i pal's cred(�ntial.

( 1) ) School Counselor Program*-For students who wish to qualify as puhlic ,chool counselon'.

( c ) Elemen tary C lassroom Teaching*-This program is for those stud"nh who wish to qualify as elemen tary school supervisors or consul tants. Along with the major in this field the student is requ ired to complete an aeademic minor.

( d ) Seeondary Classroom Teaching*-This program is for those ,.tudc·nt:; who wish to increase their preparation for teach ing in an area of :;ocial science.

2. lll/.manities*-This degree program i s designed for l i bra r ians, min isters of the gospel, teachers and others who wish to extend and broaden their under;;tunding and a ppreciation of the various fields of the Humanities.

" Dewils of this wagram may ue obtained from the officc of the Director of G raduate Stu dies.

\ 1 or. I \ ( 01 G \ IZ TIO 8 9

3. S(willl Scierlccs*-This degree progra m i, designed for pen;onnrl worke r., i l l indust r,·, wdfa re \I'orkers, l i brarians, m i n i 'ters of t h e gospel , tea c hers. a n d o t hers who " 'i"h to extelld and broaden their IInder,tanding a nd apprp c i a t i o n of the mriou., fields of the Social ScieIlN;s.

Master o f Rusinc" Administration "-This degree p rogram is designed to pro , i d,', t h rough edlKJt ion, a foundat ion for respollsible leade rsh ip in I.HI:,i, ness.

Master of i\'at ura l Sciencc"-Thi" degree p rogram is designed (':;pccial l)' for t " acll(�rs who need to extend a n d broad n the ir know ledge in t h e fields of .sc ienc(' a n d matlH'lllati"s,

The total graduate program, incl u ding approval of the student's research work, i s su pervised by a student ad\'isory commi ttee cOill posed of the major adviser a n d two other fac u l ty nH':mbcr.s as determi ned b) the a p pro p ri a te GrClduatc Council COlll m i ttee. A m i n i m l l lll of thirt y semester bOllr, is required. Six sempster honrs of graduate work may be taken a t auother inst i t u t i o n p ro,ci ded t h a t a p p roval has been gi ven by the .q udent advisory cOl T l m i t tee.

Regular status ,tudents must have the ir propo;;ed p rograms of com"" a p p rovcd hy t h e i r respc(:tive .student advisory commit tees before or dming the fir�t �e!"'�ion of regi�trat ion a� a regul.ar status :stud·on t.

Stundards of \Vol·k The m i n imum qandard acceptahle fo r regular slalus �tuJellts i� a grade

poil t t a,'crage of .3.0 in his maj or f ield a n e l an overa l l a,·era!!" of 3.0 in his �rad\ la te work.

Reseal'('h Heqllir mcnb

As an i m porta u t part o f h is Master's program, t l l c student i , req u i red to show t h " t he ('an do independent research. In some programs a thesis is req u i red. I n other program;; h may elect to fol l o w one of two plalh : eom' pkte a t1lf 'sis or write two or three rcsean:h paper", \V hi "hever plan he fol l o ws, before emhark i n g on h i,; research, the eandidatc mu.sl p rc"cnt a n outl ine of his p ro posed rcsea reh to his ad" iso r y commit t ee for appro\'ll i . This o u t l inp. ,l lould folio\\' a pre;c ribeu p l a n o l J t a inable upon reque,;t. After hi" pro posal for re,earch has been a p p roH.d, he must report t .o t h e a p pro p!' iate ad" i,er pel'iodica l l y for e,'aluat ion of Itis work. Tile resea rch i n i ts final form nlllst be pn''''ntcd to lhe �t.ud"nt advi;;ory comlll i t t ee [or i ts a p p roval. This Illust be donI' lit lcas! six weeks before awarding of tI", degree. \X!lwrc a tlw.si., i, re q u i red i t nun;t he w r i t t en i n t l lc major f ield of conc , ·utmtion. Where a tl ",si" is not requi red, t h e 1'(''''''H(:11 may a l l be done in the major or partly i n the major 'I l l e l partly i n t i ll' min or.

Under the t hc,is p l a n , the student is requi red to "uhl l l i t two typewritten " o p i ('- of t h i " t l"'"i" ( t o be bOllnd l a l cr ) , t h e or ii';illal for df'posit in the l i n i versity l i brary and the fir"t curhon ( 'o ! ,y for the lJ i" l.s ion of Graduate Stu d i ,>. 'I' l l ( ' studl 'n t wi l l he expected t o p re;o;cnt I',·idcn ( 'c t l lat he has paid

* Delails 0/ this program may be ootained /rom I,he office (Ij the Direct(lr 0/ Gmlluale SUI(/ies.

90 \( \()E lW nRC \:\TIZ \TIO,

the nece""a ry binding fees for the thesis at the Business Office. No binding fces are charged for research papers. Under the research paper plan, the student III II st deposit olle typ(;written copy of each paper with the Division of Graduate Studies.

EXHlninations

A written �ol11prehcn,ive examination and/or oral exami nation over the student's program of studies, as well as an oral examinat ion on the thesis or rcsea rc.h paper:;, i� required. These examinations over the student's program of �tudies a rc under the direction of the Illajor adviser and/or the student u(h-isory comlll ittee and must be succes;;ful ly passed not later than six l('ceks prior to commencement. The oral examination over t h e the-is or research i, under the direction of the student advisory commi t tee and

must be completed not la ter than IlIltr weeks prior to commencement.

Time Limit

/Ill requirements lor the Master's degree mtlst be cOTn{Jieted within ,seven years. Tile ;;eyen-year period coverS a l l work submitted for the completion of the Muster's degree rcgardle�� of whether the work was taken under pro visional or regular SlaWS, as well as credit transferred from another institution, comprehensive examinalion, thesis, and final oral examina tion.

Residence Hequil'ement

AI! candida tes for the Master', degree must complete a minimum of 24 hours in residence. Thi " requirement may be fulfil!ed by either one fuJI academic year in attendance or three [uJl summers.

In cerwin f idds ,tudents may meet the requirements for the Ma�ter's degree on a full-time ba is by attending one full academic year and on(� summer scs,ion, The requircment� Illay al,o be met by attending summer sessions only or on a part-time basis during the regular academic yeaL

Sum

mar

y of

Pro

cedu

res

for

]\oias

ler's

Deg

rees

P

roce

dure

s A

pp

lica

tio

n

for

ad

mis

sio

n to

th

e

Di

visi

on

of

Gra

du

ate

Stu

die

s

Ap

pro

val

of

ad

mi;;

"io

n

Ap

pro

val

of

deg

ree

pro

gra

m

Ap

pro

ml

of e

ach

re

gis

tra

tio

n

Sel

ecti

on

an

d

ap

pro

val

of

thes

is

pro

b

lem

s o

r p.

rob

lem

s fo

r re

5ea

rch

p

aper

s

Pro

gre

ss

rep

ort

s on

th

esis

o

r re

:;ea

reh

pa

per

s

Reg

istr

atio

n

for

thes

is

or

rese

arch

p

ape

rs

Ap

pli

cati

on

for

gra

du

ati

on

Co

mp

reh

ensi

ve

wri

tte

n a

nd

/o

r or

al

ex

a

min

atio

n

ove

r ,t

ude

nt'

s p

rog

ram

o

f ;;t

ud

ies.

Fil

ing

of

thes

is o

r re

sear

ch p

upe

rs

Fin

al

ora

l ex

a m

inat

ion

o

n

thes

is o

r re

se

arch

pap

er,

Gra

du

ati

on

fe

e a

nd

fc

c fo

r b

ind

ing

th

esis

Rec

om

men

dat

ion

to

th

e fa

cult

y f

or

the

a

wa

rdin

g

of

the

deg

ree

Un

der

th

e D

irec

tion

0/

Dir

eet

or

or

Gra

du

ate

S

tud

ies

Dir

eeto

r o

f G

rad

uat

e S

tud

ie�

un

d G

rad

uat

e C

oun

cil

Co

m

mit

tee

Stu

den

t A

d,i

!'ory

C

om

mit

tee

Maj

or

Ad

vise

r

Stu

den

t A

dvi

sory

C

om

mit

tee

Ma

jor

a a

vise

r

Reg

istr

ar's

O

ffic

e

Reg

i.st r

a r\

Off

ice

Ma

jor

ad

vis

er

and

o

r S

tud

ent

Ad

viso

ry

Co

mm

itte

e

Stu

de

nt

Ad

viso

ry

CO

lllm

itte

e

Da

te

Be

fore

th

e

firs

t se

ssio

n

of

reg

istr

atio

n

as

a re

gu

lar

sta

tus

stu

de

nt

Be

fore

th

e

firs

t se

s�io

n

of

regis

tratio

n as

a

reg

ula

r st

atu

s st

ud

ent

Du

rin

g

the

firs

t se

ssio

n

of

reg

istr

ati

on

us

a

reg

ula

r st

atu

s st

ud

en

t

Du

rin

g t

he

off

icia

l re

gis

trat

ion

d

ates

No

t la

ter

tha

n

the

sem

este

r b

efor

e th

e co

mm

en

cem

ent

in

wh

ich

st

ud

ent

tak

es

his

d

egre

e

Per

iod

ic

eva

luat

ion

an

d a

pp

rova

l

No

t la

ter

than

th

e la

st

reg

istr

atio

n

da

te

bef

ore

the

sem

e'3t

er

in

whic

h st

ud

ent

tak

e,

his

de

gre

e

At

h�g

inll

ing

o

f se

mc�

ter

in

wh

ic.h

:o;tu

d

en

t ex

pect,;

to e

arn

his

deg

ree

Du

rin

g

fin

al

yea

r b

ut

no

t la

ter

tha

n

six

we

eks

bef

ore

co

mm

ence

men

t in

wh

ich

stu

de

nt

tak

es

his

deg

ree

Du

rin

g

fin

al

ye

ar

but

not

la

ter

tha

n

sa

wee

ks

bef

ore

com

me

nce

men

t

Stu

den

t A

dvi

sory

C

om

mit

tee

Du

rin

g

fin

�l

yea

r h

ut

no

t la

t"r

than

fo

ur

wee

ks

bef

ore

co

mm

ence

men

t

Bu

sin

ess

Off

ice

Du

rin

g

fin

al

ye

ar

hu

t n

ot

late

r th

an

fo

ur

wee

ks

be

fore

co

mm

en

cem

en

t

Dir

ect

or

of

Gra

du

ate

S

tud

ies

No

t la

ter

than

th

ree

wee

ks

pri

or

to

(;om

-rn

ellG

emcn

t

\0

�

01 It F. OF I STR In 9 3

Courses of Instruction The course re quiremen ts for the College of A rb and Sc i ences allli the

Col l ege of Professional Studi es ( j neiuding the School of Bu,iness Administration, the School of Education, the School of Fine Arts, the Sehool of :'-iu r,illg ) and t i le D iv is ion of Graduate Studies, are l i.sted in the p receding .,ee tion, Academic Organi za tion.

I n the fol lowing pagc� will be found the ,:ou rses o f ins truct io n . While most of the cou r:-;es l isted ure given every year, a sy:-;tefH of alternat ing u p per di vi�ion Stlbjf�(:t:-' is p ruc:ticed in �0J11e depa rt men ts, thereby a�:-;u ri ng a broader o fferi ng.

CourSt" open to freshman a nd sophomo res are numbered 101-299 and are (considered l o wer division subj ec ts . Cou rses open to junior;; and ,cnior� are nllmbered 300499 a nd arc regarded as upper di vision subjects. Couroes nu m bered 500 or above are norma l ly open to graduate students o n ly. Up perdi vis ion s t udents may be en rolled in a SOO-leve[ eourse if, at the t ime of registration. they p rovide written penni"ion hom the Cha i rn illn or Director of the academic Hnit that ofTers the coursC. It is understood that any ,tudent given such permission w i l l ha\'c met a l l a"umcd or specifica l l y indica ted prerr:quisites; and will haV(� an abov(�-(l\Trage academic record. Courses t)Urllbe[(�d in the 300's and 400'" are open both to gradua te" and upper division u nderg raduate s. Such , 'our"es may be a part of the graduate p rogram prO\'ided they ,,

-re not 'I,,'eifir: requirement; in preparat ion for graduate study.

U pon the a p pro\'ul of hi, adviser and with the consent of the i nstructor, a lower divi�ion student may l ) f� a�::; igned to un u p per d ivisi on COU L--C if the prereqHisi tes for the cou rse have been met. In such eases courses SUG' ce,;,sfu l l y completed rnay be coun ted toward the Hn iven,i ty uJ. l per division credit requi rell1"nh.

The U nivcr"ity re"erves t he right to mod i fy specific course req uiremen ts, to discon t i n u e classes i n which thc registration is regarded as insuffici en t , a n d to w i th d ra w (�ou rses. Explanation of Symbols

, 'Hmlwr after cou rse t i t le i ndica tes semcster hOll rs crcdit gi ven . Symbols a re ex pla ined liS fol lows:

I Course offered first semester II Cuurse olJered .s econd semester

I, II C(Jure olJered first and second semester ill sequence I I I Cou rse olJcred eith er sem.ester

S Course offered in the summer illy Course offered alternate years beginning with year listed a/S Course olJered alternate summers iJ eginning with year listed

( G ) (;ourse 'WI)' be used on gradllate programs as major

94 \ Il T

ART

Mr. Sclllcidder, Mr. Elwell, Mr. Kinleson, Mr. Roskos; assisted f,y Mr. Langhlin, Mr. Rhea

The courses of in'trll�t ion offereu by this uepart rnen t arc de"igned to : provide an o p portunity for creative expression and develop an awarene,s of t he cul tu ral value of art for all student,;; offer a :>;eneral program for the .;tudy of a rt \\'i t l l in the framework of the liberal a rt�; provide a program of in.;truction in preparation for the teaching of art on the elementary and ,econdary level s : offer special ized study in the a reas o f painting, sculpture, ceramics, and art history for professionally oriented stuuents.

fladlrl"r of Arts degree requirements, for a major in a rt, are a minimum of twenty·sc\ en creeli t hOllrs in art inclu ding Art 120, 160, 230 or 250, 265, six hours of art h istory, and electives to comp lete requirements. A maximum of 40 credi t hours in art may he applied toward this degree. Art llO may not be included in thi.; total. Candidates for this degree are registered in the Col lege of Arts and Sc iences.

flachclor of A rts in Education degree requirements, for a teaching major, a r" ou t l ined lll1(kr School of Euucation. Candidates ,.JlOuld refer to page 62 o f the sect ion on ACADL\I IC I'nF:PAHATION.

Bachelor of Fine Arts degree requ irements, for a major in art, are ou tl ined under the School o� Fine and A pp l ied A rts. Candidates should refer to page 74 of the sect ion 011 ACADEM[C ORGAN[ZATION.

The departmcnt reserves the right to retain, exhibit, and reproduce student work subm i tted for creuit.

1 1 0 Introduction to the Visual Arts 8

An introductory course in the study of man's visual exp ression from the viewpoints of history, aesthetics, techniques and materiab. Em· phasis on development of pereeption and understanding with projects in both the theory and pract ice of art . Two lectures and one studio period per week. I II

120 Design I .1

A basic study of design elements and principles ; integrating environ· mental stimuli, aesthetic, and servile needs via two or t hree dimensional problems. 1 11

160 Drawing I .1

I n troduction to basic media and techniques of drawing. A systematic series of exercises structu red to develop observation, perception, and draftsmanship. 1 II

\ RT 9 5

ISO Survey 01 Art History .>

A one·semester overview of sculp ture, painting and architec ture from the pre·hi,;toric arts to the present. I n tended to increase studen ts' ap· preciat ion for the heritage of art and p rovide a fra me of reference and ch ronological per,pec tive for ,tudy in the history of art. I II

230 Ceramics I 3 Tech niCJu e, of "haping form,; for decorative, 'xpressive, and funr:tional use oy handbui l t and wheel thrown methods. Study includes prepara· t ion of clay bodi, ,', oxides, and glaze formulations as an integral part of the COUrse. I I I

250 Sculpture I .1

Int roduction to vioual expression in dimensional forms with the several sc ul ptural media and the techniCJues of modeling, carving and con· "truction. I n

260 Drawing " 3 Continuation of D rawing I. Projects in a variety of media and techniqlJcs de,igncd to develop sensitivity to drawing as an art form. Prerequisi te : Art 160 I I

265 Painting I .1 Introduct ion to basic studio media and techniques with empha"is on painting methods and fundamental experiences with form and imagery. Prerequisite : Art 160. I I I

3 10 Imagery ami Symbol i . .", .1 A survey of the symbol ic, pictorial and plastic expressions of man frolll the perspertive of their philosophical and theological i m p licu· tion�. Empba'is on tile origin and development of forms and also their infl uence on the modern Church and society. I

320 Design 11 .'l Cont inuation of De�ign L A pplication of the elements and princi ples of a l·t to the a reas of commercial, i ndustrial and i n terior design. Prcrequi�ites : Art 120 or consent of inotructor. I I

330 Ceramic .• " .1-9 Continuation of Ceramics r with emphasis on further development of individual ized ( lur�uit 01 vi,ual expression. A ;;tudent may regi,tcr for this eotlr,c for three semesters and earn a total of n ine semester hours. Prerequi,ite : A r t 230. J I I

34� A r t Ed.lcutioll : Elementary 2

A r;oursc planned for those who intend to teach in the elementary grades. Appro p riate p rojects in drawing, design, and construction are

9 6 n

dcwloped in various media to il lustrat.e the types of work which n re su i ta ble to the interest "nd abi l i t i"" of these pu p i l ". J I I

3 5 0 Sculplllre I I .�-9 Con t inuat ion of Sc ulpturc J with emphasis on furt her de\'(�loplllent of i n r l ividu"l ized expres,io n with more va ried media and tech n i ques. A st u dent may register for t lds cou rse for three ,emesters and earn a 1 0 t,,1 of nine �cll1e,.;ter h o u rs. Prerequ i"ite : Art. 250. I n

365 I'aillling II .1-9 Con t i nuat ion of Painting I with emphasis on dcvelopmcnt of an i n · dividualized a p p roach to \'isual exp re,,�ion. A student m a y registel' for this cou rse for th ree semesters and earn a total of nine ,.;cmcster l,ou rs. P rCrCf] l l i,.;i te : A rt 265. T IT

332 Ancient Arl .'J The stue ly of prehistoric and prilllltive a rt ; thc a rt and a rchi t.ecturc of Egypt, the ancicnt Near East and Af'gean a re"" the development of t l", d""ical stde i n Greece and the Roman Empire. I aly 1969-70

383 Me,lieva( Arl 3 The stuoy of E:rrly Chri;t ian, Byza n t ine, ROlllanesqne and Gothic de\' e!opIllcnl in the art and an:i r i tccture of the Middle A�es, n ail' 1969·70

84 Uelloi" ,wllce Art .')

Tile <tudy of the a rt and architec ture of th e fifteenth and s ix teen tll cenlu r ies in I t aly, Flanders, France and Germany. I all' 1968-69

385 BaI'fJqlle Art .� Dev<:loplllent. o f the B a roque ,.;tyle in European art an d archi tecture from tire end o f the �ixteenth centu r y through I I , e Rococo period, I I a/y 1968-69

4'tOa Arl Education : Seconclm'Y 2 A course planned for those who inte.nd to teach art in th,! secon dary ,,,hool . A p propriate projecL<; in drawing, painting, sculpture a n d ceramic: a re developed i n various media to il lu st ra te the t.ypes o f \,"ork whicl l ar e s u i t a i J l e to t h e in terc,t and aiJ i l i tie; o f thesc pu pil�. Prerequ i,i t( ' : Con,ent of in,.;t ructo r. I I aly 1969· 70

187 Ni"e/eell t/l Celltury Arl, 3 A "tnely of the art and a rc h itecture of the Nco-clas'ic, Romantic, l{calisl, Imp rcssioni ,t and Post·imp re>'sionist period,.;. I

488 TlVelltieli. Cellllll')' Art .'J Movements in twentieth century art anel a rch i tec tu re slIch as Fauvism,

Statement on New Calendar Pacific Lutheran UniVf'rsity has adopted a new calendar effective

in September, 1969. Commonly called the 1 ·1-4, the calendar will

have short r semesters and an interim in January . The semesters will be fourteen weeks in length and the interim will last for four w('{'h.

Beginning early in September, thc� first lremester will end before

Christmas with the int('fim occupying the month of January.

While the calC'ndar change is significant in itself, i� major advan· tagr' is that it provide s the mpan� for developing .1 revised curriculum

which was announcl'd concurnntly with thc adoption of tht' new

calendar. The faculty has h d the eurriculum under study for over

thn e years, which culminated in a major comuitation and conferpnce

late in the spring of 1968 with Dr. Lewis Mayhew of Stanford Cniver· sity . In the latter stages of th(' study. a student committ('t' appointed

through the Associated Students of Pacific Luthpran University workpd with thp facult} curriculum committee in the adoption of

final recommendations.

Thp curriculum revision currently under way in the vanous de· partments of the University will provide for f('wer courses chiefly

through the consolidation of the material within existing course.,. Thi .. will make it po,"sible for students to carT) b.s subjects in a

given term, thereby emphasizing greater depth in those courses undl'r

their immediate study. Rather than five, six, or seven courses in a

seme"ter, possible under the existing system, the stud, nt" will ordi·

narily take no more than four cour�es in a givc·n seml '"t, r ulldf'r the lIew calendar. Thl prof($sors whose amount of prpparations will be reduced in favor of more concentration in fewer courses, will be encouraged to emphasize the concentration of knowlt·d!!c and the usc of great"r initiative by th ir students.

Since thl courses will be scheduled with Ir;;s emphasis upon dock

hou rs, thrre will be greater flexibility and individuality in study. In

the courS('S as well a:; in the interim, students will be encouraged to

the fulkst cxtpnt po�sible to tak( advantage of all learning resources

availablp to them undpr the guidance of the faculty. The lown

amount of formal contact hours to permit a greater amount of in· formal class contact, and the emphasis upon fewer fields of k IOwledge

in my given spmester will permit the studcnts to probe more deeply.

The inkrim, the exact format of which is unr lt' r current study by a faculty committep, will also operate in the dirt'ction of fkxibility.

initi ative, and independence. Currpntly also under study by the fae

ult} 's curriculum committeI' is the revi�ion of the General L niversity

Requi rements which will be in keeping with thl' new curriculum

bm Ay dl'scribed above.

The Catalog, of which this announcement is .1 part. is ou tdated

from th(· point of view of many of the course descriptions. However,

!'ince it was envi�iOlll'd thn t the faculty would be revising th(' cur

riculum itself during this and the following yt'ar. it is not possible at this time to distributf' the new course arrangemt'nts in Catalog

form. The eXlstinp: Catalog Joes d('!'cribc the offerings of thf' departm('nts in general terms. All academic programs listed are rPlevant,

even though therf' may be course revision� completf'u and in I>xi:sten r.e

by the time d prospective student who reads this Catalo� actually

registf'f!' at the l niversity.

The Catalog contains the ncn ssary information for the pro"pective

studl'nt!' including prop' r proeedun·s for Tcgi"tration. In the spring of 1969 as pre-regi stration occurs for the cnsuiJlg year, the p ")spectivl students will be provided supplementary material describing revised

courses and thl ir relationship to the variou'! academic programs.

The following principles will serve as a " modus operandi" for the

1969-70 school yeur \v hill' the faculty resolve!> various specific rf'corn

mt'ndatioIl<; for carrying out fully the transition to th(· �- 1·4 calendar :

(1) There shall be thirty.two courses for graduation, each course of

which has the equivalent valu. of four semetlter hours. Physical

Education activity, applied music, and po"ibly certain other

courses wiII be counted on a �4 or other fractional course basis.

(2) The normal load for students will vary between 3 and 4 courses

per enl�ler, pills one course per interim. The maximum student load under regular tuition for the acndemic year 1969-70 will be

four and � courses each semester, plus one course in the interim.

It !!hould be noted that the average course load required for gradu.

ation within four academic yenr .. is 8 COUr'!Ie!4 including the reo

quired interim course each year. Fre:;hmen and students in

aCtldemic difficulty should be encouraged to take only three and

� cour cs per ,.;em.·�ter. Such a plan will stm permit graduation

in four years if the student subsequently tak('� 4 COUrl<CS during

three semester ...

(3) Students will be required to participate in all interim!!. At 1.'lIst

two of the interim experiences must be of the special character

which utilize.. unique qualities of the interim. These two shall not

be standard seme.lter courses or cour�s required in nny depart.

mentnl program. A student may be excused by special requf"st

from an int,erim other th an the unique character interim if it is

clear that he will neverthell!l<� be able to meet all graduation reo

quirements within a four.year period.

(4) Students are to be assured by all advisers thut in the transition to the course system, defensible adjustments and waivers will be allo,,",t'd. In g.'neral, the attitude of the University will be one of

sympathy with student,,' problems in order to enable them to

complete their degree programs without disadvantage becall�e of

the curriculum revision. Transfer students as well are assured of

this consideration.

(5) The minimum number of courses lor a major is "'- , a nd the

maximum number of court<es in any one department that a student

may count for graduation is ten in those d.·�ree Jll"Ogrnm, where

the present maximum is 40 semester hours. These are direct trun�lation- from current practice. Other current pr-actices involv.

ing semester hour limitations should be similarly Iran, lilted, for

,-xa mple the 40·hour upper division course requirement becomes n 10·course requirement.

(6) Pending recommendation by the Core Curriculum Committee and

approval by the Faculty of a core curriculum, the General URi· &ersi',. Requirements wiD be translated as follows, with the under.

standing that the present interpretation of the distribution of

work within these course arell!! will obtain :

(a) English-two courses or equivalent, one of which must be

composition.

(b) Fine Arts---one course or its equivalent. Applied music courses

will not meet this requCllt.

(c) Health and PhYbical Education--one course or its equivalent.

(d) Religion---Students who entered college in fall, 1968, or later;

Reli�ion 103 or it replacement during the freshman year, Re

ligion 203 or its replacement during the sophomore year, and one of the anticipaled faculty endorsed interdisciplinary sem

inars involving relildon durin!!: the junior or senior year. Stu.

dents who entered college earlier should complete a third, up·

per division course in religion during either t heir junior or

senior year (ordinarily 1969-70 or 1970.71) .

(e) Philosophy--one course or equivalent. A course in logic may not be utilized.

( f) Science-two courses or equivalent. Courses selected must meet

the requirement of the coDege or school concerned.

(g) Social Science-three courses, no more than two of which shaD

be in one department.

(7) In the Coll ege of Arts and Sciences, the language requiremen' is to

be translated as four courses or equivalent in one language area.

1r e at thp University are looking forward with excitement to the

new calendar and the revised curriculum it will contain. The ,·nnsoli

dation of knowledge su bject matter, thp /' mphasis upon independent

study, the chunce to pursue a !!,iven subject in greater depth at a given

time, thp imaginative programming made possible by the interim, to

gether rp[lect the determination of the University that there be adapt

ability and change to meet our goal of thp pursuit of academic excel

lence.

m OJ O 'r 9 7

Cubi . .;m, Expre�sioni"ll1, Surrealism and oth er styles o f major con"··'[lrcrll'c. n

490 Studio III 2-8· A tu to ria l cou rse w i t lr ind iv idua l inve.;t iga t ion in the arca of emphasis for major student; only. Project thesis is to be s l Ibm i t ted in writ ing to t i re instructor and chair rnan of t i re dej lart r l lcn t . Students 1Il 1 l :--t rcgi :--:ter in a regularl y scheduled sec tion of a n a p p ropriate C(HI I'�e to receive c redit for thL· work. A maxinl l lm of 4 cred i t> llIay he earned per sC llIe . .;ter. P reref] l I is ite : Sen ior standing a n d consent o f the ( 'hair man o f t h e departl l rcnt. T I T

.'150 Uesea.rch 2·6 For Lhose Ma.;ter of Art . .; candidate who elect to w r i Le [\ n>ca rclr paper i n t i re a rts. Candidate,; will be req u i re d Lo rev iew th e i r r",careh pa pe rs hefore tire graduate eOI1l\l 1 i t l ,�e. T I I

U IOLOGY

Mr. Knudsen. IIh. Catlin, Mrs. Creso, Mr. Gee. iHrs. Jensen, Mr. Lcr([([s, Mr. Osle/lso/l , Mr. Pal/ie, Mrs. Sorenson

The course of i rht rrH' t ion in this departnrent is plan ned to give a fllndalIIental 1>1\ckgrollnd i n tire p rinc i ples alld dCI·e!opllrell[;; of modern hiology, an aCf]lIainttllH;e with "cien t i fic l11p.thods and di;;con"rie�, and an appreciation for its significant cOlltri ull t iC)1I of modern l i fe .

Programs may h e designed to gil·c t i r e student t h e fOll ndation neee,,�ary to en ter a variety of field;;. mong career opport u n i t ies al·a i l n hl c a rc tea(.;hing, llIedi c ine, uen t istr)" veteri na ry medicim;, medieal a n d hospital technology, 1I I 1 rsi n,.: , j Jubl ic: I w a l t h , graduate study, medical and industrial rc"ca rel" agriclITtnre, fo rest ry, 1i,lr and wildlife, m ic ro biology, en tomol ogy and related fields.

A maj o r in hiolo�y cons ists of a m i n i m u m o f 24 hou r;;, at least 12 ill upper dil ' i"ion courses. Req u i red supporting suhjects for the major a re o n e yea r o f Chemistry·Physics 109, no and Mathema t ics 1 3 1 . Strongl y recommended a re Chelllistry 203, 204 a n d Phy;;ic>; 201 or 251 .

Candida tes for t h e Bachelor of A rts in Edu ca t ion degree, who arc planning a teac h i n g major i n B iology should refer to page (';3 u nder ACADEiI![C PREPAIlAT I O .�.

A ma jo r for t i re Bachelor of Science degree consists of a m i n i mu m of 35 i rou rs. Ruqui red su p po rt ing ;;uhject� a re Chem istry-Phy�ics 109, l lO. Ci rcm i st ry 203, 204 ; Ph ys ic .s 201, or 25 1 and 22 1 ; and Yl1a thematics 131 .

A m i n i m u m o f 60 cred i t hours i n seience and mathematics is required. o more t ha n 40 hOllrs in biology may be cOllnted toward gradua tion.

9 8 mOl () ,'I

Cllrriclllum in Biology lor !I,e Uuchelor 01 Science Degree

Freshman Year llrs.

Biology 101, 102, General Biology or Biology 131, 132 General Zoology _ __. B

English 101, Compositi on 3 J Foreign language 101, 102 8 t Rel igion requirement 3

Mathematics, Soc ial Science or Ar t eIcctivc ( s ) . 7

PE activity 2

Sophomore Year

B iology approvcd cou rses Chem-Physics 109, llO Foreign language 20 1 , 202

t Religion requirement "Social Science requirement

PE activity

[{rs.

R B 6 3 6 2

3 1 33

JStudents who enter with two years of a modem language mlly elect to take second )'Cllr courses in the same language during the freshman year.

2Courses thus designated may be taken in any order. tSee page 41 for requirements in religion.

Junior Year

B iol ogy approved cou rses Chemi stry 203, 204, Organic Physics 201 or 25 1 Physic,; 221

"Literature requ.irement Electives

[{rs.

R 8 3 1 3 9

32

Senior Year

Biology approved courses 2Social Science requiremen t

Philosophy requirement tReligion requ i re ment

Electives

"Cou rse.s thus designated may be taken in any order. tSee page 41 for requirements in religion.

1 0 1 , 102 General Uiology 4, 4

firs.

1 2 6 .3 3 8

An integrated study of basic concepts concerning living organ i>illls. An exploration of pl a nt and an imal cOllJmunities, struc ture , function, reproduc tion and behavior, including principles of genetics, molecular biology and evolution. Two lectures and two laboratories (or field tri ps) per week. I , I I

l:l I , 1 3 2 Gelleral Zoolor,::y 4, 4

A study of the a n imal k i ngdom and of fundalllental biologi(;al prinei ples. Two lectu res and two l a borutory periods per week. I, II

14-1, 142 General Bolany 4, 4

A su rrey o f the p lant k i ngdom and structure;;, and a stlldy of l i fe history and �cology of plan ts. Lectures, laboratory and field tr ips.

III LOI . 9 9

1 6 1 , 1 (,2 Ullmall AlIlI/omy alld " hysiulogy 4, 4

A. ,l l ld" of the ,lru<.: t u rc a n d fu nct ions of t I l e h u man body. Two le�tu re., a n d lwo Iahora tory per iod, per we�k. I , I I

2 0 1 Microbiulogy 4

IntroduC'lory study of m icro·organisms that i nclude their meta holism, Inorpholo�)' unu �ta i n ing propcrtie:--. Two Ie( · t l I J'e� a nd two laboratory periods per week. Prerequ isi t e : B iol ogy 102, 132, or 1 6 1 . I I

208 Plal/ /s o f the Nor/hwest 2

Pril l larily [or t ( 'ael",rs who de,ire to become fa m i l ia r w i th the com · mon plant,.; o f t i le region, Instruction include,.; the collection and i d e n t i fi c a t i o n of piants, One lcr' lurc and one laboratory period I IPr week, 11

221 lJiolug;cal Techniques 2

I\Ict hods of coll e<' l ing and prc>'crving biologi('al materials for class· roon) and re,.;earcb �tudy, Prcreqn i -i te : Biology 102 or 132,

222 Con,<erva/ion of N"tllral Re,<ollr('e,. 2

A su rvey of the pr inc i ples and prohl ems of pu blic and private st('ward,.;hip of ou r rCSOlJl'('es with �pecial reference to the Paci fic Nortl1\\'t'.sL I I

231 Gelletie,' 3

A study of the dynamics of ,'ariatiol1 and inheritance. Upper d i" i,ion ( ' ["(,d i t may he carned wi th addi tional studies. Prercqui"ite : Sci ence 121 or B iology 102, 132, or 162.

235 Ri(ll,,�y of the Sea,</wre 4

A study of the natural history o[ the marim: fuuna of Puget Soun d. The cou r"e is especial ly useful for tcacher:; of sc ience at elementa ry and junior h igh Ie\' -Is. Not to be couflted to!( '(/ re! (l Irw jor in biology. LC(:llI re>', laboratory, and field t r i ps, S

242 Systemlltic flO/lIlI)' .'J

H istorical survey o f classifica tio n systems; the usc of taxonoll1ir: keys in the identification of pla nts, One lecture and two labo ra tory periods per week . Prereq u isite : B iology 102 or 132. I I

274 Microtec/lllique 2

Princip le, and p ]'[lc t ice in method,.; of p repa ring h.istological, em· bryo logil' al and cytologicul specimens for micro scopir : study. Pre· requ isi te : Biology 102, 132 or 1m,

100 BIOI Ot .

31 1 OTll illlOlogr 2

A �t l ldy of the bird". w i t h CJl1 [ l I l <bi,; on local k indo. De"i�ut:d fur ,tl l C icnh with it hohhy i ntere st in birds as well us for a dvauced studcuts i u biolo�y. O n e l ec ture und one laboratory period OT f ield trip pcr ,,·cek. PrerCClll i,ite : Biology 102, 1:)2 or cou,;ent of in<;! nu: tol'. I I

323 iVatural Hi .• tor}· 01 '''vcrtel}rate.� 4

,..\n ecoiogieal, p hy::-:iolog ical unci taxonom ic c.onsideration of invertebrate na tura l hbtory w ith an emphusi, 011 murine bio logy and field "wdi",. Lf:ctnres, labora tory stu dies, aud field col lections. 1'11'0 lectu res aud two laboratory periods per week . Pn"" 'qnisite: l3 iology 102 or 132. I al y 1968-69

324 iVatural History 01 Vertehrates 4

Classification, natnra l h i�tory and ,,,:onom ie impo rtance of thc ve rte· Inates wi th the exce pt ion of birds. Lec tu re", laboratory ,tudies and field col l p.e tion,'. Two lectu re: and two l aboratory periods per week. Prereqll i,i tc : B io logy 102 o r 132 : :-36 1 In'olllmendcd. T I all' 1968-69

342 Trees and Shrubs 2

A :-;tudy of I.lati\"e trc'c:; and �hrllbs occurring in we�tcrn "lushington. Field iden t i fica tion and taxOUOJl1Y will be emphasized aloug with a consideratiou of conserva tion and economie factors. Cou rse work iuclud,�, l ec tures, field trip:; and techn iques of collecting and p repa ring her ha riu m specimen:;. P rc requi.ites : one yea I · o f biology, O r COlbent of in"t metaL S

344 I'lallt Physiology 4

,",unctions of pla nts. Topic� i ncl ude : water relu t ions, photosynthesis, fat and p rotein syn t h esis, digc;;tion , t ran,location and respiration. Three lectu res and onc three· hour labo ratory period pcr week. Prerequisite : B iology 141 and 142, o r equivalent. S t rong ly reeommended : O rganic Chemistry.

35 1 iVatural Hi .• torr 01 the Pllci/ic iVorl/llVe .• t 5

An cxtc n"ive field and l abora to ry course co\·e ring major phases of tl,,' na t u ral hi"tory of tb e region. Designed as a workshop in outdoor cciLl(:a t ion espec ial ly for teacbers of sc i ence at elementary and j u n ior high le\·c\:;' Lcctu res, l abo ra tory stu dies, and fiel d work. ot to be counted toward a major or g ra duate c rt,di t in biology. Pre· requ i,,;ite : conseu t o f in,trllctor. S

361 Comparatille A"alomy 4

A com pa ra tive study of vertebra tes with disseetioil of rep resentative forms. Two lectu res and two laboratory peri ods per week . Prerequ isi te : B iology 102 or 132. I

IHOI. G ) 1 0 1

364 Vertebmte Embryology ·1

The devclopment o f the " e rtehrate embryo from the germ cell th rough the ellll,ryological states u nt i l birth. Two Icctll res a nd two laboratory periods per we" k. Prereq u isi te : Bio logy 102 or 132. I I

3 7 1 Para.,itology 4

A study of the morphology, l i fe h istories and host· parasite rela tion· sh i ps of the cornrnon variet ics o f parasitc!; of vertebra t", w i th em· pllasi,; on t l lo .s" o f man. Two lec tures a n d two l a boratory period., per w' 'k. Prcrcqui� i te : lliolop;y 102 or l.'l2. I aly 1969·70

372 Gelleral ""IItomology 4

Classi f ication and natural h iqory of inset:ls w i t h a strong emphasis on la boratory and fi Id studics and eol lcctions. Two lectures and two Iahorat.ory periolls per week. Prerequ isite : B iolugy 102 or 132. III ay 1969-70

41 1 I-IiSlology 4

A wino.scopie study of t i l " normal ti,sucs and organs of verte· brates. Two lec tu res and two laboratory periods per week. Pr requ isi te : R ioiogr. l02 or 132.

424 Ecology 4

A study of pla n ts a n d a n i mals in rda t ion to the ir environment. Two lectu res a n d two l a bora tory periods per week. Prereq u isite : lliology 102 or 1:)2.

425 Biology Oce(lllo�rtrpll}' 4 1'1", study of the ocean a� an env i ronment for plant and animal l ife. The cou rse incl udes studies of wayes, currents, tides a n d other phy,i ! ;al fuctors of the ocea n, ancl studic�." of natural l i fe zones of the ocean along w i t h their physical ancl hiolof;ical aspects, tl",ir fa u n a und flora, and a llapta t iono o f the biota to the zone. Lectu res, lahoratory, a n d fidel trips. Pn,reqll isite : one yc'.ar of hiology. S

441 Vertebrate PhY8iolo�y 4

A cou r;;e dc·,igucd to acquaint the sludent w i t h fundamental mechanisms of phy�iologv. Three lectures and one la boratory period pcr week. Prerequ isi te : R iology 102 o r 132. Chem i stry 204 rccom mended. I

446 Cellular Physiology 4

Funct ional orga n iza tion a n d physieo<.:h emiral prOl'ertie� of eclls. Topics indude u i trast m c l u re, membrane permea hi l i ty a n d transport phenom· ena, hioekdrie phcnomena, mechanic;; of cel l division and the cell in rela t ion to i ts immediate cnvironmcnt. 3 lectures, 1 4-hour labora· tory. Prerequisit es : Organ ic, Chem istry and 12 u n i t, of u pper division I)iolog y : R i o( ' 1 1 ( ' 1l 1 i :--: t ry �Irougly J" I - ' ( 'OIllITl ( ' l ldcd.

102 I I JOLO(,'\' . BUSI:"\E .• J). [] ;"IS1 H TIO�

471 History 01 mology 2

Fundamental concepts of biology. The rise of scientific though t and method are traced. Prerequ isite : lliology majors. II

481 , 482 Seminar 1, 1 Selectcd topics in biology based on l i terature and or original reo ocareh. Open to juniors and seniors majoring in biology. I, U

497, 498 Independent S'udy 1-2, 1 -2

I nvestigations in fiel ds of special interest not covered by a regular cou rse. Open to qua l i fied students majoring in biology. Prerequ isite : Consent of the chairman of the depa rtment.

504, 505 Graduate Research 1 -8

B USINESS AD1UiNISTRATION

Mr. King, Mr. lJaty. Mr. Cubhage. Mr. llutch cort. Mr. Martilla. Mr. McMaster, Mr. Peterson, Mr. Slill /zi, Mr. Zulauf ;

assisted by Mr. Carvey, Mr. Frazer, Mr. Hilda hl, Mr. KovaneTl, Mr. Lauer, Mr. Polley. Mr. Rosik, lvlrs. Seger

Requirements for the Bachelor of Bu,iness Administra tion degree are listed under the School of Business Administration in the section, Academic Or· ganization. Ca ndida tes for this degree should follow the course outline.

Prerequisite to enrollment in cou r,e.' above 300 : Admission to the School of Business Administration or the con 'ent of the School.

50 Regillnillg Typewriting-no credit

103 nusi,wss Mathematics and Machines 2

Fundamental operation of 10-key and rotary calculators. Application of machines operation to problems in business mathematics.

14·2 Adl1anced Typing 2

2 1 1 Financial Accounting 4 Balance sheet, i ncome statement, accounting cycle, adjust men ts, asset valuation, partnerships, corporations, basic cost accounting, fund statements, analysis of financial statements.

2 12 Managerial Accounting .'J Accounting systems, records, standards and analysis to facilitate budget·

ing, control, and dec.ision.making wi thin the firm. Prerequ isite : BA 211 or equivalent.

fit I '·55 f)\1l 'I "TRAT10� 103

241 n"sille.�s Commu nication :J

L,:tters of inquiry ; orders and acknowledgments; sales letters, employment letters; cla im" adjl"'trnent,, credit, and collection letters; Imsine,s reports. Prerequisites : BA 50 or equivalent, and English 101.

245 Shorthand I .1

Gregg Shorthand ; for those who have not achieved a minimum ,ta ndard in prc\liou" tra i n i n p; ; emphasis on theory dictation and beginning [ [·(lnsniption. Fi,·p, hours per week.

246 Slwrtlwml II 3

Gregg Shorthand II ; emphasizes ,usta ined speed huilding in dictation a ncl l.ransr.ription. D esigned for those who have completed Bw.inc,s Admini,tration 245 or who have achieved a minimum stand· ard in previolls training.

273 "'amily Fillallcial Planllillg .1

See Economics 273. May count ", credit for major in busine.-s ad· min istration.

3 0 1 Intermediate Ecollomic A'l Ulysi.� .'l

See Economics 301.

302 Ill termediate ECOllomic A,l Uly .• is .1

See Econom ics 302.

3 1 1 , 3 1 2 Illtermerliate Accounting :J, .1

Fundamental processes, working capital items especially inventories, non·current items with emphasis on investments and plant and equip· ment accounts, corpora te capital, income determination, cash· flow and funds statements, analytical processes. Prerequisite: BA 212.

3 1 3 f'ederal Income Taxation .1

Tax principles and tax planning. Personal ilnd corporate income tax, inelucling capital gains. Prerequisite : BA 212.

314 A u diting 3

The principles and procedures of auditing as they apply to the major balance sheet and income accounts; generally aecepted audit· inp; standards llsed by CPA's; professional ethies. Prerequ isite : BA 312.

315 Co,�t Accounting 3

Principles of cost accounting ; job lot and process systems; stand· ard costs. Use of accumulated and budgeted costs .in financial and managerial accounting. Prerequisite : BA 212.

104

3 17 Data Proce,'sing Systems .�

Elements o f i nforma t ion theory, storage. and retrievaL Flu,i necs and industrial a p p l icat ions of electronic d ig i ta l compu ters, Fundamental� of progra m m i ng langllages, nUl Ilber :-;ystelll�, notation, i n pll t-olltPllt� melllory de\'i ( '(�_...;, per ipheral ("onfigl iratio n�. FUlll i l i a riza t iol l w i t h data p ro(' p�:,.; ing (�q u i J l Il1 ( �n t .

3 2 1 1,afwr ProfJ/em., 3

See Economic, 321.

331 International Trade 3

See Ecollomic, :>3 1 .

340 J->ri"ciplt',� 0 / Rllsiness Edl/{'ation .'J

O hjPCl i\'t;s o f h igh s(�hool husi IH:SS progra rn� : the husine . ...;s c u rr iculuJll : '(Hl ITt·:· of i n forma t io n ; leading business educator,, ; a nalysis of current wr i t i ngs : laYOllt and fac i l i t i (·!� : c\'u luat ing business teachers: evaluat ing ( 'oJ l lprtpJlcc for I lU si nc:-; . ...; OCTH pat ion:...: ; na t ional a n d loca l t rend:::; in iHl,-.;ine:-;s (-:dl l f 'at ion.

:H·l Mathematical Stati" t;" " 3

Sec 1at l wil lat ics :H 1 .

342 Seaet.arial Procedllre 3

Advanced dictation a n d tran<cri pt ion : office pra c t ice, p rocedu res a n d �yqelll � ; d ic tat ing machi ne.---.. dup t i eQ t ing processes. Prercqll i� i tc:i : BA 142 and 246 or equ iva lent,.

35 1 Orgallizatioll alld Mallagement .'l

A rt a n d sc ience of managemen t i n a dyn a m ic :.:oc iety. Planni ng:. d i rect ing, coordinat ing and controll in g the changing organization.

352 Prodllctioll Mallagement .'l

Princi ples of :;c icnt i f ic management ; p lann ing p roducts, physical fadlit ie'. equip i l lent 'm d materials for product ion ; methods and techn iques o f supcl"\'ision and con t l'ol o f perwnnel : product ion control ; purchasing and i nventory management . Prerequisi te : I3A 441.

3 5 4 Of/ire Mallagement .'l

A p p l icat ion of management p r i nc i l'le� to office orga n ization. Layout and fac i l i t ies, equ ipment . flow of work, data processing system"� evaluat ion a n d standa rds, Coord ina t i on w i th other bnsines, funct ions. Prcrequ i,itc : FlA 212,

361 Money and Banking :J

S" " Economic::; 361.

IH

362 IJ"IJlic Finance 3 Set, I�t:o nomic, 362.

364 nll" ine" " Finance :l

'\ 1 ' 1 I !'i l' l no 105

FinarH'c rnanagf�lllel1t, short· and long-h>rm f inanc ing, instru ments of finance, financial i lht i t u tio ll :-, promot ion, d i y i dend policy, cxpan, ion of t l H' firm, and reorganiza t ion. Prcrequ i,i tes : BA 2 12, 441.

365 Real [i;,�lale :1

Land n n d bn i l di ng" It,gal form" rea l "'tate market, a p praisal, f i nanc ing real c,tatp, p u h l ic i n tt'rc,t, property del'cl0I'men t and man· agement, lo( ,at ion theory.

36(, 1n,,"rm"'e :l

A n i n t rodu c t ion to the underl y i n g principle" o f in,nrancc fo l lowed by a d"'c r i p t ;I'c ,tudy in the mOre i m porta n t branche, of t h in,ur' alH'(' IH I, i l1e��.

3 7 1 Marketin g .'1

Markt:t ing fu nction,; ; u l t imate con"umt�r,; ; i l"t i tut ion, and ( 'hanne],; for Tlla rketin� consli mer and indll� tr ia l good�: ha�i(' techniques o f I l la rketinp; : market ing pol i ( " i('� a n d IfovgrnlllPllt regulat ion .

:n5 Advertising :l

Role of ach t , r t i ' ing in the market ing progra m ; elements o f ath·crtise· mcnt, media and Im:thod, ; p lanning and control of adyert i"ing pro· gra m , ; l"yc hological, social and ,'('0;,0Illi" a,pN: t,; of adl'f: r t isin/!. Prerequ i " i t(' : BA ,)71 .

4 2 1 Person nel Management .'l

Prin( ' i"l", and p rocedu res ",'cd ill ohta i n ing and rnaintal ll lllg an ef· fi(,ient working force. Prercqui,i tc,; : TI A 441 and P,ycholo{,:" 101.

422 Co/lect il.le Bargaining 2

TI", p r i n c i ple,; of collert i\'c bargaining arc ,tudicd th rough the medium of a(, t u a l ,.,,"" from Aml'ri c :an industry dea ling w i t h the negot iat ion a n d a p l ' l i(:alioll of u n ion- Illanap:erncnt agrpelllen t�.

434 Government ami fJu" ines.< 3

See Econorni c:, 1:34,

440b Bu,�ine" .s Edu<:atiol1 ill the Secondary School 3

Appl i c : a t io n of I'e"eareh fi ndi ng, and p,ycllologi('al p r i n c i p les to the devcloprncnt of sk i l ", u t t i t u de�, and concepts i n typewriting, "hort· ha nd, (,OIl!-'UJIICr, g( -'neral htls,incf;.s, and office pract ice COllrsc�, and r 1 i�tr ihut il'e edll l 'at ion.

106 IH SI I·.::;S \ 1 )'( 1 (\1 'TIl \T1O:-l

44 1 Statistical Met/lOll .• .3 Sec Economics 441.

442 Record .• Management .1

The sllIdy of fi l ing SY"telll' and informat ion retrieval. The role of records i n the o,",'rall systems approac h ; ('oncept of records as an info rmation center. Information handling problems in organization, con t rol, ""uluation, and disposition of records; protection of vital reeords ; maintenance of semi·active records ; depository control of a IThi"e�.

443 Stu dies in Organizational Com m u n ication 3

Problems of maintaining a flow of oral and written eOllllllu nication a� an in tegrating fo rce ; controll ing internal activities through ad· m inistrative wri t ing. Modern theories and practices of organizational information systems and rontro l>-. Comprell l'l1,ive analysi:; and cvulll<l· tion of actual organizational communication si tua tions.

452 nusincss Policy .'1

Formulation of policies to integratc all func t ions of businc". Social, cthical, religious, economic, edllc.ational and international implications in the formulation of business policies and objectives. Prercqll isite : Senior classification in the School of Busine" Administration.

457 Prillciples 0/ Pllblic Atlrnin i.dratioll .1

See Political Science 457.

4 6 1 Fi,lUndal Allalysi .• .'J The financial polic ies, tlte decision making p rOCCfiS, and the analytical framework for slI J lpliers and u>'cr,; of private industrial capital. In· t�nsi\'e study of selected companies and industries.. Prerequ isi te : BA :3M

471 Marketing Management .'J

Product planll ing ; market investiga lion ; marketing strategy ; price pol icies ; planning Hnd adm in istering comprehensive ma rketing programs; control of marketing operations. Prerequi,itcs : BA 3 7 1 , 441.

473 P,ucilasing .'l

Organization for Pllrchasing; purchasing policies and procedures; selection o f SOllrces of suppl y ; qual ity anu quality control of pll rehascd matcrials; controlling quantity and price determination.

474 Transportatiun .1

Functions and characteristics of transportation services; rutes, ser\'icc and carrier competition ; coordination of highway, railroad, air and ocean traffic: ; ind llstry practice., ; regulation and promotion by government.

A I 107

477 Sale .• Management J

Fllnc t ion� of the sales manage r ; organizatio n ; ,elec t ion, den'lopment, compcn,ation, ,u pcrvision and con t rol of sa lesm e n ; sal"s planning and [\nal y�is. Prerequ i si te,, ; RA 371, 44 1 .

490 Seminar l-:l

Seminars o n speci fical l y ,elected topics i n Inlsi l1('" admin istra t ion. Offered on demand. P rereq l l i "i te : Consent of in,tn",tor.

t9 1 , 492 RIl .• i,w .•.• l"aw :l, .1

Pro<;(�dllre:;';T cont ra('t�, agency, negotiable in..:trll l1lent:-;, husLnes;-:. organiza t ion�, property, t rl l�ts and wil l;:;, tran"portat ion. ill:-;urance and pm· p loym ent.

499 Major Con/erem,e 1 -4

Incl i" idl lul prohlerns and a�si gn l11ents, grol lp conferclH'e, and rcscareh reports. Prereqll is ite : COlbent o f i nst ru(, tor.

,504 Mana�erial f:corwmic .• .'l

See Economics 50'1.

512 Accounting Information a",1 Control .'l

De,·cl ops the l ise of accol lnt ing data a n d s)"'tems for inwnto ry I·o,.;ting, (:o,.;t contro l . p rofit plann ing , and de · ision making. Prereqll isi te : BA 211 or perm i"ion of the Scl100l of Rusi n"", A d l l l i n istration.

543 QUlmtittltil1e Met/lOlls ,1

51'1: Econorn ic" 5'i:1.

550 Organizational Re/ultlior .1

The sc ience and art of munagcrn n t is explored with special empllu,i,.; o n th(·� contrihutions from i n dll�trial psychology and >io(;iology. Thi;; COlll''';(O: i" centered on the "tllfly of groll p.S and work tcams as rela t ed to the fUlIction,.; o f di n,c t ing and cont rolling. i'rereqll i"it.e : RA 351 or pC l'lIl i", ion of the Sel 1001 o f Bll,incss Admin i ,; t ra tion.

5 5 1. Spmillllr in 'IIlIII.,trial M(lna�ement 3

Anal ysi- a n d sol'l l t io n of i ndll,.;trial managr:ment problems in the i'ac' i f i c Nortl mc:;;l. Elllph a,.;i,.; i,.; on tlw relat i onsh i p of I 'rod"r:tion to othn func t ions and external factors, and modern tec h n iqnes and met hodology ,t,.; ap pl ied i n speci fic in dlhtr ics . Prcrcqtrisi te:i : BA 352 or I , , 'rmission of the Sch ool of Bll"ilw"" Admin is tration.

552 Seminar in Mallagemellt . .1

A dvnnced rea d i llg and researc l l In t h e management flln ( ' ti OJl� of plann i ng, orga n iza t ion. and (�ontro l .

108 [H I L�S \[) 1 1 1:-. rn "[ to

553 P"IJIic Policy and BIl.5;ne.�., .'J

Crit ieal analysis of selc(:ted policies and regulation of indust ry. The study includes d i rect and indirect national, state and local regulation. Prrrequisite : pennission of the School of Bwsi ness Administration.

564 S"".;llar in Bllsin ess Finance .'J

Deals wit h the role of management in assessing the need for funds ; determining the sources and costs of funds; allocating funds with in the firm : and controlling their use. Prerequisite : BA 364, or permission of the School of Bu,;iness Admin istra tion .

.571 Seminar ill Markcli"g .'J

Study and analy,;is of marketing management problems in the Pacific Northwest. Em phasis is on the rela tionsh ip of marketing to other internal and external factors, innovation, and modern marketing philosophies. Prerequisite : BA 371 or permission o f the School of Busine" Administration.

590 Ca.�e Stlldies in BIl.,ine.�., .1

Intensive ;;tlldy of the ca;;e collection proccs.s and problem solving a p proaches. Individuab or team" expected to compl ete case resea rch acceptable for inclusion in the Intercollegiate Case Clearing House B ibl iography.

595 Mer/lOds alld Tcclmiqlles 0/ Research 2

A study of the variow; methods and techn ique" of re;;ea rch. P ren�qui:-; itc : o n e senlester o f :-:tatistics.

596 Re.�cardl in IJllsine.�" I 1-2

For tho"e Master o f Bnsillc" Administration candidates who elect to w ri t,� two research papers rather than a thesi,. Candidates will be required to review their resea rch papers before the Gradnate Student', Advisory Comllli ttee.

597 Research in BIl.�i"ess II 1-2

S 'c BA 596.

598 Tiles;" .1-4

599 /rlliepemiellt Re .• earch l -:l Prerequi,ite : Con�ent of in,tructor.

I In n"'T1n

CHEMISTRY

Mr. Giddings, Mr. A n derson, Mr. Catlett, Mr. lIlIeslis, Mr. Nessel, Mr. Olsen, Mr. Tobiason

109

The cou rses offered by the D"IJartmen t of Chemistry are based on fUll' damentals of mathematics and physics, modern chemical training and practice I w i ng markedly dependent on knowledge o f tbese a reas. The cou rses, curricula, faculty, and facilities of the Department a rc appro\"{�d by tlle American Chellli(!al Soc iety, expediting entry of its graduates into the chemieul profession.

Students planninp: to become professional chemi.-;ts are advised to seek thc Bachelor of Sciencc degree, rer: i pients of which will be certified as p;raduates of a cllcmical training program meeting the requirements of the A merican Chemical So(:icty. The B.s. curriculuill is indicated below.

A major ful fi l l i ng the requ irements of either the Bachelor of Arts or the BadlPlor of A rts in Education degree consists of Chemistry 109, 110; 203, 204 : 300, 30 1 ; 311, 312; and 3 14·. The prerequisites for these cou rse ' are Phy�ic, 221, 251, and 262 and mathematics through the second "em ester of calculus C r.Lrthematics 152 ) . This major represents an ahsolutely minimal preparation for graduate study in chemistry, and a _tudent interested in gmduate work "hould complete 'olile of the addi tional chemistry courses listed in the B.S. cu rriculum.

Some recol11mended supplementary courses for either a B.A. or B.S. major are Mathematics 231, 252, and 351 ; Physics 222 and 272 ; and Biology 101, 102. The fon·ign language requirements of the College of Arts and Sciences should he fulfilled by the study of German or Russian. A year of the other of these two o r of French is also recommended.

The Department of Chemistry places great emphasi: on i ts undergraduate re,,·,a rch and independent study program (sec courses 441, 442 and 451, 452 ) , and all B.S. candida tes are required to partic ipate in it. I t is offered during both the academic year a nd the summer. In rcccnt years this program, \\' hi(,h aids its student participants in achiev ing early profe;;sional maturity , has been �uPJlorted by the National S(:ienee Foundation. Fu rther information on the p rog ra m and the availability of ;;tipends may be obtained f rom the Dcpa rtmell t.

1 1 0 ' I I E " I I H Y

Cllrriclllum in Chemistry lor Bac�lor 01 Science Degree'

F reshmall Year

Chemistry 109, llO Chemistry· Physics

English 101 German 201, 202 Intermediate

German or Russian 201, 202 Intermediate Russian

Mathematics 151, 152 Analytic: Geometry and Calculus

Physical Education requirement

Religion lCl.3 In troduction to the Ch rist ian Fa i th

"Social Scienee re-quirement

Hrs.

fl . . . . 3

6

B

2

.3 3

33

Sophumore Year

Chellli"try 203, 201 Organic Chemistry

Chcln i.try 300 Descript ive Inorganic and Analytic Chemistry

Physics 221 Sophomore Laboratory

Phy»ics 251 Intermediate Physics

Physics 256 Mechanics . . _._ .. Physical Edncation

reqLlirement Religion 203 The Bible _

2Art or Music requirement .. .. 2Social Science requirement . .

Hrs.

8

3

3 3

2 3 3 6

32

�merolls opportu nities jor exemption or advanced placement. are available and permit changes to be made in this curriculum. Similarly, changes can be made to accommodate students who are not prepared to begin their college program at the levels suggested.

"Courses th lls desigTUlted may be taken in any order.

Junior Year

Chem istry 301 Descriptive Inorganic and Analytical Chemistry

Chemistry 309 Chemical Litera ture

Chemistry 311, 312 Physical Chemistry

Chemistry 314, 315 Physical Chemistry

Chemistry 322 Instrumental Analysis or Chemistry 422 Advanc.ed r norganic Chemi,;try

�Literature requirement "Philosophy requirement 2Social Science requirement "Electives

Hrs.

3

6

2

4 or 3 3 3 3 9

32 or 33

Senior Year

Chemistry 401 Organic Qualitative Analysis

Chemistry 412 Seminar Chem istry 422 Advuneed

Inorganic Chemistry or Chemistry 322 I nstnrmental Analysis

Chemistry 441, 442 Independent Study or

Chemistry 451, 452 Research

:" Religion requirement "Elcetives

"Cou.rses thus desigTUlted may be taken in any order. IThis requirement alterTUltely may be met in the ju.nior year.

Hrs.

3

. . . 3 or 4

at least 1 3

. 1 8

3 0 or 3 1

I I I

1 0 3 I,,/rolll/rtory Org/l1Iic ChemiMry 4

S u n G), of organic che lll istry, including that pert i nent to biol()�ical spt�IlIS. Th ree lectu res and one 2·hour lahora tory period per lI' eek . I

104 Gelleral I"orga"ic Chemistry 4

Basic u"pect" of chemical t heo ry anu inorganic chelll istry. Th ree l ec tures and one 2·honr lahorato ry period per II'c ( 'k . Prerequi"i te : Chemist ry 1m o r p"" llIission of instructor. I I

1 09, 1 10 Chemi .• try-Phpics 4, 4

An in tegrated course in tlw funualllcntal prine i p ics of physics and chemistry and their a p p l icat ion to pbysical and chemical probl" n". This ( 'OH rsc is a prcreqHisile for all chelllistry tlnu phl'sies cou rses nH lllh.:rcd 200 and a),ove. Three lectu res, one di,,(:u�sion period and one 2·hoHI' lahoratory period pcr weck. Prc- or corCClu i,i tc : ilIa t h · cllIati,'s 111 o r eqH i llt ien! . I . IT

1 32 Clwmiwl Prillciples 1

SHpen ised stHdy of to pics of un ique interest or value to the ind i vi tl ,,, ,1 ",tuden!. Admi",ion only h y depa rtment i ,wi ta t ion. O n e diseu,,�ion or l a boratory period per week.

203, 204 Orga"ic Chem istry 4, 4

An in terpre ta t ion of properties and reaf:t iotb of a l iphatic, aroma t ic, and I teteroeydi" compounds on thc ba;;i� of cu rrent ehemical theory. Lahoratory work provides an in t roduction to conl'ent ional and modern techn iques for the synthesis and �tudy of orga n i c compounds. Th ree leetures and one 4Yz·hour l a horatory period pcr wcek. Pmrequis i te : ClH�",i,try lOt), l lO. I, "

300, 30 1 De .• criptive I"organic aml AI/"'ytica' Chemi.dry .3, .�

Study of t he elements �rouped ur:cording to the periodie tahle and of c l assical qual ita t ive a n d quant i tat i,'c anal ysis. Two lectu res and one 3·I.our l a bora tory per iod per week. Prerequ i si te : Cherni;try 109, l lO. I I . I

301 lliochemi .• try 4

Introduct ion to the eh,�mi"try of hiolop;ieal "y�tcms. Three leetures and ant' :�-hour laho ratory period per week. P rerequ isite : Chemistry 204. I I

309 (;hem i(,,,1 Uleratllre 1

Study of systematic proeedures for l ihrary research. One lecture per week. Prerequisi tes: Chemistry 204 and reading knowledge o f German. I

1 12 1 1 1 II" I R)

3 1 1 , 3 12 l'Ity.s;cal Chemistry 3, 3

A study of the relat ionship between the physical and chemieal properties llnd the energy content of ('hcmiea! ystem,. Three lcr-tu res per wcek. l'rerequ i,ites : Chcmistry 110 and, preferably, 204 ; Phy,ics 221, 25 1 and 256 ; and l\'ia Lhematies 152, I, II

3 14, :3 1 5 Phpical C"em;.�lry I,alwralory 1 , 1

One .3 -hour l aboratory period per week. Prerequ i"ite or core,quisite : Cherni"try 3 1 1 . T, I I

322 In.,'rllmelllal AI/alysi .• 4

Inst rumental method,; of analysis and molecular structure determination. Two lectu re, and two 3-hour laboratory periods per week. Prer'cquisite,,; : Chemi,Lry 301 and 31 1. Must be taken concurrently with or sub" 'quent to Chemi:;try 31 2. n a/y 1969-70

·1,0 1 Organic Qualilali r:e A n al"...;, • . 1

A sllldy of lIletllOd" for tIle isolation and identification of orga nic ( 'om pounds. Ent pha"is is placed on modern techniques such as spectro,;copy and ebroma tography. One lecture and two 3-hour laboratory ppriod_' per . week. Prerequisites : Chemistry 204 and 309. Chemistry 309 Illay be taken concurrently. T

4· 1 2 Sem;lIar 2

A cou r,e who,,, contcn t is variable but a lways taught on the basis of physical chemical principle". In 1967-68, tire cour"e was a study of the k inetic!' of organic lind biochemical reactions. Two discussion periods per week. Prerequ isite : Chemistry 312 lind permis.sion of in,tructor. II

422 Advl/lI (:etl lll"rganic Chem i.,'ry .1

A stndy of modern inorganic theory including atomic and molecular ,tnwtnre, periodic trend" and coordination compounds. Three lec· tu re;; per week. i'rerequi"i te : Chemistry 311. Mu;;t be taken concurrently wiLh or suh,equent to Chemi,try 312. II aly 1968-69

441, 442 '"dependenl Sludy 1 -.1

O pen to qualified u p per division students who wish to study some r:i,,'mieal tapir not covered by a regular cou rse. Proposed project JJ1U,t he appro" ed by the chairman of the department. T , n

4 5 1 , 452 Uesearch 1-.1

Open to superior upper division students. Prerequisite : Consent of the chairman of the department. I, H

5 5 1 , 552 Graduate Research 2-4

Open to master's degree candidates only. Prerequisi te : Consent of the chairman of the departmcnt.

f.( O () t il

ECONOMICS

,lylr. Pier.wn , Mr. Cen<ia, Mr. I/olm an,

Mr. Jensen, Mr. Peterson

1 1 3

The COHrse" in econOlllic� lire de�igncd ( l ) to offer to al l .-tudell t.- a n opportunity t o acquire a gene " a l understanding of the private a n d public sectors of the Uni ted States economy so that they may lJe more enl ightened c i t izens and voters, ( 2 ) t o provide the neces,ary general economic background for students majoring i n Bu�iness Admin istra t ion and for student:; i l l Edncatiou in tlie Social S('ience� or in Ru�iness EdU<.:atioll, and ( 3 ) to pro\'ide the ,tu dent with the nece,,,, ry backgrou nd for graduate study in economics.

A major in econom ics shal l consist of a minimum of 25 seme,ter hou r.including £couomie, LOl, 102, 2 1 1 , 30 1, 302, 441 , and 496. The rema in in g three hOllrs to lIIeet tht� m i n i mal ['(,quiremcnts may be selected from any of the ad· ditional u pper division ('.ollrses offered by the Department of Economics. Students contem plating graduate study in ec.onom ics an' stron�ly advi.ed ( thollgh not required ) to indude Mathema tic, lSI, 1,52, 2 .3 1 . and 252 in their total pro"ram of ;-tudy.

1 0 1 Principles 0/ Mat'ro Ecol/omics .3

A n anaJy,i� o f the operat ion and organi(.a tiol1 of the Anwric.an economic system with emphasis u po n the a p pli cation of tlie analyt ical tool" to a ,tudy of pllblic policy with respect to na tional income and employment, the monetary sy ·tcm, and economic growth. r II

102 Principles 01 Micro Ecol/omic.5 .'1

An anal pis of the operation a n d organization of the A I I ",rican economic system w i t h emphasis up on supply and demand in prodllet price determina tion, the determina tion of re�ource p r ices, and the funetion:; which price� perform. No prerequ isi t . I II

2 1 1 Fil/ancial Accou",il/g 4

See Bu�ille" Admin i,tration 2 1 1 .

2 7 3 Family f'i"andal Planni"g .3

Con.-umer ,aving and spending problems including esta te planning, tax plann in g, life insurance, inv ef;tmcnts, intelligent buy ing, budgeting, (;o n."III1I('r education and needed legal reforms. Eth ical eon"idera lion;; of govern ment and business from the \'iewpoint of the eon�umcr. The power of tl", consumer i n the areas of production, marketing, finanee, and market re�earch.

300 General Economics .3

An introductory COIlt·,,, in econo mics designed for the upper division student who is majoring in a field other than Economics or Business

1 14

A d ll1 i n i,tra t ioll . The conten t includes the study of both mucro and micro econom ics ( see 101 and 102 ) . Not open to students who have previou,ly had 101 andlor 102. I

301 Ill terme,iiate M.acro E"",,,,mic Allaly .• i .• . 1

Mana-economies at the intermediate le\·e!. National income aecollnting and determination including policy implication,; within the ilbtitlltiona l fra mework of the U.S. economy. Pre requi,i te Economic:; 101 . I

302 Illtermediate Micro Ecollomic Analysis 3

Micro-economics at the i ntermed ia te lne!. The uleory of COIl.'llll1er I",hayior. Product and factor prices under conditions of monopoly, competition, and intermediate markets. Welfare economics. Prerequi;;i te : Economic, 102. I I

3 2 1 l.a/lOr Problem,. 3

A ,;tlldy of the history, na tllre and trea tment of labor p roblems in the United S l ates. A mong the topics d isc us,ed are employment and un· employmen t ; wage problems; collective bargain ing ; unions and employer u,;;o()ation;;; industrial ul1l'e;;t and conflict. No prerequisite. II all' 1968-69.

3 3 1 Internatiollal Trade 3

Regional and international speeial ization, comparative cost" internat ional payment" and exehange ra te,. National policies to promote or re,trict tradc. Bu,i ness prac t ice i n international trade and investment. Prerequi.,ite : Econom ies 101 and 102. I

361 Money ami Bal/king .1

The natu re and functions of money. Credit institutions. The relationship of money und bank deposito to the national economy. P rerequ isite : Economics 101. II a/y 1969-70.

362 Public Finance .'1

Publ ic taxation und expenditu re at the federal, state, and local levels. Types of taxes and e x penditures. The bu dget. The public debt. Fiscal cont rol of the business creIe. P rerequ isite : Economics 101. II aly 1968-69.

364 DI/ .• ine,.,. Finance 3

See Business Admini>tration 364.

434 Government and Business .1

A study of the relationship of government and business i n the Un ited Statc,; with spec ial attention to governmcntal regula tion of business. No prcl'equi3ite. II a/y 1969-70.

· til 1 15

'�4 1 Slati.<tiwl MetllOtis J

[ )c,;cri p l iv(� ,;ta l istie:; : llIeasure,; of posItIon, di'l't> r:<ion, and p ro portions. I n feren t ial stat ist ic, : c�t imat ion and the testing of hyp ot!l!"es hy para llletric and nonparamctric te ·hniqll"s. \{cg rc,- ., ion and correlation a n,dy,i,. I 1 1

490 Seminar 1-3

Seminar.:; on s[wci f icul ly �eleeted to pics in econom i cs w i l l be offered a-=- ( ' i rC l l l I \:-itan'- 'c� warra n t. PrcrrCIui.::;i t e : CO lbf'llt of the i nHrllc tor.

--196 Heading., ill tl.e El'ol"tioll of Economic Thought ,'$

A su rn,y o f the dc\·elopment of economic thought from ancient to modern t imes w i t h em phasis on the period fro lll Adam Smith to J. M. Keynes. This period includes : the citl,,, i ( ' ists, the o p ti m i,ts, the soc i n l · ists, the na tionalists, and the h istorical and Austr ian schook No

p rc:req u i,i tc. I I

1198 Illdeperrdent Stlldy 1�.'l

I ndividual pro l, I '··llIs and a" ign lllcn ts, conkrcnc-e,; with in,tructor, and re:;earc.h rcport.

50'i Mallllgerial E,;orrolllics 3

Deq:.lops the abi l i ty to upply basie econom i coneepts to policy form· ion and ojJcrat ing dec i,ions w ith special reference to such problem;; a� cost, Jt;mund, p ri c ing, and inve�tlllent. Prcn·qui:;; i tc : E(,olloll1ic� 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 . I

543 Quantitative Methods .3

DeVl' l o l " the a b i l i ty to a p ply the conc�pts of p roha b i l i ty, ,am p l i ng , and ;; t : l t i .- t ical d" . . i,ion theory to p roblems faced by lIIanagement. Prcreq u i - i t ,, : pPl " Ini"ion o f the i n q ru c t or, Economic,; ' 1 4 1 . I I

598 Illdepemlerrt Stlldy 1-.'l

599 Tllesi., 2-8

EDUCATION

Mr. Juhnston, Mr. Cooper, Mr. lIa{{en, Mr. Jones, Mr. jorgenson, Mrs. Mlllhers, Mr. Moc, Mrs. Na[Jjlls,

1 17

Miss Orvik, Mr. Pederson, Mr. Stave, Mr. Stein, Miss WilLial/l son ; assistcd by Mr. Berlness, Mr. Ehlers, Mr. Gray,

Mrs. KebLbek, Mrs. Mandl, Mr. lVarren

Ca ndidates for the Bachelor of A r t� in Education degree �hould follow the cou !".-" out li ne as l isted un der the School of Education i n the section, ACAODIIC ORGA�IZATION.

201 Illtrmlllcl.ioll to l;;(luca/ioll 3

A su rvey of educational problellb and i�"lleS to orient new �tudent.' to the pro f'5;;ion. A study of the State Manual and a "projc("!" in· volving actnal experience w i th ch i ldren are incl uden. I I I S

301 Hum'lII Dellelopmenl .'J A _tudy o[ the emotional, _ocial, i n tellectu a l , and phy,iological devel· opment of the human organism from i n fancy through adolescence. Two lectures and one sem inar each week. Two·hour public school obserya· t ion required weekly, to he i ndiv idually a�signed. Students will bpr '�pon,i hle for thei r own trUll�portation to the pu hl i c schools. Pre· reqll i . it,, : Psychology 101. Students in the teacher education program ,hou ld complete Education 201 prior to 301. I n

3 1 1 a, b, or cd MeIIlOlI.� a"d Obserllal.;on .'1

A study of curriculum, llIaterial�, and methods of teac h ing at the va rious leveb from primary through high ,choo!. Observations i n actual school ,itllations followed by di,clls,ioll. Those who wish to prepare p r i ma r ily for k i nde rga rten and primary elect 3 1 1 a : those fo r inter· nlediate and up per gra des, :l l l b ; and tho.e for junior and sen ior h i gh ",·honl, :3 l lcd. Prel'equisite : Education 201 and 301. J II

3 1 2 Th" Teaching of Readillf! - Elementary .'1 A ,urvey of teuching r'ading i n th", elementary grades, including the p rogranb in the newer al'proaclws. Materia !'-, method" tec hn iques, procedure" and some diagnosis of reading difficu lties. Prer"'qu isi tc ; ,,,tisra . . l,, )")" com ple tion of Education 201 o r consen t o f i nstruc tor. J II S

3 1 4 Tile Tellching of Rellding - Secon<iary 2

A qll"\"ey of teaching reading in the seco ndary school, i nel uding atten· tiou· to the developmental reading programs. Materia,", methods, tech· nique'. procedures and some observa tion and dia gnosis of reading d i fficlllt ie�. Prerequ isi te ; satisfac.tory completion of Educa tion 201 or consent of instructor. I ll S

1 1 8 I I II I 'l i ON

3 1 5 '''slru,",io",,1 M"teriah 2

A .';\l r\'�y of audio and \'i:--u u l mat(�ri a l :-\ and a i u:-;, t h e i r u:-;e, orga nization, a n d a c l rn in i, t ra t ion i n ti re ,;c hooL I II S

3 1 9 The 1'em· hi,,;.!, 0/ Arithnll'l.ic ,'J

An o\"e'(".,, 1 1 , tudy of t i r e basic matl re lllatic,,1 "k i l ls "nd a b i l i t ie:; needed I.)' the tl,a c h e r i n the rlcme n ta r y "e1 lOoL Heeent deve l o p ments and rna t.� r i a ! s are c 'on"i dcrcd, Prerc:qu isi t e : Math 319 or " o l l "cnt of i n ·

H ruc tor. I II S

320 Teachi"g 0/ Sp",,;sh ill the ": iemell, ,,r)' Sdwol 2

A cOll r,.;c' pla nned to """i,t t h e dClllenta ry teacher in tcae l l ing com'er

... a t i o n a l S pa n i�h ; tra i n ing in p ro n un( , ia t ion and i n tonation, study u n i t::;, gamt- ' :";, �ong:-:, d i iJ loglle�, fil lll�, f i l ll t�lrip� and records \\ i l l be pre�p. n ted w h ic h can he I I t i l ized in the da,.;orooll i . Ope;n to hoth tho"e with S p an i,.;h hackgrol l l l r l a n d lh o'c' ,,' i th o u t .

370 ['rillCi,Jles 0 / (; "i ti,,"ce 2

A �tlldy of ! I I 'oc'cellln" I"eel I II I r e l p i nl\ the Hl ld. 'nt a c h ie,,· "; l I i ta l r le goals ill ,.;d lool and in ,ocic t)',

405 Ad"le,,,'e,,' P.,ychology 2

See Psychol ogy 405 . ( G )

,1-07 f.'tlllclIliollal Sociology :J

Sec Sor o iol o'yy 407. ( G )

408, 4 09 llellC/ill;.!," ;Il Ed" ""t;o",,1 Problem " 1· .1

Stl I Cknts 11' 1 1 0 d ,i re to p " r'l IC a 'pcc' i a l l i ne of i l ld i \ i du a l rt;a d ing, i l l \T�t iga t i ()ll, or re:.-ea n.:h may do so for (Tedi t , ('f'(' c i v ing hr-I p a n d g l l id ,"I t , , , from t i le fa c u l t y mell'lher be, t " I la l if ied to as"i"t i n t h e pa rt iclilar prohle m. Cred i t \\' i l 1 \'Ll ry with t i r e a m o u n t o f work done. ( G )

4 1 2 The lJIill(I Chilli ill the " " Mil' School 2

A cOl l t'se to ht ' l l ' the tcadler a"sist t i le bl ind and pa rt i a l l y seeing c l r i l d t o adju"t emot ionally, ",,; i a l l y, I ' h y,ica l ly, li nd ,'dll( 'a t ion a l l y to t i l " r" gll '

l a r [ I u h l ie ,cliool ( ' Ia",;room "it l lat ion. An i n t roduC 'l ion to Engl ish flra i l l c and a "tlldy of method", llI a teria l", and l'Cj u i pmcn t an' inc ludeo. ( \ , )

4 1 3 Sciellce ill t"e ";/emellt"rr School 2

A C (I l I I" C c11';;ignp.d to acquaint the stltCknt w i th the oiJjccti\les, mao teri u ] ;;;, and IllPt i lods of tf�a(' h j l tg �('icnr.e in an i n tegrated program. S ( C )

1 1 4 Soc;al Strlllie., in the Eleme1ltary Sc/rool 2

A ( · O l l !' .... (� d('�ign('d to ttl 'qua i l l t t ! : t ' :-.tlHlcnt w i t h objec t i ves, materials,

ElJl l 'flO 1 9

and met hods of tea ch ing t h e f'o("ial studi es in an i n tegrated progra l J l . Open to exp crienecd tcaC'hcrs on l y. S ( G )

4 1 6 J>arent-1'eacher COllference 2

A st u dy of tl", prilH: ip les a n d tcchniquc� of pa rent·teacher con ferences. l'roccdu res for i n t roducing a parent· teacher conference program to the school and coml l luni ty. Evaluat ion of various g rading systems. O pen o n l y to expcrienced tenda:r, u n d studenh who have completed Or a re tak ing s tudent t"ach ing. I I I S ( G )

4 1 9 Adm.inistration of the School Ubmry 2

O rganiza l ion and ad",in istra l ion of the �chool l i brary for teacher· l ihrarians in the elementary schook ( G )

420 Pro(;e,'sing School Library Material .• 2

S i m p l i fied procedures [or the c1a."sificntion, ca ta log ing, and technical pro(' c:'s ing o f school l i"rary materiak ( e )

122 nllsi/' Ueferellce Materials 2

An i l ) lroduction to th o,,; ;;ervi 'Co of a school l i brarian rela ted to the presentation of tire ma terial s, book and nonbook , whic:h form the SO I I I'[ ' ( :5 of [,(·ferenee for thc i n formational func t io n of Ihe l ibrary. ( G )

423 Lan;:uage Arts iu tile E'lementary Scllool 2

A eour,e de£igned to give t he elementary teacl , e r, grad('"� onc through ,ix, a n understanding o f how to teach the language a rts i n a func· t ional mallner. The a reas covered and ,k i l ls Hudicd w i l l be in the [ icld;-; o f r0ading , w r i t ing, grammar and usage, penmansh i p , spel l i n g, ,.;pea k i ng, l istening, vocabulary building. Open to ex periencerl teachers or student teachers only. ( G )

426 Pril1l11ry Reatling 2

A 'Ludy o f the material s and methods of the modern p rimary reading program an d i ts rela tion to o t h er activit ies. Open to ex perienceu teu"hers only. ( C )

428 I(indergarten 2

A study of. the k i nderga rt l;n chi ld and h i s adjustment problcll". Special em phas is on a<:tivilie" and procedures for hi,.; devclopmcnt. ( G )

4:�3 Principles awl Techniques in Secondary EdrtctJIion 4

Purposes, t renu,;, cu rrent issues, and tee hn iqucs in seconuury edu cation. An opportunity is proviued for plann inp; curricul a on t i le seconuary level , individual ly and cooperaLively. Registra t ion in thi,.; cou rse is permitted only t o those students w i,.;hing to meet specia l I:erti fication requ i rement •. Not permitted fo r stuuents who have had 311cd.

120 I III 1 \Tl )

436, 437, 438, 439 IV or k.,Iwp" 1 -.1

\rorbhol ' '' in " " 'cial f ield, for \'a ry i n � periods of ti me. ( G )

440 Specific MetllOds ill l'eachillg Secondary School SulJject.s 2

Stud ie, of the c u rriculum, methods, and materials of instruction in the ,·a rio", fidd, of the secon da ry "chool curriculum. These courses arc offered by di f fer(,nt departments of the U n i \'ersity as indica ted below and rna\' he tak en for graduate credit.

440a Art in tile Secolldar,' Sdwo/ 2

Sef' A rt 440a. ( G l

440h RIl .• ine .• s E(/ncation in the Secondary School .'l See Rusine" Administration 440b. ( G l

440l' linglish in t/.e Secondary School 2

( G )

MOd Literature i n Ihe Secondary School 2

( G )

MOe Mathematic .• i n tire Secondary School 2

( ( ; )

440g Science in 'he SecoU(lary Scirool 2

( ( ; )

440h Social S'mlie .• ill 'he Secondary School 2

( G )

440j ClremiMry in tIre Secondary School 2

( C )

4 tOn Metlwcl .• in Teaching Foreign Llmg.Ulges 2

A study of the theory and techn iques of foreign language teaching, wi th ,perini problems applicable to the stu dent's major language. S pec ial emphasis on audio·lingual techniques. ( C )

44 1 Statistical Method .• 3

See Psychology 441. ( G )

445 Speech ill 'he Secondary School 2

See Speech 445. ( G )

447 Speed. for the Clas .• room Teacher 2

See Speech 447. ( G j

EDt.:{ TIO 1 2 1

449 Readill� Cpnter Works/lOp 2

Cl i ni cal ,tudy of rea ding pJ'Oblcms and ,nggested CO ITc( ; t ive me·l'u rc.<. To be taken (Conr'u lTen t l )' wi th Education 469. Open to exper ienced teae j , e r." o n l ,.. S ( e )

4 50 Psychological Test;lIg .1

Sec P,y('holo!-'y 450. ( G )

461nb 01' I'd Cllrr;r ulu m , Mel/lOtis, amI Stllde,,' Teae/l ing 5

A ( 'Ol ! rse ue:-:ign C'd to g i \"(� �ome knowledge, under:-:land i n g, a n d study of d l i l d rcn, "Ibject matter ficlc ls, and ma tcrial , in the ,tnden t's a l ter· nate tear · l l i n g le\'cl pi", student teac b in g on that Ic\el , S tu dent . .; en rol l in 163a or I I il n d 'Hilcd or in 463( ' o r d and 461ah. I I I

463a, b, e, Or d SWllelll Teac hillg 9

TCil(' h i ng in Ll le JIubl i c . .;( 'hool, undcr t i le d i rect ion and su pcn' is ion of c'la��r()om te<lciu-:!rs a n d u l l i ycrsi t�· teachers. Th ose preparing prima r i ly fo r k i nd<'I 'f!UI'tcn ilnd primary ( , jeel 463a ; ti rose fo r i nt emICdia te a n d

u p p e l' g ra d c"', ·16.% ; tho-c f o r j u u i or h igh school , 4 6:k : and those for senior h i g h SelIOO!' 463d. I'rere q u i .- i t ,·. : Edu('ation 311 a u d one ,em ester in 1'<'.;i <1 ( ·n( ' ( · . [ l J

465 Sper';al Proje t 1-5

Student, who "'i,h to do i n d i v idual ,;tudy and resca re l l on educa tional proi.J!em, 0 1" add i tio na l lu l )() ratory exp riencc i n p u b l ic: school c ia,,' rooms rnay <10 "0 with �Jl('c ia[ perm is.ion of tIle D i I'l�( ; tur of tl", Sc·hoo l . I I !

468 Laburatory II" ork.,/lOp :1

A practical COll r�c t I � i l lg c h i ldren of clc lllr n t a ry age i n a ·Lls,;,;rOOTll ;;i tua t i o n working o u t II spec i fic p roble m. P " ol'i"ion will he mllrlt� for some a c t ive part i c i p a t i on o f the u n iversity student-. A conferenee wi t h t i l e in, tn l t ' io " or the D i rector o f the Sellool o f Edu ca t ion will be re· < ! , ' i red before registrat ion can he cOl l lp leted. ( G )

469 Directed Teac,.itlg ill ilellfling Centers 4

D i rected ob: .. wr\"a t io n a n d tca(' h ing in �1l1l11ner rernedial cla:,sc:o; i n publ ic sellook To be taken con( ,u rre n t l y w i t h Ed u(' ati on 449. O l l e n to c'.xpericnced Lcache!'., only. S ( G )

472 Vocational (Uul Educational Gu idance 2

TIl i, cOu r'" i, dc,igned for tho-e who are in tcrc-tcd in t h e vocational

gu idant ' e of young peo ple. Special cmpha.,i:; is placed upon the sou rce", an alysi" f i l ing. and methods of disseminating occupational i n fonna· L inn.

475 Emotional Problem., of Chiltlren 2

1': l l lph""i, i, placed on COlllmon cllIotional proi)lcmi; of elementary nnd

1 2 2 f lH I . \TI():--;

seconda ry sc hool-age pupils and th e teacher's role when the 'e arise in th" c1a"roolll.

478 Mental Health 2

A ,tu dy of the basic p rinci pl es o f mental health as they relate to interpc!rsonal relationships.

50 1 History 0/ Education 2

A sWdy of the h is tory of education, Oc ci den ta l lind Oriental, with particular reference to i ts beari ngs on contemporary education.

505 Philosophy 0/ Education .'l

A st1lCly of current philosophical l i teratu ,'c iu the field of education.

Pragmat ic, existent ia l , and a na lyt ic a p p roaches will bc conside rf!d . u/S 1968

507 Advllllceti Etillwlion. Psychology 2

Princ iples and resea rch in human learn ing and their impl ications for curric u l u m a n d instmetion_

509 Comparative Edlll:ation 2 1\ compara tive study of ti ,e background ', developments, t rends, and prohlems of major nationul systems of education.

520 I I1tlivitillal P.�ychological Tesl.ing .'l

Sef! Psychology 520_

522 Core Curriculum 2

A Hudy of the phi lo£ophical background of the core curriculum and the methods of teaching appl icable to t he core. Special a ttention wil l be gin:n to problem �ol\' ing and the preparation of units of instruction_

529 Dial{llOsis 0/ Reading Problems 2

A study of the various methods of appraisal and diagnoses of reading performanc:e. Spec ial a ttention will be given to the application of the ne\\,p.r approaciw,. Prerequisi te : 312 or its equivalent.

536, 537, 538, 539 Work.5h(lp.� 1-.1

Graduate worksho[J� in special fields for va ry ing lengt hs of time.

540 COllllselinl{ Theory and Practice .'1

See Psychology 540.

546 ClIrriculllm Development 2

A study of types of curriculum organization and programs and techniques of curriculum development with a v iew of preparing the student for his own work on curriculum p roblems_ I

f.Dl C \ 1 10 1 2 3

548 The Gilted (;hiM 2

A ,tlldy of t l i f' g i f ted ci l i l d, his cha racterist ics and prohkllb, a n d "'liool p I"I)l'edu res d,,,i " ncd to fu rtl i , 'r devclop nw n t .

5 5 7 ";lm/rlOtion 2

Eva l u at ion of t lie outcomes of sc l l ool experienc<'>'. Problems t h a t a rise in eOIlIH �c t ioI l w i t h drvrlopme n t , organization, and administ ra t ion o f test>; ( h otl i ,ta nda rdized and teacher made ) will be studied. R�qui rcd of all fifth year stucif'nb. l'rcrcqu i,i t e : Student teaching a i' tcaching ( 'X I leri (,IH"(�.

57 1 School G uidance l'ro{Zram 2

A �lIr\'ey �t l ldy of the guida nce program a;-; organ ized and c.onducted hy a p u h l i c se l lool sy,-t" 111 w i t h cml'ha,is o n tl,,; role of the teacher. II

581 PIlf,lic School Administration .1

Admin istration and sll pcrYi�ion of school per,onnel, plant , and p ro· gra m : t h e struc t u re and organization of thc school 'y."telll. l'rerefj l l is i te : teac hing cXI",ricnce. IT illy 1968 a/S 1969

582 Admin�.<tra t i'!e Intern.,hip 2-4

I ntern,h i p in ,, ·hool admini,tra t i o n pla nned with till' School of Educat ion i n cooper a t i o n with "elected "cliool administra tor ... Prerequis i te : cOll r:'\e work in �('hooI adl l l ini:-- lrat ion a n d n d lIl i��ion to gradl la tt� progl'U l l l .

586 School Finance 2

Local , ,tate, a n d ferleral cont r i b u t ions to school fina nce, i ts p h ilo!'ophy and develo p m ent. Special emphasis on the de\'elopment and admin istra· t ion of a school bu dgPl. lIa/5 1968

59] High School Orgallization and Admin i.<tratioll 2

C l t lTcnt viewpo i n t a n d is"ucs i n planning a n d organizing tl", h i g h sc hool c n rr iculum, sell l ' c iu le making, extra-cu rricu lar art i\ ' it ie", teach· e rs' mce t i n g:--; , pupi l i.lf�(�ol lnt ing and control, f inal l ( 'e and rf'ports. Pre· rC'lu i"ite : Educat io n SRI.

594 Administration and Supervision Works/lOp 4

T f w projects discll .""cd will be derived c h i efly from the int"re"t, and n eeds of the �tudcnt,. Typical projec.b a re c u r ri c. u l u m planning and adju"tl l1(!nt i n l ine with p resent need!;, public rel a t i on [J mgrams, [.lersonnel employment and in-sen'ice t rain ing, and financ ing bui l ding and educa t ional p rogram,. Pren'qui"i t c : On ' course i n arllll i� i,t rat i()n andl or �upf-�n l:-, io f l .

595 Metluul .• w/(I Tecl", iqn('.� 01 Re,�earc" 2

A ,tudy of th(, "a riol l" II1etl,od, and t ec h n i q u e" of re"ea rc h w i t h a p p l icat i ons and i l lustra t ions d r a w n froIl1 t h e field, of edltcation and

124 rIll( nlO • L

psychology and [rolll such fields as eCOnO!llL',", h is tory, politil'al science, lind ,ociology. Some practi"c in re"�a reh i, provi ded. l'rerequi,ile : one sellle�ter of >tali " lie".

596 u.e.�earch Studies ill E:ducfltioll 1·2

For those Master of A rt." candidates who elect to write two re",arch paper". ( One resea rch paper Illay be ill th e candidate's minor field wri tten under the ,upervision of the minor udviSteL ) Candidates will b" requ ired to review th ei r r" search pap''''S hefore the Graduate Com· m i t te". T II S

597 Reseur('/. Stu dies ill lidlleulion 1-2

Sf".e Edul' a t ion 596.

598 The.<is .1-4

For those M'hter of Arts candidates who elen to write a the"b. The thesis problem will he chosen [rolll the " a ndidate's majo r a rea of con· I'entration und I1lllit be approved by hi " Graduate Committee. The ('a n d i date w il l he expected to defend his thc-<is in a f i nal oral examination ( 'ondl!cted b y his Conlln i l l " e. I II S

ENGLISH

IHr. Reigs/ad, Miss lIlomlluisl, Mrs. Em;in, Mr. Hllck, Mrs. Johnson. Mr. Klopsch. Miss Knudson. Mrs. iHilham. 1I'fr. Sole

The cou rsc� in Enp:lish are designed ( 1 ) to offer all �tuden ts an op po rtuni ty 10 den:l op grea te r· ( 'ompeten y in the ordin"ry forms of writing and grea ter discernment in reading works of l i teratllrc; ( 2 ) to pro v ide l imited training in c r i t ical and t'reative writing ; (: 3 ) to give men and women, rega rdless of their i n tendf:d vocat ion�, the rich intn pr tive insigh ts into man's experience, together with the aesthetic values, that an i ntensive and extensive knowledge of l itera tu re affords; and ( 4 ) to provide tra in i ng for teachers of English on all kvels, includ ing the pre paration for graduate work leading to tcach ing in college.

All studen ts who expect to majo r in English shou ld present a strong back· ground in fo reign language " 5 wel l as in the other l i beral a rts a nd sciences. Although Fr .. neI! or German is recommended hecause either one meets the graduate sr:hool requirement for adm ission to advanced study in Eng lish, pro[icicney in almost any language will enhance the ability to understand a nd

(,I J I I 2 5

appreciate li terature and facilitate effective communication in both compo,ition and speech.

The three-hour general uni" er�ity l iterature requirement can be met by any cou rse in the department except 101, 218, 302, 318, 321, 322, 400, 403, 404.

For the major in English at least 27 credit hours are required in addition to Enp;l ish 101. Non-teaching majors should take one of the following programs: ( l ) 241 and 242, 382, 383 or 384, 9 hours of upper division electives in English l i terature, and 6 hours of elect ives from any other eou r,cs l isted ; ( 2 ) 251 and 252, 382, 383 or 384, 9 hours of upper division electives in American l i terature, and 6 hour, of electives from any other courses l isted.

English majors who plan to do graduate work should take 404, 497 and 498. Candidate� for the Bachelor of Arts in Education degree who are planning

a teaching major in English should follow one of the "pecial p rograms outlined on page 6:3 under Academic Organization.

Beginning in 1969-70, all junior students will be requircd to pa" an English profi(;iency examination o r to complet e a remedial cou rse.

101 Composition 3

The cou rse uinb to train students to develop ideus accurately and dIe tivel y in the sentence, in the purugraph, and i n extended written discu:,,,ion. Es:,uys are rcad and analyzed to p rovide models of good exposition, to stimulate thought and discussion, and to dC" clop accuracy in reading. r n

2 1 7 The Short Story 3

A ,tudy of t.he short story as a narrat i,'e form. ( Upper divi"ioll student.'; may obtain upper divi,ion credit . )

218 Advallced Compo .• ilion :1

A study of rhetorical priuciple� used in advanced writing. 1 I I

233, 234 Worl(l Literature .1 , 3

A study of the l i terature of Western Europe - ancient, medieval, and modern. I, I I

241, 242 Survey 0 / A merican Uterature 3 , .1

A study of merican literature from colonial times to the twcntielh century. I, II

250 Contemporary Literature 3

A study of selected works by major writers, c hiefly English and American, representing main trends in poetry, fiction and drama from World War I to the present time, I II

25 1 , 252 Survey 0/ English Literatltre .1, 3

A study of English classics from Beowulf to Hardy and Wilde. I. I T

26

302 Hi .• tory 01 the E'ngli .• h I,anguage .'I A "tudy of the development of the [nglish language, from i t, beginn ings to the present. II

318 Creative Writing .1 For tl lOse seriou;;ly interested III writing fiGtion, drama, or poetry. II

321, 322 Children's Literature .1, 3 A study of children's l i terature and j uven ile l i tera tu re as u rich body of l iterat.nre in itself and as a guide for book select ion in the elementary grad", and in junior high "chool. I, II

332 The COl/tine"'al Novel 3

A study of re presentative FrenGh, Russian, German, Scandina" ian, and Spanish novels o f the nin eteen th century. I

349 Modem Poetry 3 A study of re 'ent Engli"h and A merican ( l0etry. I

357 English Druma .1 Plays representing the dc" P-!opment of drama fro Ill the sixteenth cell' tury to the nineteenth, excl nsive of Shakespeare. I all' 1969-70

358 Modern Drama .1 Selected plays representing the development of model'll dra ma from reali" Ill to the theatre of the absurd. II all' 1968·69

382 Chaucer .1 Especially The Canterbury Talcs. Also Troilus and Cressida and llIinor Poems. Study will be made of the development of the English language. I

383 Shakes,)eare .1 Love's Labour's Lost, J�ndsummer-Night's Dream, As You Like It, Richard III, Romeo und Juliet, Julius Caesar, Troilus and Cressida, Othello , Macbeth, Anthony and Cleopatra, Cymbelinc. I

384. Shake.�peare .1 Comedy oj Errors, Merchant 0/ Venice, Richard II, Henry I V : Parts 1 & 2, Twelfth. Night, Measure for Measure, Hamlet, Lear, Coriolanus, Tempest. I I

388 Seventeenth Century English Literature .1 Donne, Milton and their contemporaries. I I

389 Eighteenth Century English Literature 3 Defoe, Addison, Swi ft, Pope, Thomson, S. Johnson, Boswell, Goldsmith, Gray, Col l in" Burns, Blake. I a/y 1968-69

400 Slrllclllra/ I,inguistic.� .1 See foreign language�.

1 0:� Modern Eng/ish Grammar .1

1 27

:\ .- tudy of the gra m l l l a r of modern Engli"h ut i l izing the approaches of the th ree major theor ies: Traditional, structura l , and t ran"forIlla t ional .

'lO,. Uterar�' (;ri,i . . i",n .'J A study of the p roblem" of creating and evaluat ing l i tera ture '''' dis· ( 'u�"cd hy the great crit ic." e 'pec i a l l y those of the I""t century, togetller with the writ ing of brief and "xt('",i\'t� niticisni' of poems, fict ion and < ira lila. r r

441 The American Rellai.<sallce 3

Haw thorne, Emerson, Tlloreau, Melville, W hi tman.

442 Del:elopmellt of Realism 611(1 Natura/i .• " . in American tileralllre ,1

Twain, Howells, Ja mes, Norris, Crane, Drei,cl·. t113 Major Southern 'r'riler.� of tlte U.S. ,1

From T\\'ain to J . C. Ran,om, K. A. Porter, Fal dkncr, Tenn e'see Wil l i,,,,,,.

451, 452 The Eng/i.,/. NOlle/ ,1, .J

A stndy of major novels, ,elected to repre"ent t i re main dl!velopll1ent' in th i s genre from the eighteenth centu ry to the present. I , II

481 Eng/i.,h Rellais.,ance U'era,ure .1 Studies in the prose, poetry and drama of Tudor and E l izabethan En gland, with pri l ilary emphasis upon Shak " pcare's contell l l 'Ol'll ries. II

483 Ear/y Nilleleenlh Cell tury Eng/ish Uleratllre .1 A n interbivc stud, of B lake, \Vordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, She l ley and Keab. I

484 tate iVilleleen/h Cell tllry Eng/ish U,era/ure .1 An intensive "tudy of the l i terature of the Victorian per iod < 18:30-1 900 ) : pot' t ry. c r i t ic ism, drama and some fic tion. II

494 T,celllieth Celllllr)" Americ(1l1 Utera/ure ,1 An int�n'i\'e study of repre,entative A merican wri ter,; of the twentieth centu ry, c i l l p ha,i;:ing their place i n the development of cu rrent A meri(·. an l i terary value:3. K. A. Potter, W i l l iam Faulkner, Edward Alhee. Bernard Malamud, Robert Fro"t, Rohert Lowell , and ot her�. n

495 Twell/ieth Cell/llr·,. Eng/i"h Uterallire .1 A ;;tudy of the works of major figu res ( Shaw, Yeah, Joyce. Lawrence, Audcn ) , :;u l ' l ' l " lllented hy repre"' nta tive worb of other significant au tflOrs.

12 8 I. Ll "'II 1 I H f J ( .

497 498 Major Conference 1-2, 1 -2

Dpsigncd 10 enable eXe 'ptional senior major students and "en ior majors whu p l a n to do graduate work in l it era ture to roun d out their background by an inten,ive, planned eourse of read ing . T, TI

597, 598 Graduate Research 1-3

FOREIGN LANGUAGES

Mr. Sn:en.lOn, Mrs. Durham., Mrs. Fisher, Mr. Malm.in, Mrs_ Monroe, Miss !rfucci, Mr. Petersen, Mr. Spangler, Mr. Toven ;

as.,is/cd by Mrs. Purvis

Th ·t udy of forei�n languages has become a necessity in the present-day ,,·orld. I I ).!:i,·cs the ,;tudent the information, in terest, facility, and enjoyable experience aC' 'l ll i red i l l the cOU rse of aehiev in g a new lan�lluge. Through the mediu m of a foreign lalJO'uuge, the student augments his under�tanding of past anel prc"'nt cOlllribul iolh; of other Iwoples in the areas of eivilization, history, l i t er'atllre, and th,. arts and sciences.

Students preparing to enter graduate school are advised to prepure thcm",I\'e;; in a t lea>'t Iwo modern languages ( u�ually French, German, Ru"ian ) .

Linguistics

400 Structural 1-i/lgll; .• t;cs 3 An introduction to the study of the nature of language. Basic princip les and te<: lllliques of descriptive language analysis. Practice in the elenwntary appl ication of l i nguistic a nalysis to .<elected materials. 0 prercqll i :-; i te�.

Classical J,anguages For a major i n classical IHnf':uage�, 27 hours are req u i red, inclueling Greek

201, 202, 3 1 1 , 312, .321 . 322, .%2 ; Latin 201, 202, 331, 332. It i, rec'Olll rncnded that one year of Latin precede the study of Gre k.

Greek

Currently offered cooperatively w i th the University of PlIf':et Sound on O U l' ( ' ,arnpll�.

201, 202 IIlement(lry Greek 4, 4

I nfl(�ctions, voeaimiur)" and syntax ; translations from Greek to English and F.ngli,h to Greek T, II

3 1 1 3 12 New Testallu!IIt 3, 3 I, I I

roRI' fl. 1. \ ( .L: .\ . r·:. 1 2 9

3 2 1 , 322 Advanced Gmmmar and Reading 2, 2

I. II OLfcrcd on demand.

352 Seminar in Greek Language or Literature 2

II

Latin

101, 102 Elementary Latin 4, 4

Exerei'es in grammar and synta x ; sentences based on ancient allthors; second semester. Cae""r', Gallic War. y, II

20 1 , 202 Infermediate I�atin .1, :�

Cicero's Onllions against Cataline: Sal lu,t : The \Var with Cataline : second 'CfllI'ster, Virgil's Aeneid. I, I I

331, 332 T he Golden Age !l, .1

Classi<"s

First semester, Ovid's Metamorphoses; second semester, the Odes of Horae". Prerequisite La t in : 202 or th ree admission units in Latin. To be offered on demand.

These cou rses are based IIpon a stlldy of Latin und Greek derivat ives. Presentation is by the struetural a p proaeh of tlw cla,.,.ical vocabula ries. No knowledge of Latin or Greek is reqllired for courses in classics. They will not count as foreign lan�uage credit. Recommended for students of the a rts and sciences and the romance language;;.

301 VocafJlllary Building : Greek in Current Use 2

Designed as a study of G reek clements in English, with emphasis on words in literary and scien tific use. r

302 Vocabulary Building: Latin in Current U.5e 2

Systematic study of the la rge Latin element in the English vocabulary. Understa nding and bu i ld ing scientific vocabulary. II

Modern Languages

The language laboratory provi des regula r practice in listening to good models of foreign spcp.ch and a large umount of i mi ta tion and repetitive drill. Listening practice is intended to lead progre�sively toward the ability to express one's thoughts in conversation with pronunciation, intonation, and use of grammatical forms acceptable to the educated native speaker.

Laboratory drill is required as a regular part of course assignments in beginning and intermediate courses and in some advanced courses.

The aural·oral approach is used in all elementary and intermediate courses in modern languages.

1 3 0 �OHW. · I

French

Twen ty-four ( 24 ) hou r." a bovc 102 ar� required for a major in French, inc l u d i n g a t lea�t two of the follow inp;: Frr;nd, 403, 404, 40S, 406_

Candida te, fo,- the Bachelor of Arts in Educat ion degree who are plann ing a tc ad' inp; major in F re n c h "hould refer to pa gt: 04 un der ACADF:.\t1C PRE!'ARAT I O 'i .

1 0 1 , 1 0 2 Elemelltary Frellch 4. 4

Grall l mar. ,eleded readings, l a horatory attendance. I . I I

201, 202 Illtermediate Frelld. 3, .1

Crammar, n:'lding .... , laboratory attenda n( 'e . I� II

22 1 , 222 Illtroc/uctioll to Frellch Civili:::at.ion 2, 2

Readi ngs i n c u l tu ra l materials a n d a "den ion of 'dited novels, with -ollie Gum'er.-at ion pract ice. May a{'com p a n y French 201, 202. r , I I

2 5 1 Scielltific French .1

Offered on demand.

303, 304 S"rvf,lY of Frf'IIch Uterature .'1, 3

Stud" and unaly"is of rep re.sentatin, French poeh a n d wri ters froll1 the l'I{i ddlc Ages to the 20th Ccntury. Conducted i n French. Prerequ isite : FrCI", h 201, 202 or "unsent of instructo r. I, n

3 5 1 , 352 Composition and Ad17anced Grammar .1, :J

I , [ J air 1968-69

403 Sel)enteellth Century Frellch Literalllre .1

Study and analysis of l i terary works of the 17th Century, inc luding w orb of Mol ie re, Racine, Corncillc, Paseal, Boileau. Conducted in prelll'l,. P rerequ i,ite : French 303, 304 or COllsent of instructor. 1 aly

1%9-70

404 Eighteenth Century French Literature .1

Study and analysis of l i terary works of the 18th Century, i n clud ing worh of Voltaire, IVlontesquieu, Diderot, Rousseau and the Encyclopedists. Conducted in French. Prerequ is i te: French 303, 304 or consent of the i nstruc tor. II a/y 1909-70

405 Nineteenth Ce1ltury French Uterature 8

Study and analy-is of literary works of the 19th Century, including works of Cha tellulniand, Hugo, Musset, Stcndha l, and Fillubert. Conduc ted in French_ Prerequ isite : French 303, 304 or consent of in

structor. I a/y 1968-69

406 1'wentieth Century French Literature .'1

Study and analysis of l i terary work;; of the 20th Ccntury, i n c l uding

rnHEl 1 3 1

works of Protht, Gide, Sartre, Camus and Anouilh. Conducted I n FrC'll ( 'h. Prercqui,;ite : French 30.3, ;�04 o r , 'on-ent o f in>'tnl <' tor. I I a/y 1968,69

440n Methods in Teaching Foreign Langllages 2

See I':duca t ion 440n.

497, 498 Independent Stlldy 1-2

G rmnn

Twenty,four ( 24 ) hours above 102 are required for a ma,jor in German, including Gennan 352, 37L .3 72, 401 , 402.

Candirlatrs for the Bar:helor of A rts in Education degree who are plann ing a tcac h i n p; llIajor in German ,;llOlIld refer to page 65 IInder ACAIJ D I I C PREP· MtATIO:>;.

101, 1 02 Elem.en tary German. 4, 4

Gramllla r ; conver",t ioll, sclectt;d readings, la boratory attendance. I , I I

201 202 Intermediate German .1, .1

Grammar review, selec ted readinffs, laboratory aW'nduncc. L I I

22 1 , 2 2 2 Con versatio/l and Composition 2 , 2

May a( ,company G"l'Inan 201, 202. T, I I

335, 336 German Civilization. 2 , 2

The cultural ·historical development of German a rt, l i teratu re, mllsic, phi lo<;ophy, and of the ';CiCIH'es. I, I I

352 Advanced Grammar, Conversation. ancl Composition .1

I I

3 7 1 GermaTI Cla .• sic .• • 1

Les,;ing, Goethe, Schiller. Selected rea din gs in drama, p rosc and poetry. I ( alteruate with German 401 ) a/y 1909·70

372 The German "Novelle" .1

St"die� in the development of the German ,llOrhtory form. I I ( al te rnate witlt German 402) a/y 1968·69

401 NiTU!teenl.l. Century /.iteralllre 3

A study of the major l iterary trends of 19th Celltury Germany. Selected readings i n drama, prose, poetry . I ( a l terna te with German :3(1 ) aly 1969-70

402 Twentieth Century Literature .3

A study of the major l i te rary trends of the pa,;t and present generation of German writers. Sel ected readings ill drama, prose, poetry. I I ( a l ternate with German 372 ) aly 1968-69

1 3 2

440n Method .• in Teachiflg Foreign I_aflgltage .• 2

See Educa t ion 440n.

497, 498 Independent Study .1 -2

Japanese

Cu rn,nt l ), ofTered cooperat ively with the Un ivcr,it)' of Pug"t Sound on the ir cam pll.�.

1 0 1 , 102 llegitmiflg Japane.<e 3, .1

I n t roduction to p ronunciation. conver;;;l t ion. const rllc t io n pattern,. gmrnI l l a r . and kana syllabarici'.

20 1 , 202 Intermediate Japanese 3, .1

Introduction to Chine'e cha racter,. Reading, writing and tramla tion of modern Japanc�c.

Norwegian

Currently offered coopera tively with the University of Puget Sound on Oll r {'aJllPll�·

1 0 1 , 102 Elemtmtary NorlVegiafl 4, 4

G rammar, conversat ion, ",Iected rending', labora tory attendance. L II

20 1 , 202 Intermediate Norwegian 3, ,'l

Stories, periodica l " and publ ications from orway. Interpretation of

the Scandinavia n way of l i fe. I, II

Rwsian Cnrrt,ntly off 'red cooperativl'ly with the n iver,ity of I'uget Sound o n their

(:anlpll�.

101 , 02 Elementary Russian 4 4

Gra m ma r, selected readings. I, rr

201 , 202 Inferm diate R ru.<ian .1, .1

I, II

Spanish

101 , 102 Elementary Spanish 4, 4

Grammar, ""'"cted reading,. J, II

201, 202 Intermediate Spanish 3, 3

Readings in Spanish hi!'tory and l iterature. 1, I I

301, 302 Survey 0 1 Spanish Literatltre .1, .1

A study of Spanish life and thought as reflected i n the works of the countl"Y'S major wri ters. Prerequisite: Spanish 201, 202 or consent of instructor. T, n

( . r I R \I E t , I H H I . F , , F,OCR ·\ pm 1 3 3

GENERAL ENGINEERING

Mr. Sch mid

151, 1 52 /Ingineering I)rawing ami I)escriptive Geometry 2, 2

I, II

GENERAL SCIENCE

Mr. Callin, fUr. Ostenson

maj o r in general science may be obtained by ta king a t leiht t wo year' of work 06 c redi t honrs) i n either biology, c!remi,try, geology, o r p hysics and on e yea r i n each of two other : .... c ience-:-;.

121 Introduction to Biological Sciences 4

A ,;l[rvey course which considers biological p rinciples a n d their implications fo r man and Ills cnv i m n lllent. TJtree lectures and one l a boratory p(;l'iod per week. I IT

122 lntroduc.tion to Physical Sciences 4

A sury" y con roe w hich con�idcrs the physical laws of the u niverse bv i n tegrating the sciences of astronomy, chem istry, geology, rneteorology, oceanography, and p h ysics to stuely the earth, its materials, p rocesses, history, and cllvironll1(;nt. Three lectu re,; and one la borato ry period pcr week. r I I

1 36 f)esaipt;ve Astronomy 2

Topics covered include the moon, the solar system, coordinate systems for locating stel lar objects, cha racteristics of star>'.

GEOGRAPHY

il'fr. [,owe

101 World Geugraphy 3

survey of the physical and social features of the various countries. I II

1 34 1 . 1' ( 11 01 ,

GEOLOGY

Mr. Lowes

Geology is the science of the earth ; the study of the ocean deeps, the plains, the plateaus, and the mountaiuf'. Geology gives the student the opportunity to ,;tudy minerals, rocks, and fos.�ils, and, with t hese too),.', helps him to under,tand tlH� development o f I ii, "re'ent environmen t.

Candidate,: for the Bachelor of Arts in Education degree who are planning a teaching major in Earth Science "holdd refer to page 6H under ACADEMIC

PREPARATIOX.

1 0 1 Physical Geology 4

A study of rocks, minerals, and the physiographic featu res of the su rface of the ea rth. Th ree lcetu res and one three-hour lahoratory pel·iod ( o r field tri p ) a we�k. I

102 Hi.�tQrical Geology 4

A continuaJion of Geology 101. A study of sedimentary rocks, fossils, and earth hi;;tory. Three lecture, and one three·hour laboratory ( o r field tri p ) a week. II

203 Mineralogy .1

Fundamental principles of r;rystallography and mineralogy, studying hoth ore and rock forming minerals. Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory pe riod a week. Prerequisites : Geology 101 alld high ochool ( ' henli�try or penni� . ..;ion. I

204 Petrology 3

Origin, ocellrrence and e1ussifieation of the more common rocks; emphasis on hand speeilllcn identi fication. Prereqlli,itc, : Geology 101 and Mineralogy or permission_ II

360 Geology 0/ Western Washington 4

A H.ndy of the minerals, rocks and geological history of the area between the Columbia Plateau and the Paci.fic Ocean. Lectures, laboratory oC5siolb and field trips. Prerequisite : one year of college laboratory science or permis.�ion. S

365 Glacial Geology 0/ WashitlgkJn 4

A stndy of glacial ice, glacial deposits, and land forms resulting from the Plei,tocene glaeiation i n Washington. Lectures, laboratory sessions, and field tri ps. Prerequisite : one year of college laboratory science o r perllli,sion. S

497, 498 Independent Study 1-.1

H I \I TI l \"1;11 1' 11'1 I( \1 [ r l l'f' \TIO 1 3 5

HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION

Mr. Olson, Mr. Alseth, Mr. Broeker, Mr. Carlson, Mr. Hoseth, Mr. Lu.ndgaard, Miss Officer, Mrs. Phillips : assisted uy Mr. Seaman, Mr. Soaza, Mr. Thieman

Requirements for a major in Health and Physical Education for the Bachelor of Arb degree an: : 27 c redit hours including the fol lowing eourses :

Men - Pr requi�ite : Biol ogy 101, 102, 161, 162. Phy� icul Education 210, 234, 292, 312, 322, 341, 342, 345, 346, 363, 450, 497.

\\'on",n - Prerequisite : Biology 101, 102, 161, 162. Phys ica l Education 210, 2M, 290, 292, 312, 322. 333, 341, 342, 345, 346, 450, 497.

Candida tes for the Bachelor of Arts in Education degree who are planning a teaching major i n Heal th and Physical Education or Correct i ve Thera py �hould rder to page 65 under ArADEMlr. PilEPARATIO i\'.

Health Educatiun

210 Health Essential .• . 1

A general course in personal and community health. I 11

292 Fir." Aid 2

This ('ou rse meets the requirements for the Red Cross Standard and Ad" 'lIlced Card-. n

310 Health Educatiun 2

The health instruction program III the publ ic schools. Prerequisite : Health Essentials 210. I ail' 1969·70

465 School Health Program 2

Includes sehool roolll c.onstruetion, lighting, heating, sanitation, venti lation. selecti on and location of equipment, cOnlnlunieable diseases and medical in:'pection. II

Phy .• ical Education.

A l'Iivilies <;ourscs

1 0 1, 102 Activities (Womell) 1, 1

Freshman aetivity classes. Two periods per week. I, II

105, 1 06 Adapfe(l Activitie.� (Women) 1, 1

Activities to mcet needs of individuul students who are not able to pa rticipate in the regular activities classes. Two periods per weck. I, IT

107, 108 Activities (Me,,) 1, 1

Freshman acti" ity lasses. Two periods per week. I, II

1 3 6 HE \ t .TH \ n I'll) . If -\L EO! ( \fION

III Beginning Swimming (Men and Women.) 1

Recommended for �tudent' who fail the proficiency te't. I II

201 Beginning Goll (Men and Women) 1

O p t ional activity class for sophomores. Clubs are furn ished for class work. Students furnish their own balk Stud"nt, not owning gol f cl u bs

may rent clubs for field work. I II

202 Beginning 8adminton ami Tennis (Men and Women) I

Optional activity class for sophomores. II

203 Beginning Archery (Men and Women) 1

Opt ional activity class for sophomores. All equipment furnished. II

204 Beginning 80wling (Men and Women) 1

O p t ional activity class for sophomores. Special fee required to cover tran�portation and shoe rental. I II

207 Gymnastics and Rebound Tumbling (Men and Women) 1

Optional aclidly class for sophomores. I II aly 1969·70

208 Skiing (Men and Women) 1

Special fec required.

2 1 1 Intermediate Swimming (Men and Women) 1

Optional ac tiv i ty cla�s for sophomores. Em phasis on developing better strokes and techniques. Prerequi,ite : Con"cnt of instructor. I II

212 Advanced Swimming (Men and Women) 1

For advanced swimmers. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor . I II

2 1 4 Skin Diving (Men and Women) 1

A cou rse designed for the good swimmer in the basic skil ls of ,ki n and scuba diving. Not open to fresh men.

220 Field Hockey ( Women) 1

Optional activity for freshman and sophomore women . Advanced tech· niques of field hockey, stick work, and strategy.

Theory and Method Cour.�e.,

234 American Red Cross Life Saving Course 1

270 Football 2

Theory of Football . I a/y 1969·70

271 Basketball 2

Theory of Basketball. II

1/1 0 I T i l I I I ' m I L ·\ ! EnUL \TlO 1 3 7

272 'frac:k 2

T l le"ry of Track. I I a/v 1968·69

27;� Ha.<ebillf 2

TI",orv of Da" eb a l / . I I a/y 1 9(,8·69

274 Met/lOfl .• i" Teachi"g Gymrwslit:.. cmd Tumbling 2

Stu nts, t u m b l ing;. a nd u"" of the t ram pol ine. Co·eduelltiona/. Limited to student:; majoring; in heal t h a n r l phy,ieal education. II a/r 1969·70

275 Metflod., in Teaching JP rest/ing 2

a/v 1 968·(,9

280, 2 8 1 Officiating (Men) 2, 2

( 'O l l l',e d",ip:ned to p rc l ,a re the . turlent to officiate as a p ro f""ion . .'hea, ('O\ e,..,d in 2RO : ba,kt:thal l, tack le foo thall, tOlI(:h footha l l , speed· hal l , and wre" t l ing;. A rea, co,'creel in 281 : baseha l l , so ftba l l , track, , ol leyba l l a n d s w i rnminp:.

282 , 283 Officiating (Women) 2, 2

Techniqnes u ,-cd in o ffic ia t ing. Lahora torv and IccLUre oessi ons. Fal l : fie l d ho(:key, socc er, speedJHlli, basketba l l

': S pri ng : tcnni" bad m i n ton ,

vol l eyba l l , tra c k and field.

290 Methoc/s i" Teaching /"dividllal Sports ( Women) 2

Tf:r ;hn iques a n d met hod, used in teach ing tellni" gol f, archery, b ad· m i n t o n " bowl inl( and t rack . a/I' 1969·70

312 Physical l�'cfllcalion in Ihe Eleme"'ary School 2

Progn'.,h e ,eric,; of gUtlle, and other a c t i v ities, indu ding phy"ical fi tne..;:-- lc:-'.t i n g , for t i l e elell lenta l', grades. ReCJu i red for lHen, majoring in heal th a nd pi t y,;icn I educa t ion , w ho plan to teue,h i n the elcnwntury ,e1 100/ . I

322 Kine .• inlogy :1

Ana ly,i, of hody 11I0\'Cll1ent, in rela t io n to ph y,ical education a(,ti" i lies and 1 '0, t l"'''. Prereq l l i s i t (�� : D io logy 1 6 1 , 162. J I

323 Principles 0 / Movement 2

A ,tudy of t l", principle, i nvolved in ba�ie hody movement, and the a p r l i t a t i a n o f th,,,,, p rinc ip l e,; to variou� edllc a t ion act iv i t ies, I a/y 19(,B·69

325 Correctire Physical Ecl/lc:crticJIl 2

Survey of C0l l 1 1110n dev iat ion s of prHu rl', fllflCt ional distu rbances, and cr ipp l ing condi t ions found i n sc.!lool ch i l dren. Consideration o f the extcnt and l i mitations of the ttac:her\ responsibi l ity for thei r i m p rove· ment. II S aly 1969·70

1 3 8 liE 1.1 11 \ II PIl'r <;;1 1 L. F.[)U \TI O ""

333 Mel/lOti., i n Teaching Team Sporl., ( Wonwn) 2

Tec h n i q u e, and nw thods w'cri i n teach ing sOc( , , ,r, ba . .;kctbCl I I , 1'()l l r'yha l l , ,o f t l .al l a ll d field hockey . I

336 Allt/eli(' Training 2

A COll r,e d,·.;ign('d to a id UH:! physical educator and coach in thf' preven· t ion and treatment of at hl e t ic inj l l r i e." Esp" .c ial l y valuable to t l ,e coac h in t i l l ' ri ,'l d . I

337 Waler SafelY /"SlrlU'lion 2

The A merican Red Cro" \Va ter-Sarety InH ru ctor-s COII I',c. P "" re· qui,ite : Hea l th al ld Phy�i('aI Educa t ion 2.'\4. IT

:·B8 Training Room Tech"iques 1

Laboratory techniqnes in tap ing ankles, knet,,,, c u ' . : u,e of whirl pool. hcatlamp" and d i a t hermy. Afford, p ra('.[ ira l t ra ining 1'00111 '·''' I ",r i ('n( 'c.

Prcrcqu i,ite : H&PE .336.

341 Methods ill Folk Oandng 2

A ,tndy of ba,i(' ,tpps and 1I10vement pa t t rn" together with t h e a p p l i · ca t ion of the,,, "tcps in a " a ri ety o f fo l k , " ou pk, square, a l ld " u x e r dance". I

342 "r,,/,lem.., in Teaching R/I)'lhmics 2

P rereqn is i te: 1-leal Lh and Phy,.:ical Educat ion :)4 1 . [ [

344 MelllOds i n Teadring Swimming 2

Prcr('qu i"ite : Heal t h a n d Physical Educa t io n 2.3-� , or it" e q u i ,·a J . .nt . I I

345 Prifldples of ""y..ical f.'dll('aliorr 2

The place of health and I ' l ly-i( 'al educat ion in the ,.:" hoDI 1 ' 1'0(,;rall1, a i m,.:, objectives, content o f th(, p rogra ll1 , and modern trends. [

3,t6 Sdw"l Recreation. 2

A eou r,.:" of i 'btruc tioll for tho_e in tend ing to take> fu l l or part·time po,itioll, in tllP f ie ld of recreation . The COllrse covers program planning, or�i.lnizat ioll and a d m i n i.-.: t ra t ioll ill l:Ornnl l ln ity recreation, including

a .<t udy of t he r<'la t ion or pu bl i c ,.:"hool to community recreation. IT

363 Mel"Oth am1 Material., ;n Teal:hing Spor!., (Men) 2

A study of method,.: a n d tech n iquc$ in teac h ing ga mcs and ,port-, ex· c1 usi ve of major sports. TT

391, 392 Correclive Therapy 4, 4

A corrective t lwrapy c l i nical tra in ing program i ncl ud i ng lecture:--, laboratory expe rience, and c l i n ir 'al p ,·ar t ie c. Open onl y to physical educa· tion nla jon'. I, IT

I I I I I 1' 1 1 \ I . \ 1. I' m ( . \TIO

450 Th(· SdlOul /'/zysi(:al f:dw:alion Program 2

I r w l u d,', problenh of o" gunization and adrnin i,tration.

473 lIi" ,ory of Physieal f;ducati"" 2

S ail' 1969-70

491 H(!lIdi"� and He,.eare" 1-4

1 3 9

Open to ,tudent" majoring i n health a n d physica l educa t ion , I I I

493 J'roblems i" P"y,�ical t:ducatioll .'1

Limited to those who ha\'c had teaching experience, S aiy 1969-70

497, 4 98 Majur Conference 2

P r�r(-'qu i'itc : Heal t h a n d Physical Educa tion !le,!l ( lV!en ) ; Or 290, 333

a n d ,3'1-1 ( Wonll'Il ) , I I

505 Graduate J�esearc" 1 -2 Open only t.o graduate students whose minor is in the field of health and physic.al cducation, and w ith approval of department chairman_ I n S

140 IfTSTOR\

HISTOHY

Mr. Schnackenberg, Mr. A kre, l'Jr. Martinson, Mr. Nordqllist., Mr. Risw.ben

The p nr pose of the ,tn dy of h i.tory is to inform the student of man', words and deed,; that have shaped the world's cu l tures, movements, insti tut ion8, and c i v i l izations. As such, it seeb to build a fund of l"eful in formation , sha rpe n the erit ieal faclliti ,,, of the lIlind with respect to materials and methods, train the intellect, di"cipl ine th e memory, and probe for those vulues that point the way toward u l timate meaning for modern man's search for l iberty and security.

A major comp riRes 30 hou rs ineluding Hi�tory 103, 104 and 20:\, 204.

Admissio/t : During the second semester of the sophomore yeur, a student i ntend ing to major i n history l eadiug to the Bachelor of Arts degree should fill out an a pp l ic at i on which is avai l abl e in the department oHice. I f aceepted, the student w i l l be a,"igned to a member oJ the h istory faen l ty who w i l l serve as h i� adviser.

English Proficiency : Prior to the Thank!igiving recess of the junior yea !', a h i�tory mnjor m ust at tain a sati,;facto!'j' score on an exa m i nation in English proficiency. A rrangements for ta king the examination should be made in the office of the D i ree tor of Test i ng.

Senior Seminar : I n eit her the fir"t or ,ccond seme,ter of the senior yea r, a hi,tory major must enro l l in one seminar ( either American or European ) .

Examinalio n : Before the end of March o f the senior y',ar, each graduat ing history majo!' must take an examination, usua lly oral, coveri ng t h e work in the fiel d of h istory. A rra ngem en t,; wi l l be made by the departmen t chairman.

Candidates for the Bachel or of A rts in Education degree who are pl anning to teae l t in the secondary ,,,hools in the Gel d of h istory llIust meet the requirements of the College of A rt: and Sciences, except in fore ign lan guages, and of the Depa rtment of Histo ry . Foreign language study is, however, st rongly recom· mended. Sp,;cifie requ i re ments for this degree an� give n on page 66 unde r ACA[J\'�I Ir. PREPARATION.

Gra duate students desiri ng to pursue the Master of Arts prog ra ms w i th major studies in the field of history should consult THE GRAOUATE BULLETIN, Division of Graduate Studies.

103, 104 lIi .• tory 0/ Civilization 3, 3

An in troduct ion to history emphasizing the understanding and a na lysis of histo rical materia!'; and ideas. The h istoric foundations and institu· tions of civilization-Mesopotumia ; Egypt ; the Hebrews; Greece ; Rome, the rise of Christianity; Europe to the present. Lectures and discussions.

Il I S'I O il't 1 4 1

203, 20,1, American Ilhtory 3, .'1

Th" origin ann derelopll1 c n t of the A merica n nation frolll colonial t ime s to the pwsc'nt. Elll pha,is upon the factors tllat ha,'c i n fl ue nced and contribute d to t\ l11erican insti t u t io n s,

2 1 0 The Pacilic Nor/.flltle,'t .3

Thc di,('o,'e ri e.s, e x plorations, and "'� t t l(,l11 ent of the PaC ' ifiC ' No rLh wc'st. Tlw i n t .. :rna l i o nal rival ries ; the miss iona ry, c(,on omiC', a n d pol i t ical backgron n u : the e,ta bl i"l ll 1 1enl of ,tate and local gO\'ernmcn ts,

24 1 , 2 4·2 Ili.< lory 01 the ..Indent IV orld .'1, 3

A ."tudy of the ancient Mediterranean worl d. The history of Greece, AI ,,,,,ncirr t h e Grea t : the origins and rise of th e Roman Empire a n d , · i" i lizat ion. The ded i,,,,. M a y be taken f o r u p pe r division credit w i th , 'on ."cnt o f instnH'tor.

301 Medieval Ili.,/ory .1

A s tu dy of t h e h i>!ory of Europe from the disintegration of the ROJ l lan F.,npirc to 1300. Extensive reading and re,earch in selected med ieval material .s. Prcequi"ile : H i story 103, 1 04.

:3 1 1 The Rellai" 8unce .3

A systematic: study of E u ro p e in 3n age of tninsillon ( 1300 to 1500 ) . Readi ngs a n d ['e5,:ar"h i n ,elected topi 's. Prerequisite : History 103, lOL

3 1 2 Tile Up/orm ation .1

A u i n tcn,i\'c ,tudy of the sixteenth century. Pol i tical and religious c r i�i:.;: LlILhcrani� J l l > Zwinglian i51TI, Angl icanism, Anabaptism, Calvin· ism, ROlllan Catholie reform. The Weber thesis, the beginning of Baroque a rt. Readings and resea rch i n selceted six teenth cen tury llIaterials . Prerequ isite : H i story 103, 104.

333 Ellropean lIi.<tory Irom 1648 to 1 789 .1

An advanced study o f men a n d movements du ring the early developmen t of the modern, seientifie age. The enlightenment, the O l d llep; ime. Readings a nd r e ·earch. Pren:qu isite : Histo ry 1 0.3, 1 04.

334 The French nevolurion alld Napoleon 3

An ad\'anecd cou rse of lectu res, readi ng and research in the revolutiona ry events in Eu rope from 1789 to the Congress of Vienna. Pre, re qu isite, l I i,tory 103, 101. aly 1968-69

337 Nineteenth Centllry l�"rope .1

A ,;tudy of the development and expansion of Eu ropean civilization from HilS to 1914. Lec tu res, di,cu,sions, readi up>, resea rch. Prerequ isite : History 103, 104. a/y 1969-70

142 I I I r ( ) 11

338 Twentieth Century EllrfJpe 3 A ('ou r:-:.c of n'a ci ings u nci di _",;c u�:-;lon� COllc t-- rll i ng tht:! (�\·erl t...; and tre ' l 1d" si n('e 19 1,1 . l' rere'qlli" i t� : I-i i- tory Hn. 1 0 1. all' 1969·70

351 American Coloninl /-list.ory 3 A ,tudy of t l lf' co lon ia l pcr iod to t i le A n wrican Rl'yolut iol i . Th"

co lon i.d set L le men t!-'� go\'c rn IlH'nt:-:� and the ( 'conomic, pol i ti('aL J"Cl i � i ()u" " l id ( ' u l t u ra l pt"owc;;, to the indep(>ndcn(" ('. period. P rerequi· site : I 1 iotory 203, 204. all' 1968·69

360 (.'illil Jf? "r "ntl UecOllstru<'tiOIL 3 A rOllr-c of readings "lid re'earch in t l l c pol i t ica l , 'oeial, ec onomic

aud di plo mat ic t rends i n A rne rica from 1850 to 1 877. E m pl,a,is u p on t l te i mpact I I pon t h e ( 'ountr), of t.he Ci, i l \V a r and the n "c on :'t nu " t io n , Prerequ i ,ite : H i-to ry 203, 20·1. all' 1968·()9

363 1'/", U,S. from Hl77 to 1 9 14 .'1

A n i n ten-i,'c st l l ck of the develo p men t of the l1ited Statc� during t i l e p('riod o f ra pid indlHria l iza t ion. A t tent ion given t l l el·OIlOl l l i( ' . . ';oc ial . po l i t ical and intf ' l l < !l , t u a l proh"'Il I' "lid a l ' l i \ i tiei'. Prncq u i · ,it ' : H i"tory 203, 204. all' 1909·70

372 Recent American /Ii" tory :1 A study of the po l i t ical, soc i a l , ec onomic and c u l t u ral "tnll ' t u re and in.-ti t u t ion,.; of the 11 i ted Sta te" since 1<) ltI. E I Il phasi_ 1 I pon i lwol "" . IllCllt in world a fTa i r ". Read i n gs n n d r",,'arc h . P rereq l l i , i te : r I i -tory

20:1, 20'L all' 1969·70

375 Ri,<tor,Y of A nler ictll. 1'/wught and Culture 3 ;\ qudl' of t ire f" 'o lut io n of A lIll' r i t :a ll I'o l i t ir,a l , ,-,('ono m i c , rel il!ions and p h i l o'''o pir ical idea" the devdoplllent o f ArrH'-ri( 'an cul tll r!;: and its (}gf':rH·,i ('�. P rcrpqt1 i�itc : Con:--{'ul of i ll�trl lctor.

401 , 402 EII{!,lfllu/ .'j , :� :\. sWdy o f the p o l i t ical, "oc ial , econo m i c, legal , arrel c u l t l l r,,1 dc· wlopml'nt,.; in the Rrit i,1r I"le,.;, l'rercql l isitc : I· I i-tory 103, lO''- all' 1969·70

4 1 0 F,"gl;" h Constitulional History .'l The (,vol u t i o n of t h c Engl i,h concept of the c ro\\'n, parl iamentary government, t h e -,'t rllc t u rc nnd fUIH' tiol l.- of Er rglu nd', I ' (' n t ra l and local govcrn nl l 'nta l inst i t u t ion,s, the (' oml l ion l a w from r\ n�lo·Saxon t i mes, P rerequ i,ite : Consl'nt of i n structor. all' 1968·69

42 1 Hi,'tor), of Ideas : I�"ropeall Civilization .1

A n Ilckancpd stl l liv of the leading irlens dc\' '10 red i n wcstern c i v i l iza t ion since the d i,.;intcg rn t ion of Ro n",. Prerequisi te : Con-ellt o f ill,truC' t o r. a/y 1969·70

I I IsroR'\ 14 3

441 Hi.�lor,. of RII ... ,ia :l i\ '[Lldy of , a rious p ro bk lll' in the developm(,nt of RI""ia. E mpha,i, ujJon the ( ' o l l a p,,<� o f Cw r ism, t l Ie risc of COlllmu ni,;m, and present world rel a t ion.s. Prerequi .s i tc : H i otory 10:1. 1 04. aly 1968·69

4 4 4 Hi .• lory of Ihe Far lia.sl .1

General gco"ra l'h ieal and historical ,;tu dy of Far Ea,;tern l i fe and t hough t. Reading,; and research. Princ i pa l ('Illphasis upon Japan, China, Tndia. The We,t i n Asia ; the rise of nutionalism, religious, a rt i; t ic , intdl(!c tua l , "Deial in .4 i t u t iolb. Prerequi"ite : Conspnt of in· st r lwtor. aly 1 968·69

45 1 , 452 American COIl.,lillllional History 3, .1

T i , e d( " p lop", , "nt of t he c o n s t i t u tion from colonial t i m e;. S tre,� is l a i d u po n t i l l' probl 11l" of imper ia l orga n izat ion, federal ,;u p remacy. po l i t ical, "oeial, and economic changf">'. Prerequ isi t e : Hi tOI'Y 203, 204, and eon�ent of in,;l ru( ; tor. aly 1969·70

45/l History of Amerit'an Diplomacy .1

Thf!. I""'ic factors a n d polic ies i n the foreign rebtions of the United Statr 's : isola t ion, neu tra l i ty, Mon roe Dor. tr ine, the United State. as a world power. Prerequi .si te : H istory 203, 201 a n d consent o f i n ,; t m ct o r. a l y 19li9-70

462 Hi.'lor,- of the Amerit:an Frontier 3

A study of t lw w"stwa rd movement w i t h emp hasis upon the Tll rner thesis and i ts c r it i c". Prerequ is i te : Con.sent o f ins truc tor.

49 1 , 492 [ndepe1ltJent Uenning and Re"",arc/t 1-2

495, 496 Seminar in Eurolwall lIistory 3, :l

497, 498 Seminar ill A m erican His/ory 3, .'l

501 Historiography and Riblio;::raphy 3

597, 598 Graduate Research 1 -.'1

144 .In H� \J 1 \1. \1 Yl l I Df \ Tf :s

JOURNAUSJU

Mr. Eyres

203 ]olll"llali.sm 2

A study of the techn ique, of reporti ng as th ey apply to news and feature writing ; emphasis u pon the daily press and its relation to the reader.

204 }oIlTlwli.mt 2

Editing of local and wire copy with emphasis upon el i m inat ion of l ibel and i m p rovement of writing ,kil l:;; headline w ri t ing: hand1 ing of photoi;raphs: makeup.

208 Editorial Conference 1-4 Pro,·i de., opportunity for the publication staff to do practical reo scarch work on journal ist ic. probkms. Open to advanced :;tudent,; in j o u rnal ism with f:onsent of the in >itructor. I I I

MATHEMATICS

Mr. Herzog, Mr. Balker, Mr. Coals. Mr. Fisk, Mr. Lueder. Mr. Petersl}n : assisted by Mrs. lIerzog, Mr. Olsun

Ma tllPII1<ltic,; I " " permeated into a lmost every aspect of our modern >oeiety. This is reflt'eted not only through the recent scientiLic and technolog ical i n fo rmation explosio n : but also through i ts evcr increasing lI'" in " , . . I t urea,; '" hu,ine. ', economics, gove rnment and the social sciences. The �lathe· mati,,;; Departmcnt i s therdore commi tted and i ts cu rricul u m is de,ign�d to ( 1 ) offer al l students a n opportunity to study ma thema tics, ( 2 ) provi de the mathematics [or those ,tudents who need it as a tool in bu inc 's or the natural or social ."c iences, ( 3 ) i nstruct the prospective teacher in those ,,, bjeN,, which he w i l l necd to master in order to be able to teach mathematics adequately himself, ( 4 ) p repare the student for a career in mathematics, and ( 5 ) provide the student with the background necessary for gradua te study in r l lathcmatic--.

D u ring the sophomore p'ar, a student intending to earn a Bachelor of Arts or a Baehelor of Science degree with a major in mathematics shou.ld eomplcte an appl ica tion form which is ava ilable from thc depu rtmcntal secretary. If aeeepted by the department, the student will be assigned to a member of the mathematics faculty who will ""eve as his adviser.

Rcqllirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in mathe· matics shall consist of a m in i mum of 26 credit hours in ma thcma tics eourses

�I \TI L \1 lJ( 145

numbered above 150 including Mathematics 252, on" course numbered above 400, and a t lea,;t 12 credit hours of upper division cou rses. Physic,; 109, 1 1 0 i s strongly recom mended. Physics 465, 466 may b e su bst i tuted for fou r h o u rs of upper d ivision mathema tics.

Can d ida l!'s fo r the Bachelor of Arts in Education degree who a re plann i ng a tc(tehing major in rnathern!lties should refer to page 66 u n der ACAIlF; _\l I C

PH£I'AHATIOCI.

Requi rements for the Bar-helor of Scicnce de�r(,e in llla thematics shall COlhist of a minimuIll of 37 credit hou rs of Illatlwmati,,, including Mathematics 252 und at least 24 credit hours of u p per division mathematics. Phy"ic:' 1 09, l lO is a lso req u i red. Physics 465, 466 may be sub.,titll led for four hOll r., of u pper division mathemat ies.

Students expecting to take Mathematics 101 or 1 1 2 for c redit must have the a pproval of the department.

Gra cluatr, student., desi ring to pu rsue a eou rse of study leading to a l\.faster of a tu ra l Science degree with a major in ma themut ics should consult T I l E GHAD TE B U LI.ETlN, Division of Graduate Stud ies.

A Typical Cllrriculum ill Ma,/iematics

Fresh man Year Hrs. Sophomore Year !-Irs_

English 1 0 1 , Composition 3 "Foreign Language H IMHthcIlla tic:s 151 , 152, Ana l yt ic Mathematics 2.31 , 252 6

GeoITIl;\try and Calc u l u s 8 � Rd igion ,'cqu i rcmcnt 3 t Religion requirement .'l PE activity 2

PE activ i ty 2 Social Sci ('rH'e e!,;ctiH" (i Physics 1 09, llO Elect i",,, 6·9

Chemistry-Physics 8 Elect ives ( Social Science

o r Fine Arts) 3·9

JIlII-ior Year

roreign langu<1ge Lit" r'a ture elective Mathcrna tics P h i losophy rcqu irern(;nt Electi \'c.:;

30-:13

!-I rs.

6 .'l

12 3

8-9

32·33

Seniur Year

Mall" ,lllatirs t R d igion requirement

Elec tives

:n-:�4

!-Irs.

12 3

16-18

3 1-33

r Stadents not qualifying lur Mathematics 1 5 1 11['1011 entrallce should register lor IHa tlrcmatics 1 12 and/or 131, and then take hoth Mathematics 1.52 and 23 I in the lirst semester 01 the sophomore year.

"Stlldents wh o enter the University with lieu years 01 (L modern langllage should elect to take second year courses in tire same language during the fresh man year. A student may take the lirst year ()I a foreign language dlLring h is Ireshman year il he desires.

tSee [iage 41 lor requirements in religion .

146 .. ! \ rm \, 'I I

1 0 1 1lI tcrmf�fliate Algebra 8

'\ t l w ro lldl r('\ iew of f ir,t )'I"a [' h i g h ,d,ool a l gl']"'" une l c o n t inl lat i o n beyond q l l a d r a t i c,;, l'r( '['eq u i ,;i t c : 0 ,)(' year o f h i gh ,cl 'ool a l g e L ra ,

' n ['

a( ' ( ' ( ' l ' t u h l e fo r a major. I I I

1 1 2 Pla,w l'ri:,:oll "lIIelry 2

B a d i a n rlH':a::,ll IT, �o l li t iD n of a ( 'ule a n d o b l iq lw t ri.: l t 1gl (-'�, 1 1l \ t ' r�e f l l rl < ' t ion", g ra p h i ng, i d e n t i t ie:;, !\lay be taken conc l l r re n t l y w i t h Mat l ,e· m a t i c ,; I S l . P rc ' IT([ l l i ,; i t e : !\I a t h ei l lat ic,; 1 0 1 0 1' " , [ l I i v a l , ' n t , I 1 1

1 2 1 /rrtrodlfc/ioll 1 0 the Appreciatioll 0 1 Mut"elllolics 8

."\ ( 'O l l I ':-,(' dl ' ,...; i pH�rl for l l () n -:;c i( , I lC(� major=-- . E l ll p ha�i� l� g l y e l l to ,tr l lct i l l"l' o f ma t h e l l ra t ic,. S w el('nt' w i ll I rave t h , o p p o r t l l n i t y t o make d i�(·()n�ric::;. fn rrnli la tc conjectu n��, a n d p ron� rlel l lentary t l wQn'I l1.c.. P n ' lTql l i:...: i tc : I I igh :...:( ' 1 1001 a l gl ' i l ra � l Iul g('OIlH't ry or ( ' 0 11'"'(' 1 1 1 of i l l >[rl l < ' t o l', I I I

II :n Colle:.:e AIgelJrll :J

A , ' o n t i n l l a t i O I l o f Mat h e m a t ic,; 101 : set,. p rog rc" iOI l'_ I , i no n l i a l t l , ( ,,,, r(, ll l � ( ' o l l l p l <:x l l u Tl l her:-" t fwory of e q u a t i o n:...: , de tcrm i n a l l ts� a n d part ia l fra c t ion-, Prc'� rcq l l j ,; i [ (-' : i\[a t l ' e nr a t i , " 1 0 1 or ( ,q u i v a l e n t . I I I

1 5 1 Allalytic Geomelry- and Calculus 4

;\ n i n t ro, i l lc t ion to a n u l y t i e geome t ry a n d coni ( ' - . fu n c t ion" l i m i t', d ( ' r j \"a t i \"t-'�� \\- i t h a p pl i ( 'a t ions, a n d a review of t l' j goJlomet ry. l' rcre q u i · " i t t : : Two yea r..; o f l l i p;h se l lon l :..d /!:ehru, t r igol lol ll e t ry� o r M a t ! t e m a t ic;:;. J:-ll aud 1 1 2 . 0 1' [h,' clJu iya k n t . I I I

1 52 Analyti" G"ometry alld ('011'"1",, 4 J l l tPgra t i o l l � a p p l i c a t i o n :...; a n d tec h n i que;-; of ,i Jl tegra t ion, t ra ll�(' e l ldental fl l l l ( ' t i olb, pola r t 'oo n l i na tc:-;, i m p ro p e r i n tegraI:-;, r ,' I Io�p i ta l':-, RlI l e� c i r - m e l l t a ry d i fTnc n t i a l (' ( [ t l a l ion,_ P I' ( , ("(,( [ ! l i ' i t� : 'IL, t l , c l Tl a t ic s l S I . I I I

199 J);rcctef/ Hf'o(ling 1 -2

S n p('l \ i ,, 'd , t , "ly of top ic,; ,;clec ted to meet the ind i\ ' i e lna l',; need, o r i n k n " t', I n tended p r i m a r i l y for studen t ,; awarded advanced placem e n t . Ad ll l i �...; i o n only by depa r t m e n t i n v i ta t io n .

231 Ullear AI:.:eIJrlf awl the Real Numbers 8 An i n t rodl l c t ion to l i n ear a l ge h ra , n�( ' tor�, l l1 a t r i ( ' ( '�: a n d d( ' t C ' n l l i l l a l l t � : d i ffere n t i a l "'1l la t ion,-, Hi l iel analyt ic geo m c t ry_ P r c re'q u i,-i tc,, , Mat J,em a t i", 152 0 1' conse n t o f cha i r m a n o f the depart nwnt. [ I I

2,52 AIl(llyti(, Geometry ami Calculus 3

}[ , , [ t i ,\,a r i a h J . . a l l d \(-'.( : tor calcuhl', partial d i ffere n t i a t ion and d if· feren t i a l cqlla t i () I l�, 1 ine i n tcgra l::.:.� Creen':, thcorelll� i l l f i n i t e �eric�. P rereq l l i , i te : Mathemat ic, 231. I I I

r Till. r \TII 147

319 Modern Elementary Matllematics .1

An i l l troduet iun to th(; mathematical concepts ull!lerlyini!; t h e tradi tiona l computational te(' hn ique�, and offering a systema tic analy,is of ari thmctic and an intu itive approa(:h to algebra and geometry_ I nt l'llded primari ly for elem 'ntary "ehool teacher" Not acceptable for a major. Pn'rt!qnis i te : Consen t of in'tructor. I 1 1 S

32 1 Geometry :l

A survey of the foundat ions of geometry and of basil' theory i n the areas of Encl idean. p rojective. and non-Eucl idean geolllctry. P rereqlli,ite : M a t hema t ics 231 or con,ent of in, tru c tor. I all' 1968-69

333 Lirlear Algebra .1

l'vlodules, ,'cc tor ,paces, Ilia trice" canonical form" of ma tric es. quadratic form'. Prerequisite : Ma thema t ics 231 o r consent of the chai rman of the department. I n

341 Mut/zematiclli Statistics .'1

Elcllle'>tary prol13bil i ty theory, di,c ret.e and continuous distribut ion fnnetioll>'. i ntroduction to sampling theory and hypotlle"i, te,t ing_

J-'rl.:l'''q u i , i w Matllcmati�s 152. 1 1 aly 1 96[3-(19

35 Applied Mllthemalics 3

Topic" include ordinary di fferen tial equations ( including ,encs ,olut ion, ) , the I ,a pla( 'c transform, part ia l d ifferential equ a t ions. orthogonal fun( ' t ion,. P r . . .. c'l u i, i te : M a t h ematic, 252. I I I

433, 434 Modern Algebra 3, 3

Topi( ', include groups, ring". module,. fidd,. field extension", Prerequisi t e : Mathema t ic>' 231. r. I I a/)" 1969-70

440e Mllthematic.� ill tile Secondary Sc/lOol 2

Empha,is on the b""ic cone pts of ma thematics, including the princ iples of number, operation, relation and proof, and present methods and ma terials i n teach ing secondary school ma thematics. Prerequi, s i te : l\fathemat ic, 231 or eql l ivalcnt and consen t of in,t ructor. I II

455, 456 Advanced Calculus 3, .1

A rigorous and ex ten ded treatment of topics introduced in elemen

tary ( 'uleu/Us, Prcrequi" i t f� : Ma themati( 's 252. I . II a/y 1 968-69

460 Elementary Topology .'1

An i ntroduction to poin t-set topology. Prerequis i t e : Consent of ins,lructor. a/y 1969-70

148 M T H F�t 111 . , :\1 1 SIf:

495, 496 Seminar 1.3

Open to advanced .,tudents with cousent of the chairman of the depa rtment.

497 498 11H1t�l'e1Ulent Study 1-3

Open to advanced studen ts w ith consen t of the cha irman of the depa rt ment.

503, 504 Graduate Research 2-4

O pen to Master's deg ree candidates only. P rerequisi te : Consent of the chairman of the department. T, II

l\Wsrc

Mr. Slwnes, Mr. Giluertson, Mr. Knapp, Mr. Nen'lllwrn, Mr. Pelralis, M r. Sare, Mr. Schwanlner, Mrs. Strickland, Mr. Urne.,s ; assisted by

Mrs. Co/'OI1, Mr. Crockett, Mrs. F:"yw s. Mrs. Hopp, Mrs. Knfl[lp, lvIrs. Marm, Mr. Meddaugh, Mr. Morrell, Mrs. Petrlllis, Mrs. Thompson, Mrs. Tremaine

The req u i reme nts for the Bachelor of Music degree arc outl ined under the School o[ Finc an d Applied Arts in the seetion, Aea demic Organization.

Req u i n;Jllents for a major in music for the Baehelor of Arts degree shall corhist of Music 50, 1 1 1 , 1 1 2, 211, 212, 221, 222, :3:)3, plus eight hours of private instnl(:tion in ap pl ied music o f wh ich two must be in piano. Fo ur hOll l'S of electi\"ps in nlllsic l i t�ratu re and four hours of ensemble credit must be earuccl during the junior und sen io r vear.

All mll,ie majors a re required to regi ster for Music: 50, Student Recital , each scmc'tcr in at tendance.

Candidates for the Bachelor of Arts in Edllcation degree who arc planning a ((:aching major in mll,ic "hould rdc,' to page 67 under ACA[)E.' ( !C PREPARATrOi\. More comp l et.e deta ils eoncerning all music cu rricula rna)' be fouud in the Department of Music Handbook.

50 Sludellt Recilal 0

Weekly studeut recital". Registration and attendance requi red o f all music majors regardless of curriculum. Music majors expected to perform in recitals once eaeh semester. r n

101 FUlI(lamenlal.� 3

A ,tudy of the rudiments of music, incl udi ng rhyth ms, sight reading el ementary keyboard experience and creative mllsic. I II

1 1 . ( ( 149

1 11, 11 2 Theory 4 4

Review of fundamen tals of music. Four part wrttmg, usinp: triads i n root posi tion, f i rst a n d sec on d in versions, do minant. sew�th cho rds and in\'er�ions, non-dominant sc\·enth chords, d i minish ed sen;nth chord" seconda ry dominant,;, al tered cho rtls, and modula tion. ln ten;;jvc study in keyboard har mony, ear traini.ng and sight singing. An i nt roduc t ion to two voice eountcrpoint. I. I I

1 20 Music Survey .'1

An introdur · tion to the mu�ie l i te ra t u re o f Western Civilization th rough the study of the form and meaning of musical masterpieces. A course designed to enhance the enjoyment o f nlll.,ie. Not open to musi c majors. I I I

1 32 U"iver.,ity Chorale 1

Tryouts arc held at the begin ning of each fall �emester. Singing of both saereel and spc ular III I I ;; i c , w ith and witho l l t accompaniment. I I I

1 34 Choir 0 / the IJ"e.H 1

T ryout� are held at the beginning of each fall semester. Mem ber,; Illa y be requ i red to take p rivate voice lesson' nt the requ est of the

di rpcto [·. I II

135 MUll riga I Singers and Vocal Ensemble 1

Membersh i p det.ermined by tryouts. Singinl' of both ,acred and "cel l iar mll.,ic . I II

1 36 Ulliver"ity Ordle,�'ra 1

Membersh ip determ ined by trYOllts. I I I

1 37 Clwrnl.er Ensemble 1

Prerequisite: Con",nt of instructor. I [ I

1 38 Ulliver.�ity Rand 1

Mcrnbershi p determined by t ryout,. I I l

141, 142 Strings 1 , 1

rn�tru mental laboratory. Two hOllr ' per week. I, II aly 1969-70

I SO Private Leswn.�-Piano 1 -2

I II S

1 52 Private Lessun .• --Organ 1 -2

The technique of organ playing and style through preparatory exercises and works of classic and contemporary c.omposers. Prerequisite : Sati,factory piano technique. I 1 1 S

1 5 0 I l I I

154 Private Le.,.soru-Voice 1 -2

Voicc p rod' l < ' t iol l . placement, h rr.a th cO l l t ro l , d idion , i n t cr r r�ta t ion. r ( ,perto i re. S i l l lp ic orator io and opf' rat i f ' ar ia and art �ong�. I I I

1 56 Private 1,e" "oll .• -Violin, Viole, 1 -2

T I l

1 57 Private 1,e.s.sons-Cello, nass 1 -2

I I I

158 Private Lessons-Woodwinds 1 -2

I I I

1 59 Private 1.e.s,wn.,-Hrn.s" 1·2 1 ) [

2 1 1 , 2 1 2 Theory 4, 4

A C O l l t i l l lla t ion of MlI�ic l l l, 1 12 t h rollgh expanded llS" of a l tered chort k modulat ion. E m p ha-i,; u pon figured harlllollY a t the keyhoa rd. i l l lp r()\ i;-;at ion� car t rn i ll i nv, und �i�ht�inging. Study o f matni,"" of ;n,,,i<: throngl, form and analy,i�. Con t in lla t ion of t \\'o mice ( ·ol l l l lcrpoi l l t . l ' lcreql l i "it,, : rvlusic l l l , 1 12. L IT

2 2 1 222 lIi.s tory 01 Mlisic 3 , ,'S A "t l l c iv o f t l ", ,knclop l l Icnt of lll ' l " i c from a l l ( ' i , > n t c iv i l izations to I llot .ll ' l'll l i ill t ·-. P ren'(pl i ,i t e : l\Ill- ic H2, o r COIl-C l l t of i n stnle toI'. T , II

2-1-3 Wootlwinch 1

rn�trl l l lwntal labo ratory. Two hOl ll' per week . 1 all' 1968·69

2-1-4 1Jra.�s and Perclls.,ioll 1

[ rHrlllll l' l l tal laboratory. Two I I ()ur, 1 ""1' week. lJ a/y 1968·69

3 1 3 CQ1UlterpQill l :l

Two. t h rp< , 'I l ld fuur pa rt w r i l ing in mod,,1 and tOl lal cOl lnt 'rpoint . I . i t ( · r,n l l l·" o f the " ix teent) , and eighteenth Cf;n t u r ic- med for ,w dl' and Illodr],;, f'rCl'l'q 1 1 i ,i tc : MI I, ic 2 1 2. r

324 Music 0/ the UelllI;,s.slInce lInd Baroqrte Period .• 2

The -luc iy of t h e h i "torical hu(;kgmunri and ( 'o lllpa ri"oll of -elec ted ('olll po�i t io n" of t h period •. Prerr'ql l i " i te : 1\'1 11,ic 222, or ( 'onsent of i n�l n((' t()r. I air 1969-70

325 It! IIsic 01 the Classical Periml 2

The stndy of tIll' h i�tori(:al haf'.kgrOllnd a n d ( 'olllr>a ri"on of "clected ( 'o l l l l 'osi t ion- of the pcriod. l'rer"qll i�i te : l\Insic 222, or consent of i (HtrudOI'. II all' 19(i')-70

1 5 1

326 Sacred Music Li'era'ure .'J An anal ysis of the principles underlying effective worship mu�ic; and a ch ronological sun'ey of outstanding anthem, can tata and oratorio l iterature. II aly 1969·70

327 Hymnology .'1

An hi,torical study of Christian hymnody with an analysi, of its poetry and music. II a/y 1968·69

333 Basic Conducting 2

A basic course in the technique of reading and conducting ,cores ; ]l I"actice in condu c t i ng , both instru mental and \·oe al. I I I

34·0 Music i n Ihe Elementary School 2

Techniques a nd procedures for the music program of the first six grades. The rote song, child voice, rhythm activities, Kodaly method, and the like. Prerequisite : M usic 101 or equivalent background music. I I I

350 Privale Les.mns-Piano 1-3

I ll S

352 Private Les.�0I/S-0rgan 1-3

I II S

354 Pril'ate LessOll.�-Y oice 1 -3

I II S

356 Pril)ale Lessolls-Yiolin, Viola 1 -3

I I I

357 Pril'ale Les.�oll.�-Cello, Bass 1-3

I I I

358 IJrivate l,es.�ons-W ood",imls 1-.'1

I I I

359 Private Lessons-Brass 1 -.'1

I I I

363 Languages for Singing ,'I An introduction to the phonetics of the languages used in the vocal a rt of the western world. Primarily concerned with I tal ian, German, French, and Liturgical La tin. I

411 Form 3

A study of slllall and large forms in Illusic. l i terature. Harmonic Analysis. Prerequisi te : Music 212. II

1 5 2 ! 1 I I

,n 5, 416 Orche.�lratioll 2 , 2 ;tudy of the range;,; and clwracteristics of all the in,t rumcnts of

the band and orchestra. Arrangement- for combina tions, band and orche"tra. Prerequisite : Mu,ic 2 1 2. I, II a/)' 1968-69

420 Music of the Romantic PeriOfI 2 The study of the histo rical backgrou nd and compari,on of selected compo,i t iolb of t.he period. Prerequ isite : M,,,ic 222, or consent of inst ructor. I all' 1968-69

424 Co,llem porary Music 2 Tire study of the h istorical background and compa rison of selected compo,itions of the period. Prerequ isi te : Mu,ic 222, or eonsent of i n.'tru('. to r. n ail' 1968-69

425 Major Conference 1-3 r I I S

426 Warship alld Liwrgy .'l The nat llre and scope of Christian worsh i p . The h i,tory of the main l i turgie::.; beginning with l �ll1 ple 3nd .... ynagogue, Ea�tern Orthodox, ROl l i,,,, Ca tholie, Lutheran, C lvinist and Angl ican. Special reference to the Lu theran Litu l'f'\ Y. I all' 1969-70

435 Opera Workshop 1-,'1 Stage produtlion operas. Prerequ i,ite : Con"ent of in,tnl! ' t o r. I I I

442 Method.� 0/ Teaching Piano 2 I .ee tu ... " . di:'( 'u"i on", prescr'ibed reading i n methocj, of teac h i ng piano. Required o f piano major,. Open to others w i l h ,u ffi c i c n t prepara tion. H.(·col\\u\I ' n d"d for ",nior year. S

443 Choral Conducting, Technique.. and Material., 4 A ,;tudy <ln d nnaly:;is of the choral l iwralure w i l h emphasis u pon i ts tea c h i n!! a n d ( 'o ndunin{! probl�ms. Pre requisi t e , Mu"ir: :3:33_ I

444 illsCrllmelltal Conducting, Techniques and Materials 4 A study and anal y.'iis of instru mental l itera tu re with emphasis upon it, teaching and conducting problem". Prerequisite : Music 333. r a/y 1968-69

491 Composition 1-.'1 'lluknt may register' for thi" course for four scm esters and earn a

Lolal of 12 :iClHester hours. Prerequ i,ite : Music 212 or consent of instructor. On dema nd.

520 GradUlllc SemillQr J-3 On demand.

\TR 1 \ . 1 5 3

NURSING

Miss Stucke, Mrs. Andersen, Miss Cather, Mrs. Cone, Miss £111111, Miss Fletcher, Mrs. Olson. Miss Peterson, Miss Rimer; assisted by Mrs. Lee, Mrs. flemmen lInd Mrs. Th wing

The rCfl u i rpIllPnt5 for the Baehc l o r of Science i n N u rsing degree arc out· l ined u nder !lie School of Nur'ing in the sec tion, ACADEMIC OHGA ;-;fZATlOI". The prerpqui,ites for entering any cl in ical professional nursing < :our,;e indude : Biology 161, 162, 20 1 ; Chemistry 103 : P;;ychology 1 0 1 ; and Sociology Ull, in a d d i t i on to the prerequisi t e ,s pecified -for ind ividnul cou rses.

235, 236 Medical-Surgical Nursillg 10, 1 0

A patient-cen tered study o f various types of nursing problems COIllmon to adult putient, who requ i re IIlcdic:al (' ure o r surgical i n tervent ion. Student, work toward gai n ing u ba"ic knowledge of some of the Gommon di,ease entities and the problems they presen t. The ,students will h" giwn o p portu n i t y t o analyze these problems, develop an ahil ity to muke dee i�ion' about the nursing c a re to be provided and gain some experience i n adITl i ni�tering the nnfsiJlg cure involved. Three cl inical lahora tory period, and seven hours o f cIa" per week fir,t semester; four cl inical l aboratory periods and six hOllrs elass per week ,second scme:;tcr, tau g h t in four units of fi,'c hours each. Pre· requ i"i te,; : See above. I, n

335 Malernul-Cllild Nursing 10

A ,wdy of t h e e"",m r.ial knowledge und understanding wll ich wil l enable the student to give intelli?;ent cure to famil ies during the chi ldbea ring and child-rea ring proce"e-. The a,pects o f health promotion and curc of the siek are i n c;l uded. Experience indu d"s observation and eare o f mothers and children in hospital wards, clinics and related commu n i t y agencies. Fi,'" cli nical l a borat ory per iod, and n,'e h o u rs of cl ass per week. Pn.,reqll i,itcs : Nursi ng 235. 236. P rerequisi tes Ot' eone u rrent. Sociology 431 and Psychology 301. I II

337 Psycbiatric Nursing 8

A study of mujor concepts of mental h ealth and psychiat ric nll r.Jng as they n.,late to the nu rse in the total therapeutic mil ieu of psyc hialJ-ic patient,. Guidanec is givcn in under�tanding personal needs and behavior patterns of adjustmcnt. Five G!inieal laboratory pc· riods and t h ree ho u" of cia", per week. Prerequ isite.,, : ' ur,i ng 235, 236. I I I

402 Trellds ill Nuuing 3

A study of the historical background of n u rsing through twenticth eentury n u rsing i n Americu, employmcnt opportu nit ies, i""ucs, prob·

154 I I I I

lems and respolhibi l t ic,; in profes"iona l n u rsing. Special attention is gi\"en to legisla t ion, nllr�in� organiza tions, n��earch , roles and p roblems of thf! p ro fe;:;;io nal nu rse, and continued education and p rofe�sional g rowth. Prerequ isite : Senior stand in g and Psychology 240. I II

445 Fundamen tal., 0/ Community Health 2

A s tudy of the community for t h e pu rpose of i den ti fyin g development, t rends, organization and ac lmin i:·trat ion o f heal th �ervi(·e;:. Indudes a p p roaches nscd to prOIllote health ancl p revent d isea"e, and methods lIuliwd to iden tify, analyze and rope with community heal th needs. Open to non' llwjors who have had Biology 201 or equivalent. I

446 Commllnity Nllning 4

G u i detl experience:-: in �ivjng nllr�ing cure iu the home und cornrnlln i l y w i t h em plwsi, on t h e role o f the nurse in work ing wi th patients a n d fUlll i l i es, ane! t h e util ization o f health and welfare resou rces. Pre· requ is i te : Senior standing and N u rsing 445. I 1 1

470 Emergency and Disaster Nursing .1

A 'itudy of tl", role o f the p rofes.<ional nurse in natur a l or enemy· ( ' a u sed emergency or diS<lster situaUons, including basie principles of au>lere enlPrgency medical earl'. Three hours of cIa;:s per week with seleeted laboratory experiences. Prerequisite : Senior standing. II

475 Senior Nllrsing 1 0

A eour'i(� designed t o provide h�arning experience i n : ( 1 ) TIle study of selected problems of medical or 'iu rgi(;al paUent5 inc . luding p la n n i ng, p roviding and evaluating nur�ing ( oare for a group of patients; ( 2 ) Team nurs ing with emphasis o n identifying leadership principles of n ursing, utili,ation of other nu rsi ng PC"OllllCI and the interdiscipl inary hea l th team, and the basic principles and concepts of n n rsing man· agement. Five dinical laboratory periods and five hours of class per week. Prerequ isites: Senior standing and 'u rsi ng 335, 337. I T I

497, 498 Independent Study 1 -.1

Prcrequisit (� : Permission o f the Director.

I ' I I I W 01' I 5 5

PHILO OPHY

Mr. Arhal/.gh., Mr. l1uher, Mr. Simmonds

Pl,ilosuphy i.- the ol de:t of a.ll academic di:;cipl in�", and the pa rent sub· ject fmm ",hid, today's variety of a rt;; and sciences hu,; emerged. Char· .acteristic to pi cs of concern are the extent and l i m i t:, of knowledge : moral, <�sthctic, and religion, values; man's natun, and place i n the u n iverse : and the ulti Jll a t e nature of reality. �Io re generally phi losophy serb a cri t ical and systematic ana lysis of basic is,;nes i n all field,;, and un ubjl'cl ive and unified view of t he totality of experience. ;;tudy of the field i . intended to acqua int the student with major rival world views and value sy;>tems, pa,;t and present, to encourage in him the h a h i t of a nalytic and syste ma tic t hough t, and to hel p h i m "to see l i fe critical ly, al-'preciatively. a n d whole."

Cou rses i n the department a rc designed to meet the Iwcds of a va riety o£ students : ( 1 ) those who de"ire some knowledge of ph i l oso phy a,; a basic dement in a l i beral education ; ( 2 ) th ose who wish to pu r,ue some special in terest ill, for example, et h i cs, science, religion, the h istory of thought, Or the ideas of particular lIlen or peopl es ; ( 3 ) those who wi,;h to develop an u n der,;tanr l ing of ph i l osop hy to w p port thei r work in other fields, e.g., l i tera ture. h istory, o r the science,; ; ( 4 ) tho"" who pl an to lise a major i n phi losophy a � a p repa rat i on for gradllate qudy i n another field, c.g., th eology or law, and ( 5 ) tho:;e who pl a n to do graduate work in phi losophy itself, u,;ually w i th the intention of teaching i n the field.

A major i u ph i losophy co nsists of a m i n i mum of 24 c red i t hours includ· i ng Philo;;ophy 2:i3, and a ny t h ree of the fo ll owing : 331, :B2. 333, 3.34, 335.

The nivCI"sity requ i rement of th ree seme:,tcl' hours in philosophy may be satisfied by any coun;c oITered by the department except Phi l oso phy 2.1:3. In i t ia l courses in til(, 'Llbject for lower division studenti' are customarily Philo�ophy 201 or 221, and for "pper division swdents 300 or 321. However, t h ese are not pr requisite. for other cou rses, and students w i t h special in· terests or preparat ion are encouraged to consider other cou rses, and if desired to ( "ounsel w i t h Il,,;mher.s of th departrn,,"t.

201 Int rorilLction to Philo.wphy 3

An i l ltrorl'lf'tion to a \'ariety of pe rerUl ial philosophical i.-sues, in· tellectual ,;ystems and thinkers. Such topics as the nature of knowl· cd�e, the funetion of science, esthetie valucs, the good l i f,;, religion and k n owll'dge of God, alld hu ma n na ture and i ts social im pl iea · tio'" are discussed. The course is de�igned to i nt roduce to the stu· dent the habit of c ri tical and "ystcmatic ph iloso ph ical t h in k i ng abou t a II bsnes. I Il

1 5 6 1' 1 1 1 1 I Cll'''''

221 II/troduction to Moral Pllilosophy 3

general ;;tudv of the c i a." ical moral ,y,;tC Il lS of \\cst(,r11 civi l ization.

[ nten, ive e x a rnina t ion of �ome contem p o rary nroral theori"" a n d tlj(' p r i nl' i l ' les ') [ Ch ri,tia n eth ics. J II

233 Logie 3

An exa mina t ion of the princi l'lt:, of argument Jnd proof, i ncluding the fu ndamen ta l, of deductil'(', inductive, and ,yrnbolic logie. Study of the nat u re and function,; of language, o f prohlems in sell1antie�, and o f the ph i lo�ophy of logic, J

300 Pril/cipk., 01 PhilosopiJy 3

more advanced introdu ctory cour;.;e i n phi losophy. , imi lar to P h i · lo"o p b y 201, hut df"iglll,d to meet t l w need, of juniors and senior" , Not open to ,Iude nt;; who hm·e taken Ph ilosophy 201. I n

32] Systems 01 Moral Pllilmoplly 3

A ilIOn; advanced in troductory c o u rse i n moral philoso ph y, "imilar to P hi l o�o p hy 22l , but offcn,d at the 'enior col lege I e,'eL ot open to

., tuden L, who haH' lakell I 'h i lo"ophy 22 1 .

32-1 Social E Lilies .1

�y,t(' llla tie ,tu dy of th(� application of etllical pri ncipl es to a vari ety of soc , i , , 1 pol icies and rela tionshi ps. A Lrid i n t roduction is providNI to rep resen tatiH, ethical ,yst(�m', view, of human nature, and t h good l i fe, Mo;;t o f the course is devoted to a ,tudy and di ,'!' u>lSion of the p(�r\"a"ve and serious t h i enl problems far: ing men in their eont 'll1pO ry <;oc ial �tructure". Ty·pical topics for examination i ncl ude the ethic ·al a. Pl'c!.- and problems of modern economic, poli tical, religiou�l acadernic, and profe:;�ionaI i nstitu tions, o:roup and in tergroup rda t i n. , a ncl the purpo,;es, vallles, and prohlem" of fa mily and ;;oc ial l i fe in general.

331 AI/cient Greek Philosophy ,'1

A study o f the natUI"(, amI developm ent of ph ilo<;Qpbic. thought and method hom the Pre,;oc rali(; period to the end of the t h i rd century A . D. Speciai emphasis i s g i ven to the philosoph ies o f Plato and

!"istotle and to the i nfluence of Epicureani"m, Stoici"l11 and Neo· platonism on the early Christian era. I a/y 196(1·69

332 Medieval C/.ristian Ph.ilosophy 3

A survey of the development of Christian philosophy from Augus· tine to Or'khalll. Scrut iny of the �our cs and na tnre of the Thomistie synthc�is. and the rea ction to it in the work o f DUllS Scotus and Will iam Ock harn. r aly 1969·70

1 5 7

333 Modern Philosophy 3 Tbe nature and development of pbi loso p b ie tbougbt and mt:t1lOd from the seventeenth to the nineteenth centuries. Partic ular emphasis is placed on the developments with in continental rationalism and Brit i"h empiriei;m. I

334 Nineteenth Century Philosophy 3

A studl' of p rom inen t thinke . of tbe ninet ellth century, for exa mp le, Heg"!. Schojlenhauer, ietz:;c he, Marx, Kierkegaard, lill, and Ja me:;. Time if; Spellt in rcad ing and discu';,ion of "elc('[('d cla",ie w o rb of the period.

335 Conlemporary Philosophy .1

sy�t matic examination of the major philosophical issues and III thod., in the twentieth century. Topics treated may ineiud(! empiricibm, in .stru mental ism, pror;ess ph ilosophy, existen tiali"m, and analy"i . . as developed by yer. Rus;;ell, Dewey, Whitehead, Sartrc, and Wiltgenstein. [ [

361 Oriental Though' 3

An intr'oduction to the major philosophic. ystems of India, Ch ina, an d Japan. Some attention is also paid to the closel)' rpla ted lit<!ralUre, religion and general cl i ltu re of the Orient.

41 1 Philosophy 01 neligion 3 An examination and evalua tion of cla'sical and contem porary v iew 01 tradi tio na l problcms in rel igion ; the existence of God, religious experience, revelation, immo rtal i ty and others. An acquaintance with thp. princi pal claims and the world vi IV of t.he Ch ristian religion is as umed. I II

414 Kierkegaard and Existen,ialism ,'I An inten�ive study of the thought, writings. and Ji fe of one of the modem world's most influential theolog ians and p h i losop hers. Some di"cussioll of later developments in philosophical existentialism. I

422 Theory 01 YailLe 3 An investigation of the nature of h uman values with special attention given to contemporary discussions concerning the subjee t i,'e or objective, absolute or relative character of sucb value" as the good and the right, the beau tiful , and the holy. The origin of values, thei r place in a world of fact. man's knowledge of them, and the c haracter and u of the language of evaluation are topics for consideration.

424 Philosophy 01 Science and Theory 01 KnOioledge 3 A major portion of the course is devoted to a careful examina tion of the general character, fundamental concepts, methods, and sig-

1 5 8 1' 1 1 1 0 PI! . 1 ' 11'1 -) �

n i fi ( ' ", " \ ( '" o[ modern ,ci�n ('.e, Some a t te n t i on i:; devoted to spceiJic a n 'a" o f sc iC Il ( 'r�ph)'.sic :aI, bio lOl!ica l , soc i a l , to t I le i m pl icat ions of "' icnce for c l i l ic a l , ",thetir:, and rel igious ", liues, and to a rnore I!�ncral di"cus.,ioll o ( ti,e n a t u re and l i mits of h U lIlan knowledg(" II ah' 1909· 70

427 Books, Ideas, and Men , A Cooperative Seminar in Philosophy 3

A readinl! alld di ,s( , l l .<sion c o u rse conduc ted joint ly b\' members of t i , e depa rtm ent . Designed to provide the studcnt with the o p p o rt u n i ty to read i m porta n t ,"'eeted work, in p h i l osophy, to hear a n d reflect on different i n t e rp re ta t ions o( the ideas im'olved, and to a c t ively p a rt i c i pC l tc ill analysis and a rgument. \Vork:; stndied Illay be on any o f a n u m b e r of annollllced to p ic s-et h iC S, cstlwt ies, rel ip;ioll, kno", l · cdl-!e .. :-;(' ience, h istory o f idea�: e t c . IT

-19 1 , 492 Independent Reading ami Research 1 -3

Pcrmi",ion of ck l ' a r t m e n l rCf[u i red, T, 1 I

PHYSICS

Mr. Nornes, Mr, Adams, Mr. Jo rdahl, Mr, Tang

P I , ysi['s dea l s ,,·it l l the fun dalll cnwi p ci n c i pl"'i wh ich explain nalU ral "I",nomen". Therdort' a ,tudy of phy,ics is basic to all advanced work in natural �:.c-ien( 'e . Pre-engineering a n d p re-medieal s-ludents, < l� w e l l a � c.hemistry and llla lhc l l lat ics lIlajo r,. a re req u i re d to have at least a year of [ 'ol lege p h ysics.

A nlajo r i n pllysic, ful f i l l ing the requ irelllents for the Bachelor o f Arts <Iegr"e sha l l ( :onsist of a l I l in in l l l lll o f 20 hours of p hysics ( fol loll' ing ChemPhysics 109, 1 1 0 ) including: 25 1 , 250, 272, 331, 332 o r 3 16, plus six hours o( lahoratory and .su p ported 1,,- Ch "ll1 istry ;) 1 1 .

(" nclidat", f o r t i ,e Ba('h el o r uf Arts i n Eduea tion degree ",ho arc ] J lanning a teach ing; major i n physics shou l d refer to page 69 under ACAllI'.�lIr: PHLJ lA IL\ T f O 'l .

The physics requ i rement for pre-medical and p re-dental students can Le fu l fj l"'d hy 4 hOIl rs of physic" in ad di t io n to C1lem-Physics 109, 1 1 0. Either Ph y"i('s 25 1 or 201, and Phl' ies 221 , Qr P hv.sics 201 and Physi( ,s 272 w i l l "al i ,.S), t h is reql l irement.

A Ilar :hclor of S[ ' icnr:e degree i n p l , y,i,,, - requi res a minimuIll of 3 1 scme"ter IiO l l ,., in I ' hy,ic, < fo l l o w i n g; Chem-Physics 109, 1 10 ) including courses, 251, 256, 272, 331, 332, 431, 432, '165, 466, and ,nen hours o f laboratory und/or resea rch ; plus l'lly.sical Chemist ry 3 1 1 and ut least 6 hours of mat hematics beyond 252. Germun, RII" "ian or French are recommended for the langu age requiremenl.

P H \ -.0 .., 15 9

The labora tory program pro" ides flexi bil i ty for mai n taining full nedit load ancI en"OUnlgcs the independence requ ired for profitable part icipation in the rC5<:.a rc h program. P h ysics majors begin a sequence of experi ments i n t h e sophomore y e a r a n d a r e required t o com pl ete a certain minimu lll number by the end of each academic: yea r. A max.imum of 2 c redits can he ea rned i n tl", sophomore year, 3 in the junior year, and 4 in the >ien io r year. At any point in this sequence of experiment>; that a student shows the abil ity to profit from independent research he may be in" ited to participate in the resea rch progra m. Students in this program are not re quired to ful f i l l till' regul a r laborato ry requirements, and will earn the same number of academic c redits.

Curriculum in l'hy.,ics lor nllchelor 01 Sciellce Degree

Fresh man Year

E ngl i"h 101 Chern-Physics 109, no Math 1 5 1 , 152 Rel igion requ ireme nt La nguage requ i rcmen t PE ac t ivi t},

lunior Y cur

Physics 33 1 , 332 (£&M ) Physics 321, 322 ( l a b ) Physical Chemistry 3 1 1 Mnth 3 5 1 , 341 Social Science �Ieeti\'es*

Hrs.

:� Il 8 � Il 2

32

I-/ rs.

6 . 2-3

3 6 6 9

32-33

Sophomore Year

Physics 251, 256 Physics 221, 222 ( La h ) P h ysics 2i2 ( Circ uit Th eory ) Language requ iremen t Ma th 23 1 , 252 Rp.l i�ion requi rement Fine Arts PE activity

Sen.ior Year

Physics 431, 432 ( M odern Phy,;. )

Physics 465, 466 Physics 4 2 1 , 422 ( La b ) Religion requ irement Philosophy Elcetivcs*

IIrs. 6

2 2 6 6 3

3 2

30

II rs.

(,

4 2·4

3 :�

.11

32-34

* Th ese electil'cs must include 3 hours of Literalllre and 6 additiunal hou r., of Social Scien.ce.

109, 1 1 0 Chemistry-/Jhysic., 4, 4

An integrated course in the fundamental principle ' of physics and chemistry and their application to physical and chemical problems. This course is a prerequisite for all ehernistry and ph ysics courses I lumbered 200 or above. T hree lecture,;, one discussion period and one two-hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisite or <:orequisite : Ma thematics 131 or equivalent. I, II

160 1' 1 1 \ " I I

20 1 Fundamental Physics 3

A continuation of dIe study of fundamental concepLs of physics introduced in Chem-PhYfiics with special emphasis on the present day descrip t ion of ph y�ical phenomena. Prilllarily for non-sc ien<;e majors: Physics 201 pJu� one hour of physics laboratory will sati,fy the minimum requirements in physics for medical and dental students. I'rcrcqll i.si te : Physic:; 109, l lO. I

22 1 Sophomore Laboratory I May be taken with Physics 201 or 25 1 . I

222 CirclLit.s and Instrllmen tation l,alJOrlltory I Require - concurrent registra t ion ill Physics 272. II

251 Intermediate Physics .'1 Fo llow·up cou rse to Chem·Physics for science majors strp-ssing basic: Newtonian mechanics, rotational motion, optics and th ermo-dynamics. Prerequisi tes : Physi(;s 109, 110; Math 151, concurrent registration i n o n e hall r of Jab. ( Physics 221 ) I

256 Medllmics .3 Intermed iate leve.! mechanics taught primarily as a preparation for advanced work in ph ysics and chem istry. Extensive treatment of the harmonic oscillator, motiol1 u n de r central force, rigid body motion, mov ing coordinate syste m.', and propagation of wave,. Prerequ isite: Physics 251 ; Ma th 151. IS2. II

272 Circllit Theory ancI in .• trllntelltlltion 2

A ,wely of AC, DC c i rc u i ts and fundamental vacuum Lube and tra nsistorized instrtlJllcn ts. Prerequ isilP. : Physics 251 or 201, concurrent rq�istrat i ()n in Ma th IS2. II

3 1 6 Optics .'J

General principles of geometrical and ph ysieal o p ties and ,tudy o f optical inslru m ( · n ts. Laboratory experiments in optics will b e ineluded in Phy"i(·.s 322. Prerequ isite : Ph ysics 251. II

321, 322 Junior [aboratory 1-2

Prp.requ isite : Physics 222. 1, II

33 1, 332 Electromagnetic Theory 3, .'1 Electrostatics, Magnetostatics, boundary value problems in electrostatics, time varying fields, plane electromagnetic waves, simple radia· ting systems and diffTaction. Prerequisite : P h ysics 256, l'l'lath 252. I, II

371, 372 Research 1-2

I 'm q( S 1 6 1

382 Radioiwt.ope Techllology .1

The course will deal with the characteristics of nuclear radia tions,

detection and measurement methods and equipment, theory of nuclea r disintegratiuns, and appl ica tion to problems in physics and chemistry. Two lectu res a n d onc thrcp·hour lahora tory period per week. Pre·

requisi te : Physics 25 1. II

42 1, 422 Senior I,aboratory 1 -2

J, I I

43 1 , 432 Motlern Phpics .1 , .'1

An analy t ical course introducing the concepts of special relativity and elelllentary quan tum mechanics with app l ic ations to atomic and nuclear phy ·ies. Topics include : Origin of quantul lI theory, par· t icle" and wave" one! electron atorns, exclusion prineiple, lllnlt i·electron atoms, spcr.troscopy, X·Ray". sca tte ring nudea r physics and sol id "tatt:. Prerc'Iui" ite : Phy"ies 331, 332 : Ma th 351 or consent of instructor. I. II

46:>, 4()() Mathematical Physic:s 2, 2

Fu nct ion space, transforllla tion theory, matrices, tensors, dyadics, c u rvil inear coordinates, Legmnge a n d Hamiltonian formulation of llIe· chan ics, statistical mechanic", theory of field,. Prerequisite : Physic.� 256, 332 ; Math 351, Math 333 and/or .34 1 : or ('onsent of in"tructor. I, I I

4 7 1 , 4·72 Rcsearc:h 2-.'1

I, I I

437, 433 Semil/ar J-2

I, J I

497, 498 Imlepentlent S,,,,Jy 1-2

I, I l

57 1 , 572 GTCltluate Research 2-4

Open to Muster's degree candidatcti only. Prerequisite : c.onsent of the chairman of the department.

1 6 2 'OI I T I I . \ 1 '-., 11-: ( I

POLITICAL SCIENCE

,"rlr. Fllrmer, Mr. Cuher, Mr. LO/cc, Mr. Ulbricht

The study o f political "(,i,,nce t ra i ns the student for the exercise of h is rights and d u t ie" as a c i t izen by givin g him a better u n derstanding of our dcmucrati<: pol itie"l proce"c<; and of <:onHicting political "y"tems.

A major in polit ical science shall consist of a minimum of 27 credit hours incl ud i ng Political Scifmce 101 (or 301 ) and 251, 315, and 316.

Students majoring in poli t ical scienee mu,t have thei� rcgistrution ar· proved by the chai rman of the departlllent each sel1le�ter.

·

Candida tes for t.he Bachelor of Art� in Edueation degree who are planning a t('ach i ng major in pol itical ."c ience should refer to Jla�" 68 under ACAD EMIC PREP,IRATIOi\".

Students wishing to p repare thelMelves specifically for career possi biliti e-; in sln te aud local governrncnt lIlay enroll i n the Urban Affairs Program. For e(:rtifica tion. succc",ful completi on of the following cou rses i, requ ired : Pol i t i cal Science 101 ( o r 301 ) , 25 1 , 252, 315, 316, 354 or 356, 434, 457 a nd 4S8 : Economic, 101 and 362 : and Soeiology 1 0 1 and 202.

Politicoal Science 101 (or :301 ) is the pren'quisite for al l other COIlf;-CS in tlIP d" l 'art J li!"'Jlt .

1 0 1 Int.rodllc.t.ion to Politictd Science .1

T l r i, co'' '·''e deal, w i t h the ,eope and method and the vocabulary of poli tical seience, pol itical behavior, and gove rnmental organization. I t is al,o designed to i n t roduce the studen t to problems of pol i t ic a l theor·y and to fa mil ia riz him w i t h the comparut iVf' method o f �tlldying political institut ion,.

2 5 1 Amerit·,m National Goverrllnent .1

A "wely of the A merican national go,·ernment including the federal constitution and tire d.istri b u t ion of governmental powers. Su rvey of ."lnrcture and procednre of n a t ional goverl1Jl.lent with special attention to praetical opera tion and contemporary reform". I n

252 American State Governmeut :J

A compar3 tivt, study of "tate government in the U n i ted S tates with spec ial attention to the I'aeific Northwest a rea. n

282 Compartltive Government. 3

Compa rison of con temporary governments a" to political philosophy, con,lit l l t ional basis, governmental structure and proeedllr , and party 'ytiteJll . I

30 1 Prillciples of Polit.ical Science .1

A n introdllctory cou rse in political seienre designed to meet the

, ' 0 1 .1 HI \ 1 . '("(t: « r 1 6 3

necd, of j l ln ior, and ,,'n io r,-. N o t open to fre"llIlH'n, ,Ol'I 'On lnrf ', 01' to ,"I 1'OIW who ha' l"I'cf'i'l'd <:redi t for P o l i t ical S" ien('f' 101 , I I I

315 Hi.,'orJ· 01 /'olilical Thought 3 Thi,; cOl l r,<: t r'''T,- t i l ! ' r1e\ d o p Il ICnl of thol lght " O ll l ' ( ' rl i ing 1 1 f ( ' natll r[' a n d rol e - of I l l I ' ,ta tr ' fl'O l 1 1 a l1c ient to modcl' ll t i ' ll"'. I

:'H (, Hecc,,' /'"Iiliral TlwIl{!,11I. 8 A cr i t ical " ", , " i l lation of t l", l I lajor po l i t i( ' a l p h i l o-oph if':; of II", I l lodern worl d : 1 )f ' 1 1 10('rac'y: con;:,en'a t i�!11, f'a p i w l i:-:nl, �o ( : i a l i �nl: ana J"(�ho-�rndi( 'a l i "'lll . "0Il1 1 1 1 1 l I l i�m, ra c ial a l l d pol i t. ical d i t i�ll l . nat ional i:-:I I I , l i l ", r" l i " , " , C h r i " l i a n i ty. COli t e l l \ l 'o ra ry 1 ' 1'0 1> 1 ( ' 1 11" I I

:� 3) /,, 'erlluliollal Hclalioll,' :1 Thi" i ll t I'Odl l l ' lory ( ,ollr",� dca l ,- w i l h the 'CO l '" alLd metl ,o(k , 'on· l ' f ' pL!". and the \'o( 'n I H l l a ry of i n terna t io l la l relat ion�. SlI r\"t:!)" of lhe: fOIT i ,!..! 1 l pol icy of I I I ( ' I l l . ljor world j lO\\"( : 1":-\ [ l l Id ( 'on ! t-' J l l pOrary J r l I l ' I' l ia t io l la l 1 " '01 > 1 < : 1 1 "- I

332 / "'cr"a ,itHltIl Or{!;UlIi;:;(llio" .'l A ,- l l I d), of t l l� Worl J COll rt, L['aglLe of N a l ion,-, {J n i t�d Nat io l L , [Ind

it:-;. .. q.! ('llc ie�" alld o t her i n t p rnat ional organ iza t ion� whi l 'h a t tempt to d .. a l effr .c l i \' Ir \l i L l I tile prohlcm� of the world COlllll lu l l i ty . Pre· rCfj l l i" i te : Po l i t i , ' a l SciCl i"" :rn. " all' 196R·(,9

:�;� 4 IlI Ie,.,wliollal ["all' 8 The n a l ll lT, h i - tor ind d " \'c\o l 'll lcn t, and pr inc i ple" of i n ternat ional law, P rr,refj l l i " i lC : Pol i t ical Sc ience �:n , " ah' 1%9·70

35'1 Amerh'ull to('al (;",;er"IIIe,,' .1 A ( 'ol l lpara t ivf) ,tudy o f loca l �()\'(�rn mf'nt, u rba n alld rura l , i n th,: U n i l " d State, w i l h ,pc< : ia l attent ion to t i,e Paci fic North,,"c,t a rea. Prercqu i" i tc : Pol i t i cal Science :ZS l or 252. IT air 19(,P,·69

:{51l /'roblem,. in [A) ('al GOl'erll lllcIII 8 A dCla i lcd >ll ldv of t l " , rrohlcllh ereated I>y u ri m n i/,a l i o n and regional p:rO\l, t l l and t l , ( ' a U l'lll pt" o f go\'crnnl P n t to ,o "'c thel l i . P rercqlli>;ite :

Pol it i c a l Scie llce 251 or 252. all' 1969·70

3(,] Alllcril:all Political /'(Irtie,. 3 Party I l i:-;to ry a lld oq�u niza tioll�; nOll l i nl:1t ion� and clcctio n:-; ; cam

paign" and con\,cntions: electoral prohlem" and uOll l in i" tra tion : ho,,"· hil i I II l ocal pol i t i c ,, , pr"" urc groll p ' : p l a t form'. I all' 196H·(,9

364 1'he [.c{:is/a/it:e Prot'e,.,< .3 !\ ,;turh' of the I l l ( 'ory, orga n iza tion, and procedure of legi, lative hod il''' in t l ", U nited State, w i Ll i special a tten tion to the contclll'

164 POLITI( \ 1. Sf n.''' n.

porary Congress and Washington state legis.lature. Prerequ i,i tP- : Political Science 251 o r 361. II aly 1968-69

434, Gover,unent and Business .'1

Scp- Economics 434.

441 Statistical Methods .'1

See Economics 441 .

451, 4.52 A merican Constitutional History 3, .'1

See Hi,tory 451, 452.

454· American Con.sLitutional l.aw .'1

An examinat ion of significant constitutional issues i n the l ight of the contemporary interpretations of the Constitution of the Un ited State, : Church-state relation�, civil rights, free speech, due process or law, reapportionment. II a/y 1968-69

4 5 7 Principles of Public Administration .'1

The art and scien(;c of management a pplied to the affairs of state ; nature of human behavior in organiza tions ; administrative law and quasi-judicial praetices; civil service; budget and fiscal control ; cen· tra l ization ; coordination, integration in administra tive areas. I

458 Internship in Public Atlmini .• tralion 3

An in ternsh i p with a department of local or state government planned and supervised jointly by the supervising government official and a faculty member of the Department of Political Seienec. Prereqll i5ite : Consent of in5tructor. I II

483 Political Sy.uem .• of tlu. Brit.ish Commonwealth .'1

A comparative analysis of contemporary governmental and political in,titutions of the United Kingdom, Canada and o thers 5tates of the Bri tioh Commonwealth. I all' 1969-70

484 SOI,iet Political System 3

An analysis of the political sy tem of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics with speeial altentioll to ideology, the role of the Communi,t Party, the nature or the constitution, administrative agencies, and national i ty policy. II aly 1969-70

497, 498 Independent Realling and Research 1-.'1

Prerequ isi te: Consent o f chairman of department . I , IJ


Individual research project for an M.A. cand ida te with a minor III pol i tical sciem:e. Prerequisite : Consent of department. I, II

PSY(HOLOG'I 1 6 5

PSYCHOLOGY

Mr. Bex/on, Mr. Adachi, Mr. Ilolmberg, Mr. Minelli, Mr. Nolph, Mr. Severtson, Mr. Walters ; assisted by Mr. Ber/ness, Mr. Nordl/lnd

Cou rse.' in thi" depa rtmen t aim at provi d ing the stll dent wi th a n un derstand i ng of psychology as a scientific study of behavior and experience. The major provide, a background pn'paration for a p rofeRsional career in psychology or for a related vocation.

Professional ca reers in psychology include : college teach ing, research, cl inical psychology, emp loy ment in publ ic: sehool systems, busine-s, in dustry and government agencies. These careers usually require at l east the Master's degree ; some require the Ph.D. degree. In preparation for this graduate work the . student should take suppo rting cou rses in areas slIch as biology, mathematics, p h i l osophy and sociology. Profic.iency should also be acqllired in a modern language such as French or Gcrrnnn.

Related voca tions in whieh a psychology major i s useful a re : social work, the min i"try, parish work, medicine, business administration and tea <:h ing.

A major in p�ychology wil l i nclude : Psychology 101 : 240: 441 ; two of 340, 390, 410, 460; two of 301, ;320, 420, 1121 ; and 490 1'111'; six additional hOllrs in the depa rt ment. Psychology 1 10, 221 , 370, 472 canno t he IIsed for c redit toward the l1 1ajor.

All )"ajor, l11ust have their programs approved each ,emcstcr by the department.

The student majoring in psychology i s advised to take Psychology 101 and 240 i n the fre,;!nnan year and 441 in the sophomore year. Other courses should be taken in sequence, i.e. 300 leyel courses hefore 400 level cou rses_

Non: : PsydlOlogy 101 is a prercqui,ite for all othe r cou rses in psychology <,x<:ept 110 and 441 .

1 0 1 General Psychology 3

A ge ne ral cou"e i n p;;ychology emphao;izing the princi ples and basic fac t' which are e"entiul to un understanding of human behavior. The main probl ems diseu"ed arc the physical basis for behavior, motivation, learning, relnemhel'ing� thinki ng, emo t ion, intelligence, and personality.

1 1 0 Stuely Skill.� Tec·",,;ques 2

A course de,igned to assist the student in de"eloping more effective "Iu dl' technique,. E m phasis is gj,'en to improving reading rate and comp rehem;ion, de" elo pi ng better skills of eoncent ration, planning dfc(,tive usage of ti me, taking adequate notes, and preparation of written material. Class work i, ,u pp lemented by indiyidllul coun· seling periods and/or special training in readi ng skills. I II

166 P:;YCHOLO , )

2 2 1 The Psychology 0 / Adju.�tment 3

This rour-e deals prima rily with problems of persona l adjustment and int.erpersonal relation�. In this context emphasis is placed on Illotivation, elllotion, adjustment patterns and defense mechanisms. I

240 f;lementary Analysi .• :1

A ,tudy of the language of research including descriptive and 111' ferential statistics and basic experimental design. I II

30 1 Human Delieloprnent .1

See Education ,101.

320 Social P.�ycllOlogy .1

A study of resea n, h findings concerning the interac.tion between groups and the individual. Attitudes, values, role hehavior, and reo lated topics will be examined in the light of i n terpersonal relations and group processes.

332 Industrial Psychology .1

A study of the applieution of psychological theory and research to industrial problems such as personnel selection, placement and training; interpersonal relations in industry and business, fatigue, motivation and problems of man·maehine engineering. Prerequisit e : P,ychology 240 or 4 4 1 or equivalent.

31·0 The Biology 0/ Rehaliior .'J

The characteristics of the central nervous system, the receptors, the endoc rine system and other parts of the organism as related to problems sueh as learning, perception, emotion, motivation and other patterns of behavior. Lecture and laboratory sessions. Prerequisite : Psychology 240. I

370 Principle.� 0/ Guidance 2

See Education :no.

390 The Experimental Psychology 0/ Perception 3

The nature of sensory and pen:eptnal processes in the l ight of ex· perimental researeh and theoretical models. The use of laboratory techniques for the study of perception. Lecture and laboratory ses· sions. Prerequisi te : Psychology 240. II

401 The P.�ycllOlogy o/ In/ancy and Childhood .1

An advanced study of the emotional, social, intellectual and physica l development of the human organism froll1 the pre·natal period to adolescence. Special attention will be given to problems of behavior and adjustmen t. Prerequisite : At least six hours of credit in psychology beyond 101.

I'�� ( nnr.Ol,' 16 7

405 Adolescl'I". I'"ycholo�y 2 An ad" a l lcerJ COII :'"C deal ing with phy"icnl development, mCll taL truit�, >'or' ial cl wracteri,t ic, and i n terests of adolescents. Adjustlllellts in home, "chool a n d COlll m u n i ty. Prcl'equ isi tc, : !'"yel lolog)' 301 o r f'onsent o f the depa rtment. I I

(no 1'he Experimen/al PS)'cho/ogy of I\mo/ion anti MOlivu/ion .1

The general charact e ristics of emotion and mot ivat ion and t lwir role in d,·'t('l'l l l i n i l l l-[ l",havioL I .ecture alld labo ra tory ses" ions. Prerequisite : P,,)'c holo)W 2�0. I I

420 I'.�yc hology of Per,'olwli/)' ,1 A "'Hvey of the approache,; to the study of per,o nal i ty, Cll rrent theories o f the r 1ynamir " and the development of pe r.,onal i ty, rc,earch on the call;;C, of i n d iddual difference, in perso n a l i t y, per· "Q n a l i t y cha np;e and tec h n iquc, of mea. uring per:;onal ity. Prcrcqu· i, i re : a t lea,t six hou r:; ","ed i t in psychology beyond the 200 level. I

12 1 Behavior Oi.'order., :� A s t l ldy o f the etiology a n d trea tment of behavior disorder,. Pre· n''ll l i"i te : Psye llOlogy 420. I I

430 CrollI' /'rore.,.,e., "ml Croup Leadership 2 II human i n terac tion ( ,.;cnsitiv i t y ) labora tol'Y designed to explore interpcr,.;onal opera t i ons i n gl"OlIpS and to faci lita te the development of scI{ im.ight . Emphasis i� given to the de\'f:lopmcnt of ·k i l l i n d iagnosi n g i n d ividllaL grollP, and orga nizational behavior pattern� a n d in· f luence,. I

441 S/u/i.,/h·,,1 Method., ,3

The lise and interpretation of elemen tary stat i,t ical graphic rep rescllta tion: mea,,, res of central tendency : relation analysis, sa mpling theory and i n fere n t ial statistics. I

450 I'sychologit:al Te.,ting .1

tec h n i ques: :; imple corn

A survey of the field of stundard i7.cd tests. T",rs in the area� of i n tel l igence, a pt itude, i n terest, and perso nalit y a re cOI"idered. The p roper the, the l i m ita tions, and the i n terp reta t ion of the:;e tcsts are emph asized. Pn;reqll isite : E i ther Psyc hology 240 or 441 and at least ,ix addit ional hOllrs cred it in Psychology beyond the 200 leveL I

460 1'he Experimelltal Psychology of I.earlling .3

Experimental ,;t l ldies and theories of learning. Lecture and lahoratory ,e" ion,. Prerequi s i te : Psyc hology 240. 1

472 r oca/.iofl"l and Edllca/iofw! Cuidance 2

See Educa tion 472.

1 6 8 I' )'( Bc/L ( , )

490 H i .• tory ancl -"y .• terns 0/ Psychology 3

The p h i losop h ical and ex perimenta l background of sc ientific psychology fmm it, pre-Aristotelian Greek origin;: t h rough recent ,,;hoois. One purpose of th i" cOll r;:,-' will be to i n tegrate the previoll' >ludies of the p,ychology major. I t i" therefore, o pen only to majors in their f inal yr_ar, or to other ,wden!s by COll,ent of the department. I.I

492 Seminar in Psyclwlogy 2

Designed esp'''c ia l ly for depa rt l llent major:; i n their senior yea r and for graduate students. This cou rse will deal with speciul f ie lds of p,;ychology w h ich a re of curren t i n terest. Prerequi� i te : Consent of the depannwnt.

497, 498, 499 Independent Study 1·2

These c rcui t, arc uesigned to provide the senior or graduate "tudent w i th an opportunity to carry out, under supervi"ion, a reading program or re,earch projec t of special intere;;t. Prerequis it e : Consent o f the depan111ellt. 1, H

5 1 0 Personality Assessment .1

The theory and prac t ice of per,onal ity a:scssmen t by means of self report a n d projective mcthod,. Time will be �pcn t in su pen- ised adm in istra t ion and in terpretation of both g roup and ind ividua l te't".

520 IndivitllLal Psychological Testing 3

An in tensive study of the Stanford- B inet, the Wechsler Preschool a n d P r i m a r y SLaie of I nte ll igence, t h e Wechsler I n tel l igence Scale for C h i ldren and the Wechsler Adul t In tel l igence Scale. Prerequi,ite : Psyc hology 450. I I

530 Group Proce .• s e .. and the Individual 2

A human interact ion lahora tory to faci l i ta te the ex ploration of the ,el f concept t h rough the mechanism,; of interp" rsollal i n teract.ions a n d feedback. Emphasis will be plac,cd on the acquis ition of "kill in ,elf-ex c,lo m t ion, role idcnt ification, a n d (,l i mate makinp:. Prerequ isite : Psychology 430. II

540 Counseling Theory anti Practice 3

A eou rs., rl,�signed to acquaint the studen t w i th the YUriOllS t heories and techn iqnes of counseling. There w i l l be opportull i t)' for si m ula ted interviews and some role p lay ing in connection with the uevelopmcnt oE thc theories and the technique,. Prerequ isi t e : Psy(' hology 450. I I I S

560 P .• ycllOlogy 0/ Learning .1

An anal ysis of theo r ies o f learning and their appl ications. Prerequisite: N i ne hours o f psychology above the 200 l evel . II

p�y( 1 1 01.0G'\ , R L U ( , I O 1 6 9

570 Pracricum in (;oILfl.�elillg antI Te.uillg 6 Su pervised practice using the technique, of counseling and evalua· t ion. Practicum students are trained in the flexible use of informalion and psychological test data to evaluate learning problem .. This is inlel-(m ted with the process of helping students individually or i n small groups. Familiarization with procedures, resource;.;, tests and occupational information become part of the experience. Prerequisi tes : Psychology 450 and 540. I II S

577 Sllpervised f'ield Work 6 The studcnt is placed in a school system, or other job situation, to work under the supervision of a quali f ied counselor or psychologist. Prerequisi te : Six hour. of Practicum 570.

595 Methml" alld Technique" 0/ Re.�etlrch 2 See Education 595

596, 597 Research Stu (lies ill Psychology 1-4 Supervised i ndependent study and re earch to cover important areas of psychology which are not otherwise provided for. Prerequisite : Pe rmission of the department.

,598 The.5ls ,'1-4 The thesis problem will be cho .. en from the candida te's major a rea of concentration and must he approved by his Graduate Committee. The candidate wi l l be expected to defend his thesis in a final oral examination conducted by h is Committee. I II S

RELlGION

Mr. Eklund, Mr. Anderson, Mr. Christopherson, IHr. Covit;, Mr. Petersen ; assisted by Father MatthelV, Mr. Neufeld, Mr. Ove rman.

f'acifi< : Lutlwran Uni\'er,ity offers a curriculum designed to introduce the �tudent to the primary SOltrCes of the Christian religion, its Bible, its hi<;tnry and tca c h ings through the centuries, and i ts appl ication to the prob· len" of today. Student,; planning to eontinue beyond the ba"ic required courses should pla n their program early with faculty members of the depart· ment. Major : 24 hours.

103 I11 troducti()l1 to the Chri.stiall Faith 3

A study of the bibl ical foundations of the Christian faith, its theology, alld i ts history with the objective of relating the Christian

1 70 I U I II . \ 1 l

f a i t h in a Illca n i n p: f l l l way to t h e ba<ic problem" w h i r l , con fro n t t h e , t l ldcnt i n t h .. Illodern w or ld. T h i , cou r", or i t , eql l i va l e n t i ,; req u i red prp pa ra t i o n fo r a l l o t he r ( 'ou r:"e:-; i l l rel ig ion.

203 The HiM" 3

A , t " dy of t l , .. l i terat l l re, h i .-tory a n d t h eology of t h e O l d a n d N,·\\ Tt .. :-;ta IlH"' l l t�.

:101 Old 1'""I(/",e", 3

Major a rca' of Old Testament inql l iry, slich a, A rc haeo logy and t h e B i h l e. t h e l 'roph" ts. o r t h e \Vi,dol Tl L i t e ra t l l re. P rc '..-q l l i , i te : Rclip:ion 203 or it� eq l l h'a l c l l t .

:102 iVeu, T".,',"n,,"' :J

Ma jor a n'''I' of New TI�,ta lllen t i n ql l i ry, ,"eh a' the I nt e '-te,;tanwn taL Synopt ic, Joh u n n i Iw, o r Pali l i n e l i tera t u re . Pren'fj l l i , i t,, : 1l1; l i g ion 2m or i t ;:;;, t 'qu i \'a l t ' l l t .

:�05 Religious Edu,.alion 3

Tlwolop: ical , ! !"Y'"hologiea l a n d p h ilo.-o p h i c a l founda t ion, fo r the edll c a t i o n a l I n i n i,; t r)' o f t h e C1Il Irc h , a n d to ll leet the nced,; of ,t l ldents 'rho w i, h to rela t e t h c qlldy of rel i g ion to t h c d i,;c i p l i Iw, of psyc hology and edl lcat ion . Prereql l i,; i te : P.-)'I "holl)gy 1 0 1 .

:107 A",·ie"t Cllll rd. History 3

Tl'e or igin, t l lO u g h t a n d ""pa nsion of the C h r i .- t i a n Churc h , ri,;e of t h e Papacy, expansion in E l l ro p e a nd growth of Chri, t ian i nvolvenH'nt i n c l I l t l l n-., to the end of tlH-' Papacy of C regor-y I ( 604 ) . I a/)' 1 %9-70

308 Mod"rn l:[",rch History :J

Ikp: i n n i ng w i t h t h e Peal;e of West p h a l i a ( lMfl ) . i n teraction w i t h modern ,;e i elll ' e a n d phi lo,;ophy, I 'xpan,ion in t h e world, modern mOVCllH'1l ts. II all' 1969-70

3 1 2 TIr" Reformation 3

SCI' H i,tor), :-\ 12

327 /lymllology .1

Sec M'hic ,127

331 Comparalive Religioll :J

Th, · l i " i n g re l i g ion,; of thc worl d : Hinduism, Iluddh i,;rn, Taoism, Con

f,re ial l i""J. Jndai .-rn, 1,; lu lll w i t h references to C h r i , t i a n i ty. I all' 196fl-69

34 1 A",,,rican l:llIlrd,,,s :J

A 'tndy o f t h e devel o p nwnt and trene!,; of Christ ian i ty I II the U n i ted States of A merica . I

It F! 1 (,10'1, nO"!, 1 7 1

341 A merican CIlIlrches .1

A study of the development and trends of Christianity In the United States of America. I

342 ("ontemporary Christianity .1 Mid-eentury challenges and trends i n the Christian Churc h with particula r at tention to contempora ry theology and the ecumeni('al nlovcmen t. II

411 Philosophy of Religion 3

See Philosophy 411

423 The Life of Christ .1 A study of t'he fOllr gospels with emphasis upon the l i fe and teach

ings of Christ and with a consideration of the l i terary and hisorical aspecLs of these writings.

426 Worship and IJiturgy .1

See Music: 426 432 The (;hristian Classic_� .1

Readings in the great Christian literature of all ages--de\'o tions, biography, thcology, poetry and hymns; lectures and seminars. IT aly 1968-69

434 Christian Theology .1

A study of the basic doctrines of the Christian Church u, set forth in the ecumenicul creeds and in the confessionul writings of the major branches of the Church.

436 T heology aml the Arts .1 An investigation of the relationship between theology and contemporary trend", in l i teratu ,-e and the fine a rts.

497, 498 Independent Study 2-.3 Permission of the department i,. required.

RESERVE OFFICER TRAIMNG CORPS--(Aerospace Studies)

Col. Denomy, Major Hunter, Capt. Mitchell

The requirements for enrollment in these cou rses are outlined in the ACADDIIC ORGANIZATIONS section of the Bulletin under AIR FORCE ROTCA EROSPACE STUDIES.

1 7 2 RUT! .. S(J UOI.OG)

AS 305 Six-Week Field Training (Summer Only) 4

A six-week training p rogram conducted at an A i r Force Base. Cou rse includes A i r Force officer o rienta t ion , Air Foree organization and funetion, m i li ta ry training, and nying indoctrination. Th is cou rse i s a prercqui,ite for entry i n to Profes,ional Office r COllrses ( .300 and 400 serics ) .

AS 3 1 0, 3 1 5 Growth alld Development 01 Aerospace Power 4, 4

A SIl l"\'ey eOllr-;e eoncerning the development of airpower, emp loymen t concepts of a irpower, and the future of manned aircraft. Cou rse in · ("ll1de� the study of astronant ici', spar.e operations, and opera t ing princ iples and rha racteri�tic, of space vehicles. Cou r,e also includes developmen t and execu t ion of tra ining aetivi lie, for the cadet corps.

AS 410, 4 1 5 Air Force Leader .• hip and Management 4, 4

A study of profc" ionalism, leadership and management at the junior officer level i n the U.s. A i r Force. Cadet, in this course p la n . organize, direct , and control the mil ita ry t rain ing program of the Cadet Corp,.

SOCIOLOGY

Mr. Schiller, Mr. Gilbertson, Mr. lobsl, Mr. Knorr

Sociolo!!;y ,tudit>$ the development, organization and behavior of human

group�. Its gencral purJlo�e is to explain uniformities and proee es of

human soc ial behavior and t h e natnre a n d rclati Oll,hips o f institutions; to

help the �tudent to understa nd his own and other cultures; to st imula te h i m to a e ..i t ica l and contrnct ive a tt i tude towa rd socia l changes; and to

furnish a "ouud basis for intelligent cit izem;hip.

A major in t he Department of Soc iology provides the proper hackground

for a · t ivity in the fol low i ng fields: ( l ) advanced rc,earch and teach ing in

sociology ; ( 2 ) ,oc i lll work, wel fa re administration, llursing, commun i ty or

�anization and community p lanning ; ( 3 ) the preaching and teach ing ministry,

pari"h work and all related religious act ivi l ies ; ( 4 ) the teach ing of social

,tudies; ( 5 ) ai m inology, probation work, correctional and other institutions,

rac:e rela t ions, international rela tionsh ip , publ ic administration, law and group

leadcr"hi p ; ( 6 ) all other areas deal ing i n any way with plural relationships and situat ions.

SOClOLOG) 1 7 3

The Departmen t of Soc iology hold, membershi p i n the Couneil on Social Work Educa t ion.

Majo r : 27 c redi t hours, includ ing Sociology 101, 202, 275, 'H2, '�,'lI, a nd 495.

Su ppot·ting cou rse,; in rela ted areas will be plan ned w i t h tl«, major ,,,h' i,er to fill the '"cd fi" needs of each student.

Candidat�,; for the Bachelor o f Art,; i n Edueation degree who are plan· n i ng a teaching major in Soc iology ,hould refer to page 70 under ACAODI IC PHEPARATION. :\ o n; : Soc iology 101 o r 300 is the prc,'eq u isitc for all o t her ( ,ou r,e,; in the de part men t.

101 11Itroduction to Sociology 3 An i n qu i ry into the ha�ic princ i ples for under,;tanding social rel a· tion,hi ps. This cou r,;e is de'igned to acquaint t l te 'lUdent with the fundamental laws govern i ng h u man relations. Problems of social struc· ture, social p rocesses and soc ial motivation wi l l be eon;;idered. I II

202 Contemporary Sodal Problems .� Proble�lls of delinquen(;y, su icide, crime, populat ion, u nem ployment, pu hl ic relief, poverty, public. wel fare, mental def ici enr. y. and family disorga nization wil l be a ntOng the ehief problems u nder con" idera t ion. I 1 1

2 7 5 Grolll' lleitUl,ior :1

The fu nc tion of ffidal interaction and structure i n t he development and adapt ive behavior of the i ndividual ; and the effect of individual d i fferences and personal ity factors on group i nteract ion . I

300 Principles 01 Sociology 3 An advanced i n t rodu (, tory course ,tressing the maj or concept,; and fundamental law,; operative i n aU area, of social relation"hi ps. Not open to studen ts who have taken 101.

301 Social I.egis/ation 2 H istorical and eriticnl a nal ysis of soc ial l egbl at ion in Europe and

merica, w i t h special cmp ha,is upon the socia l legisla t ion i n t he Un ited States and in the Sta te of Washinl\ton. S

308 Juvenile Delinquency 3 Fam i l y and cOlllmu nity backgrou nds ; t reatment through inst i tut ions, the juvenile co urt and proba tion : program.> of prevention. 1I nil' 1969-70

3 1 5 PIIfJ/i(' OpiniQII 2 An a na l y,i :; of puhl ie opinio n and propaganda from the poi nt of v i ew of mo dern soeial sciences. S

74 (11)) 0

320 Social P.syc/wlogy 8

Sec Psychology 320.

3 2 1 tabor Problems 8

Sec Economics 321.

:i32 Contemporary Marriage Problems 3 A p rac t ica l inqu i ry into the forces i n fluencing Illodern cOllrtshi p and lna rriage, with emphu:-;i:-; on h UIlWIl experience rather l b a n �tuti�t i { 'al p resentation,;. No p rerequisite. II

34 1 Uaee Relations 8

A ,tudy of in tcrraeial contach and "onn ie t,;, " i th elll pl iasis u pon Am( : J" ican rac ia l p robb)l�. I a/y 196H-69

3·14 Cnrturar Anthropology 8

A study of the u n i formit ies and varia tions in Illan's cu l tural de· velopl ) )cnt, \I i t h spec ia l emphasis lI pon t i le vulue of this study for contempo rary socie ty. I

3;>9 The Com munity 8

O rgan iza t ion and ac tlYlt)" of urban and rural society w i t h spec if ic rder ence ; to the i n tegration of their basic c u l tu ra l in'it i tll t ions in I ) )fect ing the total needs o f soc ietv ; and the pro"e,;s o f u rb a n-rural i n terpenetmtion I I aly 1969-70

360 Uuma" Migration 8 T i l e considerat ion of major qua n t i ta tive and qua l i ta t ive l' mblem; of populat ioll and popu l a t ion Inon�ment:-; in con temporary :.;ociety. I a/y 1969-iO

·&06 Crimillology ."J

T i re nat l lre of the >iocial problem.,; of cri me, t i le c r i min�d l a w and its adl l l ini,trat ion, and the penal treatment o f the cr im inal . II a/y 1'J6B-69

407 Educational Sociorogy 3

A systematic v iew of ,igni ficant sociological data and pr incip le, app l icable to educational policies and p ractice,;. II aly 196H-69

4 1 2 History of Sociorogicar Tboltght ."J

The development of sociological t l iOl l!';ht hom Com tc to the p resent. n

1 3 1 The Family ."J

The chll nging home : the ,tl ldy o f tile fa m i ly a n d fami l ia l ,,",toms ; fa m i l y i n terac tion a n d orga niza tion ; a nalysis and treatlllent of fa mi ly di:-.:orga nil.at ioll Jnd reo rganiza t io ll . I

nt ' I O I C H .'! 1 7 5

435 Introduction to Social Welfare .1

A S\ll'\,"y cour:;e of the historical, philo,ophical and ideological de\'clopmcnb that influence the natme of social welfare. The period frol l l the beginning of the ehri,tian era to the present is con,idered. I

436 ''''rod"ctio" to ,,,ter.,ie,ving 2

Tid, <,ou r,e is designed fo r ,tudents who plan to hecome i nvol\'ed in the field o f h U lilan rel a tionships-soc ial welfare workers, physicians, ( " Iergymall , l lu !":-;e=", p ari:.:;" workers, person nel offi( 'cr:-;. Interviewing:

princi pl es. methods. and procedu res of a non-c l i nical nature are considered. Open to .J u n iors and Seniors only.

440 Introduction to Social Work 3

Cl""room sU ITey of basic proeesses and method, used in "Ocial work and pal' l ic ipant obser\'a t ion of t hese processes and methods in agencies and institut ions in Tacoma. Permissiun o f the depa rtment is req u i red. I I

4,1 1 Statistical Metli",I., 3

See P,ydlOlogy 441.

445 Social Control .'l

A na ly,is of the techn iques and p rocesses by which �oc ial cha nges in i n d i vidual and col lec tive action art: dfccted.

450 Co"'tem porary Social Instillltions .1

The origins and developments of major American social insti tu tions and rela ted institn tional patterns. I a/y 1969·70

45 1 Sociology of Religio", .'J

COlbi derat ion is given to the structure [lnd funct ion of rdigioll as a social in ;;tit u t ion ; the interrelationships between rel i g ion and o ther in�tit uL ion�, �o(: iety: groups and c,oJ1l1nunit i es; the dynamic� of religious movem e n t s : typology of religious grou ps; and contemporary problems facing churches as l'f·ligious organizations. I al 1968-69

495, 496 Seminar 1-3

Permission of tile department requ i red.

497, 498 Independent, Study 1 -.1

Ope.n to students majoring in sociology. Permission of the depart· ment requ i red. J , II


The topic of the thesis o r paper w i l l be chosen from the (�andida te's major urca o f concentration a nd Illust be a p proved by his Graduate COll l m i t t ee.

PFI.I. H

SPEECH

Mr. Karl, Mr. A rn ()ld, Mr. Doughty .. Mr. Hl.lrlman, Mr. /V()rdh()lm. Mrs. aevis, Mr. Utzinger

1 7 7

The requirement, for the Radlelo[ of Fine Arts wi th u major in drama or public address are outl i ned under the School o f Fine and App l ied Art� III the �e('tion, Acadf'llIic Or�al l iZal ion.

II ,tud"nls IllUjo rin� in the field w i l l pa rticipatl' i n >'ome phase of d ra ma t ics,

forensic" and hrond(·asting. Candida tes for tllP. Bachelor o f A rts deg;ree lJlay complete a major w i th

27 < ' rNlit hours in 'Iwcc.h a rh, or 27 h o u rs in drama, or 27 hou n; in a com· hinat.iou majo (·.

Public Addres>, major : 27 crt:dit hour,. Requi red courses: Speech 101, 202, 210, 306, 307, 300, :�17, and six hou.·, of elect ives.

Drama major : 27 credit hour.s. Requ i red course" Speceh 101, 210, 216, 316, .3 1 7, and 12 hours from the followi ng: Speed! 310, 3 1 1 , 312, 319, and 3 hou r,; of cl(· ,cti ve,. Selection of "ou rses with the a p p roval of thc major ad· \Ii�cr i:; dependen t. on stuJent's j n tere�t in techn ical o r perfo rming drama.

Candidate" for thc Bachelor of A rt.s i n Educat ion degree who are plan· ninp; a teu(' h ing major in "p"I'ch shou ld refer to page 70 under ACADE:lHC PREI'AHATI O '"

Students with I'e r:'f",a I problem, in speec h t1 . erapy a re u rged t o eon· taCl the department for i ndividu a l a.,,,istance with their ,peed! difficnlt ies. A l i m i ted numher can be ,,,,"viced.

10] FII Il(lament"/s 01 Or,,1 Communication .1

Foundation cou r.se dealing with hasic element,; o f tlw speech situation, including; the \'isibl e and a u d i ble a p proach es. Some cOlH:en tration on c.ontent. Extensive pla tform work. I II

103, 203, 303, 403, f'orellsi(:s 1

One yea r ( 'onqwt it ion in i n tercollegiate forensics d u ring the cor· rI"pon din g academic year. II

107 nusines,� and Prole.55ion,,' Speech 2

Pla t form teehniques, voice adjw<tmcnt, spc" "h (,on,truction. Appli· ( 'ation madc to pracctical ,pec"h si tu at ions for profe>'Sions and husi· ,j( ,"SC" r<'J Ir(>.'I'nt(·:d i n the (·las><. Platform work predorninates. II

I I I Illfro<luclioll to the The"tre .'J

IntrorlUdion to thl' t hea tre as a fine a rt and i ts contribution to the nrl t u re o f a people.. A correla t ion of development and in flu ence of the t l watre i n all of i ts phases i nclu ding i ts rela t ion to the Gorn· l I lunication art...;, I

17 8 �l'EI·. H

202 Principle .• 0/ Public Speaking .1

Tec hnique, composition and deliv�['y of speeehe� for varioliS occasions. Group and indi,-idual projects. Major portion is platform work I II

207 Parliamentary Law 2

Study of ]Ja rl i am�n tary law based upon Robert's Rul e., of Order. Practical work predom inates. Design�d wimarily to aid those who do o r will belong to organiza tions. II

2 10 Interpretative Reading .1

An i n t rodu n ion to th� a r t of interpretative reading. Emp hasis given to devel oping logical and emotional rcsponsivene" to l i terature. I I I

2 16 Fundamentals 0 / Acting .'1

Training of the actor with emphasis u pon movemf'nt, emotional rerail , and responding to i magi nary stimuli. Lecture and performance. I

226 flroa<lca.,t Announcing .'1

A studv o f the hasi,'s o f Radio and TV announcing. Ex tensive laho ra tory pxp

'eriencc before the microphone and camera. I

306 Rhe/oric and Rhetorical Criticism .'1

A .<;I udy of the use of oral language in fo rming judgments and opi nions. Analysis of human motivation, et hies and hchavior as expressed oral l )'_ Prerequisite : 101, 202. I

307 Per.ma.�i·on .'I

A study of, the dom inant decision making p rocess in modern soc iety. The art and process of arousing mental assent a nd of moving to action_ Prerequisi te : 101, 202, or consent o f department. n

308 Extempore Speaking .1

Platform work predomina tes. Special emphasis given to the study of gathering material, methods of preparation, and delivery. Prereqlli.,it e : 101, 202, or !;onsent of department. I

3 10 Stage Scellery .1

Th� design and execution o f scenery lind costumes for stage productions, including the tra i n ing of stage personnel. Open to speech majors or by per mission of the department. Offered every third semester.

3 1 1 Stage Lighting .1

Theory and practice of stage lighting. O pen to speech majors o r by perm ission of t he department. Offered every third semester.

'PElClI 1 7 9

3 1 2 Costume and Make·Up .'1

The design and the making of costumes for stage productions, and the theory and practice of make·up. Open to speech majors or by permission of th� depa rtment. Offered every third semester.

3 1 6 History 01 the Theatre 3

A study of the development of the theatre from early Greece to Modern America. A ttention also given to the analysis of rep resentative plays. I

3 1 7 Advanced Interpretative Reading 3

Special projects and class exereises directed toward program plan· ning. Development oJ ,kill and communicativeness in reading aloud. Development of the art of making l iterature l i ve. Prerequ isite : 210. I I

3 1 9 Play Direction 3

Princi ples of play direction, theory, exercises and production of com· plete one·act play. For speech majors, or by permission of the de· partment:II a/y 1 969·70

327 Radio anti Telel,ision Production 3

D i rec:t ion and p roduction of radio and television programs with ex· tensive use of radio, recording, and television equi pment. Lecture and workshop. II

336 Speech Science .'1

Practical study of anatomy, physiology a n d physics involved i n the speech process. The study of phonetics and the production of "II sounds in the Engl ish language. II

337 Speech Pathology .'1

Basic principles and therapy of speech correction. Remedial pro· cedures designed for artielilation, voice, stuttering, and langu"ge disorders. The rehabilitation o f the brain damaged and cleft palate handicapped. I

445 Speech in the Secondary School 2

Curricul ulll construction, speech philosophy for the teacher. Co·cur· riclilar activity. Administration of drama, radio and forensic activi ties. Offered on demand.

447 Speech lor the Cla.�.�room Teacher 2

A survey of speech probl ems and opportunities which confront the teacher in the elassroom. Il

1 8 0 � I · u.n[

461 Chiltlren'.� Drama rP orks/lOp 4

The (;"ildrcn'� workshop will consist of four and one-half weeks of inten!iive work in child ren's d rama. A comp lete t h ree-act play, o r equ ivalent, will be produced in that time_ The students w i l l b e involved i n direct.ion, �tage InanHrreln(�nt, l igh ti ng, and all other pha�es

of product ion_

462 Summer Drama Work .• hop 5

The SUIlHl\('r drama work�hop w i l l consist of five week� of i ntensive work in drama. Act ing, �tage managenlcnt, l ighting in�truc tion, and a l l oil ier p"a�('s of p mduclion.

463 Summer Television Work .• /lOp 4

A p rac t ica l and i n tensive study of the c reative and production techniques of television programming. This cou r!;e is designed for the ma tu re student i nterested i n the conunercial, educat ional, or rel igions use of television. It will featllre extensive use of studio facil i t ies and equipmen t.

464· Televi,.ion anti the Cla .• ,�room Teacher 2

A cour,,': designed to acquaint the classroom teacher with in-,,:hool television ; exa mining television as a medium; the classroom teacher\ 1l�f! of telc\o"i�i(ln as a n instructional device; the television teachcr'� p roblems i n planning production and presentation of in-school lessons. II S

465 Clinical Practice .• in Speech Correction and Audiology 3

Cl in ical "chool procedures in peech correction and audiology. EmpiJa"i, on diagno:;tic and therapeutic teehn.iqllco of common dis· order,. S

497 Special Studie.� in Speech 1

Indiv idual projects and special outside actl\'ltIes under the supervi"ion of the department. Entrance u po n approval of the department.

498 Special Siudie,. ill Speech 2

I ndividual projects and �pecial outRide activIt Ies under the supervision of the department. Entra nce upon approval of the department.

499 Special Slut/ie .• in Speech 3

Individual p rojec ts and special outside activi ties under the supervision of the departmeut. Entrance upon approval of the department.

527 Re .• earc/t in Speech 1

Individual pro.jecls and special outside ac tiv i ties under the super· \,isiOll of the department. Entrance u pon approval of the department.

SPEF. H 1 8 1

528 Research in Speech 2

Individual project: " n d special outsidc aeUvl lIe, under the supervj,ion of the department. Entrance u pon approval of the department.

529 Research ill Speech .'1

Individual projects and special outside uctl\'ltles under the superI'j,ion of the department. Entrance upon approval of the department.

1 8 2 Tm. REt;I'TER

The R egister

THE BOARD OF REGENTS

Ex-of ficw Represents

Dr. A. G. Fjeliman, 5519 Phinney Ave. N., Seattle, Wn. 98103. _ .LCA Dr. Robert Mortvedt, Pacific Lutheran niver ity, Tacoma, ''1/n. 98447 _ _ _ _ PLU D r. S. C. Siefkes, 2007 Third Ave., Seattle, Wn. 98121 _ ALC

Term eXTJires 1969 Dr. Ca rl Bennett, 3115 W. Canal Drive, Kennewick, Wn. 97336 . _ .. _ . ALC Mr. Earl E. Eckstrom, 90.37 View Avenue N.W., Seattle, Wn. 98107 _ _ _ _ _ _ ALC Dr. Kenneth Erickson, 750 Witham Drive, Corvallis, Ore. 97330__ _ _ . . . . LCA Rev. Wil liam Foege, 628 Lincoln, Walla Walla, Wn. 99362 ALC Rev_ George Grewenow, 1244 N.E. 39th Ave., Portland, Ore. 97232 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ALC Rev. Lowell Knutson. 1509 24th St., Everett, Wn. 98201 Alumni Mr. Einer Knutzen, B u rl ington, Washington 98233. ALC Mr. Howard O. Scott, 11611 Woodbine Lune S.W.,

Tacoma, Wn. 98499 Regent-at-large Mr. Elmer J. White, .3332 43rd Ave. N.E., Seattle, "Vn. 98105 LeA

Term expires 1970

D r. Paul Bondo, 11723 E. B ingham Ave., Tacoma, Wn. 98446 Mr. Donald E. Cornell, 1019 E. 9th St., Port Angeles, Wn. 98362 Mr. Michael Dederer, 1008 Western Ave.,

. ALC A L C

Seattle, Wn. 98104 . . . Regent-at-large Mr. Ronald E. Douglass, 1212 F. 51. S.E., Auburn, Wn. 98002 LeA Rev. Frank L. Ericksen, 1214 24th Ave., Longview, Wn. 98632. ALC Mr. Carl T. Fynboe, 11023 Gravelly Lake Drive S.E.,

Tacoma, Wn. 98499 Rev. David Getzendaner, 2324 Lombard Ave., Everett, Wn. Mrs. J. L. Moilien, 2137 N.E. Schuyler, Portland, Ore. 97212 Rev. Karl U fer, P.O. Box 465, Pullman, Wn. 99163

Term expire.� 1 971

_ Alumni 98201 LCA

ALC ALC

Mrs. Alfred Aus, 500 S.W_ Fifth Avenue, Portland, Ore. 97204 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Alulllni Rev. Theodore P. Brueckner, 10390 S.W. Canyon Rd.,

Beaverton, Ore. 97005 ______________________________________________________________________________________ ALC Mr. John R. Bustad, 1310 5_ 11th Street, Mt. Vernon, Wn. 98273 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .LCA Mr. Chester Hansen, 125 Niemi Road, Longview, Wn. 98632 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ALC Rev_ Glen Husby, 2626 Bancroft, Missoula, Mont. 5980L ____________________________ ALC Dr. Eric Paulson, S. 3712 Gandy, Spokane, Wn. 9920.'L _____________________________ ALC Mr. Conrad Peterson, 3110 Olympic Blvd. West, Taeoma, Wn. 98466 ______ LCA Mr. Gerald E. Schimke, 2247 Prescott S.W., Seattle, Wn. 98126 ________________ ALC Mr. Norman Lorentzsen, N. Pac. Bldg., 176 E. 5th, 51. Paul, M inn_ 55IOL ______________________________________________________________________ Regent-at- Largc

THE REGISTER 1 8 3

Arlvi.�ory l:ommiuee Oil Higher Education Chairman

Rev. P. Ivar Pihl, ll20 N. 16th St., Corvallis, Ore. 97330 Rev. Lloyd Roholt, 3910 Lake Road, Milwaukie, Ore. 97222

University Attorney

l\Ir. Fred Henri cksen, Security Building, Tacoma, Wash .

CHunCH OFFICIALS

,4mericat. I.ut/reran Church

General

LCA ALC

D r. Fredrik A. Schiotz. President, 422 S. Fifth St., Minneapolis, Mi nn. 55415 Dr. William La r,;c n, Vice·Prc,ident, 422 S. F i fth St. , M innea poli" M i nn. 55115 Mr. N. Brrrdette Nelffin, Trea,urt,r, 422 S. Filth St., M inneapol is, Minn. 55415 Mr. Arnold Mickel,on, Sec. retary, 422 S . Fifth St., M i nneapolis, M inn. 55415

North Pacific District

Dr. S. C. Si efkes, President, 2007 Th i rd Avenue, Seattle, "'ash. 98121 Rcv. Jndi'on L. Cra ry, Administratjve Assistant,

2007 Third Avenue, Seattle, Wash. 98121 Dr. 1. V. Rickl), Church Cou ncil Representative,

5525 60th Ave. N.E., Seattle, Wash. 98105

Boarrl of College Erlucation

Mr. Charles Bru ning;, 1009 W. Fourth, Morris, M inn . Rlw. MarCIl>' t,ravdal, 2525 S. Main, Sioux Falls, S. Oak. Dr. Leona rd Haas, 123 Roosevelt Ave ., Eau Claire, Wi;;. Mr. Harold Holm, 3430 Stra tford Ave., Racine, Wis. Rev. l I arol d B. Kildahl, 515 Wal ders St., M i no t, N.D. Rev. Roald A. K indem , 9lB Ga rfield, Albert Lea, Minn. Rev. John N. Parbst, 3741 17th Ave. S., M innea po l is, M inn. M r. Edward A. Sngehiel, Segu in, Tex. Rev. E rl ing H. Wold, 723 Reeves Dr., Grand Forks, N.D.

l.utheran ChlLrch in America, Pacific Northwest Synud

Dr. A. G. Fjellman, President, 5519 Phin ney Ave. No., Seattle, Wash. 98103 Mr. Gordon J. Stomasli, Assistant to the President,

5519 P h inney Ave. No., Seat tle, Wash. 98103

The Pacific North we't Synod of the Lu theran Church in America has accepted Pacific Lutheran U n i\'erRity a, one of the institutions of h igher education which it endorses and supports. The Synod has representatio n on the U niversity's Board of Regents, but does not share ownership of the institution.

Representing Boards of College Education Mr. Norman O. Fintel, Execu tive Director, Board of

College Education, The A merican Lutheran Church Dr. Louis T. A l men, Execlltive Secretary, Board of Coll�ge

Educa tion and Church Vocations, Lutheran Church in America

1 84 l' I I. HJ( , I TLl t

AL .UlUNI BOARD

Presidell l , Robert A. Nist"d '53, Sealllc, Washington ( 1969 ) . Vice President, Dr. M . Roy Sch warz '58, Sea ll le, Washington ( 1970 ) . Secretary·Treasurer alld Director o f Allimlli Rela/ions, Jon B . Olson '62,

Tueoma, W,,,,h i ngton ( Ex·officio ) .

TERM EXPIHES MAY, 196') Dr. l e.,;s B u mgardner '49

Beave r t oll, Oregon Gerry Dryer '6 1

Spunaway, Wu>,\ , i n gton D r. Anita H c n d ricbon '57

Sea t t le , Wa.sh i n glon 'J'f'rry Sverd.stcn '57

K"l Iog�. Idaho

Ex·OlJicio Ja nH" W i dst""n '69

Sen ior Cia" P ... ,,:idf'l t t R,·,,·. 1 . l lth".. O. \Va t,,,,,,, " 1'), P,"l Pn·, i d . . n l

Po rt la n r l , On:. o ( 1 969 )

T I·;R.\-! E X P I RES \o!A 't· . 1 970 Duane B . . n � n l,on 's I

Hl lr l iu !!lon, \Va , h i n gton I . " . . i l '" I .a r,son 'S()

Ta( 'ol l lu. \�'a�h i ll g t ()Il

Hube rt E. Ro" '54 TacolIHI . \Va�hin gtoll

Ma lco l m I . . Soine '52 Ta(,()llla� \Va .... h i n gtoll

TEHM E X P I RES 1'v!A Y , 1 9 7 1 R" v. Ph i l i p Fa lk '50

I{" u nlan , Wa"h i n �ton H", . Rol w r t K" l Ier '55

Olympia , W",.\ , ington Re-v. Edgar 1 ."1',011 '57

Corvallis, Oregon SIl,i , ' N"I,on '55

Tacoma. Wa�h i n p:ton Dr. Ib" m o ,," Tobia-on '51

Pn)"a l l n p . Wa,h i n g ton

R E P R ES ENTATIYES TO THE U N I V E H S I TY BOA R I ) OF H E G E i\ TS Ih,\". Lowel l Knut;;on '51, Evcre t t , W n . ( 19ti9 ) Carl 1'. Fyn boe '4'), Tacollla. Wn. ( 1970 I Est ll('r Au, '32, Portland, O re. ( 1971 )

M EM BER·AT- I . ARGE Dr . . I a I I I", I I . Knu th '53, P'T,iden l .

Goldcn Ga t" Chapter. Salt F'ranc i,co. Ll l i f. ( 1 ')69 )

ADMINISTRATIVE AND OTHER OFFICERS 1968-69

President

A d ll1 ini, t rn l ive A,,-i,stant

A (;ademic Administratiun Academic Vice President

D i rc"tor o f Graduale Studi e, Director of Summer Se"'ion Registrar

As�istant Registrar

Robert A. I .. iV!or!vcdt L u c i l k C;. G i roux

Thomas I I . Langevin

Charles 1'. Nelson Loleta G. Espe"etb

1 8 5

D i rector of Broadcast Services and Instructional l\IIa terials Production

Dean of the College of Arts and Seienceo J u dd C. Doughty

Charles D. And,'rson Ric hard D. Moe Gunda r J. K i ng

Kenneth A. Johnston ( Acting ) Ri(:hard fl. Moc

Dean of the College of Profe"'ional Stu dies D i rector of the School of Business Adlll i n iqr�t ion Directo r of the School of Edncation Di n:ctor of the School of Fine and A p p l ied Art." D i rector of the School of Nur'ing D i rector o f Teacher P l acement

Lihnl ri a n

Businc.ss /Idministralion

Doris G. SlIIcke Arne K. P" der<on

Frank H. l Ialey

Vi(:e President-Busin ess and Finance A. Dean i3nehanun Cont rol ler . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jerry C. Ha ralwn n"sincgg Manager .......... ............... .............................................. J·l owa rd I , . V .. dcll

Plan t Manager. .. . . .. . . . . . . . . ... . . .. . .... . . . . . ........ ...... . . ........... ..... . Ja mes B. P h i l l ips Manager of the Bookstorc. Doris Mc(a rty D i rector of Food Service Edith Dongherty A" i !'la n t D i ret:tor of Food Service l\Lt ry Hegtvedt

Director of Data Praces'ing Panl Askland

Development Vi" e President for Developrn�nt

A ssoc iate in Development

(j71ir;ersity Relations V i (:e President- U n in,r:;i t)' R"iutions

[ ) i rector of Admissions A,sista n t D i rector o f Arlmissions und

Clayton R. Peter,on Artlwr O. Perl'' ''s"n

M i l ton L. Ncs\'ig .T. E. D a n i rl"on

Financia l A ids OrTieeL.. _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __Ja nH's Van B';ek Assistant J ) i r ctot' of Admissions Ronal d C. Coltoll1 Admis,ions COll flselor Mark E. Andersen

D i rector of Alumni Relations Jon B. OI'0n D i rector of Churc h Relat ions Harvey J. Neufeld News Bureau ChieL _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ ______________ . ____ __ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . __ . _ _ _ _ . _ _ .Ja mes L. Peterson

Stndcnt Personnel Service Vice President-Student A ffairs Daniel R. Leasure

Dean of Mcn _ _ .___ _ _ _ _ . ___ .________ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .Ph i l i p E. Beal Dean of Women MarRat'et D. Wickstrom A",ista nt Dean of Women _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .__ _ _ . _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ . ________ . . _ _ Ma t'y Kaye Heisler D i rector of Counsel ing and Testing Service Seiiehi Adachi D i rector of Housing Lci ghland Joh nson P"ychometrist Gary Minetti Acting Director, Health Sen'iees Paul Bondo, M , D . Chief Nurse Gladys Bergum

Silldent C071grcKalion U n iversity Chaplain Assoc i a te l'ustOL _ _ _ _

John O. Larsgaard _ _ _ _ . _ _ Morris \'. Dalton

1 8 6

FACULTY* - 1968-1969

ROBERT A. L. MORTVEDT, 1962· President A.n., St. Olaf College, 1924 ; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard U niversity, 1930, 1934 ; LL. D., Pacific Lutheran Univer"ity, Augustana ColI'ege, 1901 ; Litt.D., Wag· ner Col/ege, 1962.

S E l l CHI ADACHI, 1967-Assistant Professor of Psychology and Education, Director of Connseling and Testing Service B.A., Jamestown College, 1946 ; B.D., McCormiek Seminary, 195 1 ; M.A., Ed. D., Teaehers College, Columbia University, 1957, 1960.

HARRY S. A DAMS, 1947·51, 1962-Associate Professor of Physics B.S., M.S., Kansas State University, 1945, 1947 ; Ph.D., University of Min· nesota, 1962.

ELVI N M A RTIN AKRE, 1937-Associate Professor of History B.A., Coneordia College, 1928 ; l\'1.A., Univer. i ty of \Va 'h ington, 194 1 ; further g raduate study. Univers i ty of Wa�hington, University of Oslo, Exeter College, Oxford Univcr,ity.

RICHARD A. ALSETl-I, 1965-FTl stru.u()r in Physical Education, Swimming ; Pool Manager; Coach of Swimming B.S., Washington State University, 1962.

BONNJE M. AN DERSEN, 1968-Fnstruc/or ill Nursing B.S.N., Pacific Lutheran Un iversity, 1966 ; M.N., University of Washington. 1968.

CHARLES DEAN A N D E RSON, 1959-Professor of (,hemislry, Dean of the College of A rts and Scien ces B.A., SI. Olaf Col lege, 1952 ; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard University, 1954, 1959.

JOSE PH L. A N DE RSON, 1966-/l ssistant Professor of Religion B.A., Augu'tana College ( Rock Island ) , 1945; B.D., Augustana Theological Seminary, 1948 ; S.T.M., Un ion Theological Seminary, 1952 ; Ph.D., Bo,ton lJniver�ity, 1966.

GEORGE EVANS A RBAUGH, 1959-Professor of Philosophy B.A., AlIgllstuna College ( Rock Island ) , 1955 ; M.A., Ph.D., U niversity of Iowa, 1958, 1959.

* Date after name indicates the beginning of term of "en'ice.

RICHARD F.. ARNOLD, 1968-

A.lSislant Professor of Speech

THE REGl"'TER 1 8 7

B.A. , University o f Washington, 1956 ; M.A., Tufts U n iversity, 1966 ; further study, Columbia Un iversity, Union Theological Seminary.

KENN ETH EDWARn BATKER, 1966-

Assistant Professor of Mathemlllics B.A. , Wartbu rg College, 1957 ; M.A. , U n iversity o f Colorado, 1961 ; further graduate study, Un iversity of O regon and U niversity of Colorado.

DANIEL R. BATY, 196H-I nstruclor in Bu.siness A rlministratiun B.A., Un iversity of Washington, 1965 ; L.L.B., Ha rva rd University, 1968.

W. HAROLD BEXTON, 1965-

Professor of Psych ology B.A., McMaster U niver,ity, 1935 ; M.A., University of Saska tchewan, 1950; Ph.n., Mr' Gi l l Un iversi ty, 1953.

* G R ACE ELF.AN-OH. B LOMQUIST, 1939-

Associate Professor of English B.A., Concordia College, 1934 ; M .A ., Syracuse University, 1939 ; further graduate study, University of Minnesota, Goethe University.

HERl'I'IAN JOSEPH BROEKER, 1 966·

Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, Assistant Director of Athletics, Coach of Baseball B.A., JVI.s., Wa;;h in r;ton State University, 1965, 1967.

ROY E. CARLSON, 1962-

Assistant Professor of Physical Education, Coach of Football and Wrestling B.S., University of Washington, 1948 ; M.S., Washington State U niversity,

1962.

MELBA JEAN CATHE R. 1 966-Assistant Professor of Nu.rsing

B.A., U n iversity of Miami, 1952 ; M.A ., U niversity of Washington, 1961.

DUANE S. CATLETT, 1968· Assistant Professor of Chemistry B .A., Nebraska Wesleyan Un iversity, 1963 ; Ph.D., Iowa State University, 1967.

R. W ILLIAM CATLIN , 1968-I nstwclor in lJiology B.A., Drake University, 1966 ; ?I'I.A., Drake Un iversity, 1968.

*On leave spring seme.'ter, 1968·69.

1 8 8 TlU': REGJ sTJ�R

KENNETH EUGENE CHRISTOPHERSON, 1958-As.sistant Professor of Religion

B .A ., A llgustanu College, 1946; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary, 1950; graduale study, University of Oslo, University of Minnesota.

G A RY L. COATS, 1968-Instructo r in lWalhcmatics B.5., Portland State College, 1963 ; M.A., University of New Mexico, 1965 ; further graduate study, University of New Mexico.

DOROTHY TOLLEFSON CONE, 1961-Assi.llanl Professor of Nursing B.S.N. , M.£d., Univer,i ty of Minne,ota, 1956, 1 959.

STANLEY W. COOPER, 1968-Instntctor in Education B.A., University of Wyoming, 1961 ; M.A., Ohio State Lniversity, 1966.

IRENE O. CRESO, 1955-56, 1968-A ssistant Professor of Biology B.S., M.S., Universi ty of Pug"t Sound, 1942, 1947.

K E N N ETH W. CUBBAGE, 1968-Associate Professor of Business Administration B.B.A., U n ivcr,ity of 'Vashington, 1952 ; M.B.A., Universi ty of Wa.,hinglon , 1957 ; D .B .A . , Univcrsity of Colorado, 1968.

LOWELL WATSON CULVER, 1964-Associate Professor of Political Science B.A., San Diego State College, 1954 ; M.A., University of California, 1957 ; Ph.D., Univen'ity of Southern California, 1967.

J U D D C. nOUGI ITY, 1962-Assistant Professor of Speech, Director of Broadcast Services and Instructional Materials Production B.A., M .A . , Pacific Lu theran U niversity, 1955, 1964.

KARIN H. DU RHAM, 1966-Instm ('/or in German B.Ed ., University of B ritish Columbia, 1963 ; M.A., Un iversi ty of Washington, 1966.

EMMET E. EKLUND, 1964-Associate Professor of R eligion B.A., Bethany College, 1941 ; B.D., Augustana Seminary, 1945 ; M.A., University of Chicago, 195 8 ; Ph .D., B o tOil Unil'ersity, 1 964.

LOIS L. ELAM, 1966-I nslructor in Nursing B.S., University of Washington, 1959 ; further graduate study, University of Wa:;hington.

GEORGE ROB E RT ELWELL, 1959· Assistant Professor of A r t

TUE REGISTER 1 8 9

B.A., Youngstown Un ivergity, 1949; M.A., New York University, 1955.

JANET M. ERWIN. 1967·1969 Instructor in English B.A., Wake Fore.t College, 1960; M.A., Duke University, 1961.

DONALD RAYMOND FARMER, 1955· Professnr of Political Science B.S. Ed., Ph.D., Un iversi ty of Minnesota, 1944, 1954.

WINNIFRED M. FISHER, 1966· A ssistant Professor of German B.A., Lewi,; a n d Clark College, 1961 ; M.A., Un iversity of \\Iash i ngton, 1962; Studies at Goethe Institute and Free Universi ty, Berlin.

ROBERT S. FISK, 1968· Instmetor in Mathematics B.S., Unjversi ty of Wyom ing, 1960 ; M.S., Univer :;i ty of Wyoming, 1962 ; fu r· ther graduate study, University of Arizona.

M. JOSE P H I N E ,FLETCHER, 1963· /lssistant Professor of Nursing B.S.N., 'o rth Park College, 1960; M.S., DePaul University, 1963.

A RTHUR G EE , 1968· Assistant Professor 0/ Biology B .S. , P u rdue Uni,·ersity. 1962 ; M.5., Purdue Un iversity, 1964 ; further grad· uate stuoy, Purdue University.

RONALD \V. GENDA, 1967· Assistant Professor of Economics B.S. Ed., Ball State University, 1965 ; M.A., Purdue University, 1967.

WIl .LlAM P. GID DINGS, 1962· Professor of Chemistry B.A., De Pauw University, 1954; A.1\L, Ph.D., Han'ard University, 1956, 1959.

GORDON O. GILB ERTSON, 1954· A ssociate Profeuor of Music B.A., Concordia Col lege, 1937 ; M.M., Northwestern University, 1942 ; further graduate study, University of Colorado, Universi ty of Washington.

WILIJAM GI1,BERTSON, 1968· Assistant Professor of Sor:iology B.A. , Un i,-e rsity of Puget Sound, 1954 ; M.S.W., Un iversity of Washington, 1956.

STEW ART D. GOYlG, 1958·60, 1961· A ssociate Professor of Religion B.A., S t. Olaf College, 1948 ; D.Th., Luther Theological Seminary, 1952; 1\LTh., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1954 ; Ph.D., New York Uni· versity, 1966.

190 Til E R J:C T::m:R

A RNOLD JASPER HAGEN, 1955-Associate Professor of Education B.A., Concordia College, 1931 ; M.Ed. , University of Montana, 1941 ; Ed. D., University of O regon, 1955.

PAUL E. HARTMAN, 1967-Instructor in Speech B.A., Pacific Lutheran University, 1967.

JOHN O. HERZOG, 1967-Associate Professor of Mathematics B.A., Concordia College (l Hoorhead) 1957 ; M.A., Ph.D., University of NcbrClska, 1959, 1963.

GARY L. HOLMAN, 1967-Assistant Professor of Economics B.A., 51. Martin's College, 1962 ; M.A., University of Washington, 1965 ; further graduate study, University of Washington.

*BRANTON K. HOLMBERG, 1964-Instmctor in Psychology B.A., M . Ed., Central Washington State College, 1962, 1964 ; further graduatp. study, University of Idaho .

PAUL E. HOSETH, 1968-Instructor in Physical Education B.A., Concordia College, 1966 ; .M.S., SOllth Dakota State University, 1967.

CURTIS E. HUBER, 1964-Professor of Philosophy B.A., B.D., Concordia Seminary, 1950, 1953 ; M.A., Ph.D., University of W i,consin, 1958, 1962.

WILBUR K. H U CK, 1968-Assislllni. Professor 0/ English B .A., Yankton College, 1952 ; B.Th., Yankton College, 1953 ; D.B. and A.M., University of Chica go , 1957.

LAURENCE D. HUESTIS, 1961-Associate Professor of Chemistry B.s., Ph.D., Un iversity of California, 19.56, 1960.

W1LLIAM R. HUTCHEON, JR., 1967-Assistant Pro/es>or of Business Administration B.S., Univer,ity of Rhode Island, 1953 ; M.B.A., Un·iversity of Washington, 1963.

* On leave, 1968-69.

JO ANN J ENSEN, 1967-Associate Professor of Biology

Tin: R I�l , 1 . T E R 1 9 1

A.B., Pacific Lu theran U niversity, 1954; M.A., Universi ty of Southern Ca l i forn ia , 1957: Ph .D. , Iowa State Univen,ity, 1961.

ROBERT J . J ENSEN, 19C>BInstructor in Economics B.A., Dana Colle!,e, 1 964 ; M.A., University of Nebnt,;ka, 1967 ; further graduate stlldy, University of Nebraska.

RICI lARD J. JOBST. 1967· Instmewr in Sociology B.A., C niver" ity of San Francisco, 196'l ; M.A., University of California, 1967.

LUCI LLE MARGUF: IU T E JOHNSON, 1953-Associate Professor of English I1.A . , Concordia Col lege, 1940; M.A., Wash ington State University, 1943 ; ErI .D. ( Rhdori c ) , Un i ve rsi ty of lVlontanu . 1967 .

KENNETH A. JOHNSTON, 1964-Professor of Edawtion, Direc/or of the School of Educa tion B.A., Western Wasll inl':ton S tate College, 1947 ; M.A., Stanford l!niversity, 1953 ; E d. D., Washington State University, 1964.

ALRERT I I G H JONES. 1964-Assistmlt Professor ()f F:duClltion B.S., M.A., Ph . D . , Ohio State Uni ver;;ity, 1951, 1955, 1966.

O LA F MELVIN JO RDAHL, 1940-Projess()r of Physics A.B., Lllther Col l ege, 1925 ; M.S., U n i\'ersity of Pi ttsburgh , 1927 ; Ph.D., .University of W isconsin. 19i\:�.

IWNALD D. JORGENSON, 1968-A ssistant Professor of Edllcation B.A., Gustavus Adol phus College, 1960 ; M.Cd., South Dakota University, 1 965 ; Ed .D . , Ball State University, 1 968.

T H EODORE OSCA R H ENRY KARL, 1 940-42, 1948-Projes.",r of Speech B.A., M.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1934, 1936; further graduate study, U l l iner,ity of Southern California, Stanford Univer.ity.

G U N D A R J U LIAN KING, 1960-Professor of Busines.< Administration, Director of the School of Business Administration B.B.A. , Univer,ity of O regon, 1956; M.B.A., Ph.D., Stanford University, 1958, 1963.

LARS F:VE RETT KITTLESON, 1956-Assistant Professor oj Art B.S., Un i\'crsity of \Viscon;;in in Milwaukee, 1950; M.s., U niversity of Wisconsin, 1951 ; M.F.A., University of Sou thern California, 1955.

1 9 2 I I I: fl U, I " 1 Ut

RA Y MONf) A. KLOPSCH, 1953-As:;ociatc Professor oj English B.S ., I ll i noi ,; I nstitute of Tech nolo gy, 1949; M.A., Ph.D., Uni\-ersity of UJinois, 1950, 1962.

CALV I N I I . KNA PP, 1960-Associate Projcs.sor of i'vl "sic B.S., M.S., ", uilliard School of Music, 1949, 1950 ; graduate study, Columbia U n i\"er"ity, Pac ifi c; Lut heran University, University of Puget Soun d, Univer�ity of \Va �hington.

E R I C I ) CAl{L KNORR, 1949· Professor uf S()ciology Gradllate, SI. Paul L u t h er College, 1921 ; Cando Theo!', St. Paul Luther Semi na ry, 192 4 : B.A., M.A., \Va bing ton State University, 1929, 1930 ; Ph . D. , U l l i n' rsi t), of Wash i ng ton , 1946 .

.l E N S WE RNE R KN DSEN, 1957-Professor uj Biology B.A., P[l(:i fic L u t heran Univer&ity, 1952 ; l\LS., Ph.D., U n iversity of SOllthern Ca l i fornia, 1 95 1-, 1957.

A i\ N E E LISE KNU DSOI , 1 946-Associate Prales.'or of /.;" "lish B.A., A ugustana College, 1928 ; M.A., Wash ing ton S t.ate Un ivcefs i ty, 19:36 ; fu rtlter graduate stu dy, Un iversity of \Yashington, Washington State U niversity, U n i \' cr.-ity of Cal i forn ia , llniver:ity of London, Brcadloaf School of Engl i s h.

T I I O :\,IAS 1-1 . LANGEVI.\', 1965-Pro/es. or of History, A cadem.ic Vice President, Director 01 Graduate Swdies, Director oj SunL mer Session B.S., Concordia Teachers College ( Seward, Nebraska ) , 194 7 ; M.A., Ph.D., Ull i\�er� ity of Nebraska, 1949, 1951.

DANIEL It LEASURE, 1966-Prnjcssur oj Education, Vice President - Student A/Jairs fl.A., Westmi n.-ter Col l ege, 1958 ; IV['Ed., Ed. D., Pennsylva n i a S tate University, 1960, 1% I .

HAIWLD J. LE RA AS, 1935-42, 19<17-Pru/essur 01 Biolosy A.B., Lut her College, 1930; ;V[ 'S. , Ph.D., D . D.S . , University of Mich igan, 1CJ32, 19:35, 19-16.

JOSEPII LO W E , 1968-Assistant Prolessor 0/ Political Science B.S., Central Mil i tilry Academy, China. 1. 93[) ; B.A., University of Washington, 195:1 ; M.A., l i n ivcr, i l y of Wa shington, 1953 ; M.L.S. , Uni\'t�r.- i ty of Ca l i fornia, 1965 ; fllrt ht'l' gradllate stlldy, nivcrsi ty of Wash ington.

B R I A N E. LOWES, 1968-Instructor in Geolugy B.S., Un iversi ty of London , 1957 ; M.S., Queens Un iversi ty, 1963 ; further gradua te study, U n iversity of Washington.

K E N N ETI-I A. L E DE R, 1967-Instru ctor in Math ematics

1 9 3

B.A., I .uther College, Decoral l , Iowa, 1965 ; M.A., Universi ty of Nebraska, 1967.

GENE CARROLL L U N DGAARD, 1958-Assista n t Professor of l'hysic:nl EdlL cation, Coach of Basketball B.A.Ed .. J' ar · i fi" Ll l t her-an Un ivcr-ity, 1 951 ; M.S., Univer,i t v of Wa,hington, 191i1 .

G { ' ;\. AH. J O I I A l\ ES M A LM I N. 1.937-Professor of Latin and No rwegian 13..\., Lu ther College, 1923 ; B.M., S1. Olaf College, 1925 ; M.Mus ., Univer"i ty of l\'l ich i�an, 1940; further graduate study, University of SOllthp.rn Ca l i fornia, Un i""""ity of 0,10.

A lrr H l l R D A V I D MARTINSON, 1966-AssiSlr/ll t Professo r of History B.A . . Pacific Lllt h e l'an U n i" er,it)', 195 7 ; M. A., Ph. D., Washington State Univer., i tl'. 1961, 1 966.

M A RJORlE M ATHERS, 1 96'1 - 1966 ; 1968-Assistont Profe

'ssor of Edu.cation

B . A .. M.A. , Ce n t ra l Wa,h i n g ton State Coll('ge. 195.1, '1 %1.

K F:ITH \VE N O E L L McMASTER, 1967-Assistan t Professor ol Hi/siness Administration B . B.A., Un ivcr-ity of Wa,hington, 1964 ; M . B .A., 'niver�ity of Oregon,

1965.

I.ORNA M. M 1 U I AM, 19GYInstru ctor in English B.A . . M.A. , N"w Yo rk Univer,i t)', 1955, ] 96().

R I C I - I A R D n. MOE, 1965· Professo r of Education, Vean 0/ the College 0/ Professional Studies 13.:\., ConcOI'dia College ( Moorhead, Minn, ) , 1%1 ; !I.·LEd" Ed.D., Universi ty of Colora do, 1953, 1962.

KATHA RINE F:DB ROOKE MONROE, 1967-,1 .j.<istant I'mfessflr 0/ French

B.A., London Uni" cr,ity 1932 ; M.A., Middlebury College, Vermont. French 1 912, Eng] i,]' 1951 : fu rt her «radunte stutiy, Columbia Uni vcrsity and Ohio Stat" Un in:r'ity.

J O A :\ N l\IUCCr. ] 908· Instructor in Spanish B.A., Wisconsin State Un ivcrsity, 1 966 ; M.A., University of Wi",.on,in, 1968.

ALlCE JAMES l\i\ I']US, 1963-Assistant Professor of Education B.A" M.A., Univ(:r<ity of Wa., h i ngton, 1%0, 1965.

1 94

CHARLES T. NELSON, 1967-Instmctor in Edll cation, Registmr B.S., Edu ea tion , General Bea.dle State College, S. Dakota, 1 963 ; l\-I.A., Adams State College, Colorado, 1964.

B U RTON L. NESSET. 1967-Assistant Projessor of Chemistry B.A., St. Olaf College, 195 7 ; M.S . , Ph.D., Purdue University, 1960, 1962.

FREDERICK L A U RENCE NEWNHAM, 1950-Professor uf IUlisic Graduate, Royal Academy of Music, London, 1925 ; Teacher's Tra i ning Cer t i ficate, Univer,ity of London, 1925 ; Assoc iate, Royal College of Music, London, 1928 : Licentiate, A;;"Oeiate, Fellow, Royal Academy of Music, London, 1929, 19:3'1, 1962.

JESSE D. NOLPH , 1968-A.,sistant Professor of Psychology B.A., George Wa"hington University, 1964 ; Ph.D. , Cornell University, to be conferred 1969.

ERIC NORDHOI .M; 1955-Assistant Professor oj Speech n.r. A., Art I nsti tu te of Chicago, 195 1 ; graduate study, Indiana Un iversi ty.

P I I I LI P A KE RSON NORJ)QUIST, 1963-Associate Professor 01 His tory B . A . • Pacific Lu t h eran Un iversity, 1956 ; :M.A., Ph.D., Univcn;ity of Washington, 1960. 1964.

SHERMAN J3 E RD E E N NOR ES, 1959·61 ; 1965· Associate Professor oj Physics B . A . , COll < :ordia Coll eg", 1951 ; M.S. , University of North Dakota, 1956 ; ph.n. , Wash ington S ta l e Un iversity, 1965.

S A R A A. O F FI CER, 1967-Assislllnt Professor of Health and Physical Education B.S., On'gon Sta te College, 1958 ; M.S., I ndiana University, 1965.

ROBE RT C A R L OLSEN, 1947-Professor of Chemistr}' B.S., Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1931, 1936.

DA VID M. OLSON, 196!l-A ssociate Professo r and Chairman ol l/ealth, Ph ysical Education and Athletics B.A., Concordia College, 195G ; M.A., Uni\"er,i ty of Minnesota. 1957 ; Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1966.

LINDA NELSON OLSON, 1967-Instructor in Nllrsing R.N., B.s.N., M.N., Un iversity of 'Vashington, 1958, 1959, 1964.

FLORENCE A. ORVIK, 1967-Assistant Professor of Education

19 5

B.S., Moorhead State College, 1953 ; M.A., Eastern Washington State College, 1961.

' B U RTON THOMAS OSTENSON, 1947-Profes:;or of Biology B.A., Luther College, 1932 ; M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1934, 1947.

DONALD 1. PATTIE, 1964-Assistant Professor of Biology B.A., Concordia College, 1 955 ; M.A.T., Montana State Un iversity, 1960; Ph.D., University of Montana, 1967.

A RNE KENN ETH PEDERSON, 1956-Associate Professor of Education, Director of Teacher Placement B.A.Ed., B.Ed., M.A., Pacific Lutheran University, 1949, 1953, 1956 ; further graduate study, university of Washington,

JOHN E. PETERSEN, 1967-Assis tant Professor of Religion B.A., SI. Olaf r,oliege, 1958; B. D., Luther Seminary, SI. Puul, 1963; M.A., New York University, 1965.

CHARLES A RTHUR PETERSON, 1959-Associate Professor of Basiness Administration B.S., Kan;;as State Teachers College, 1951 ; M.S., University of Tennessee, 1952 ; Ph.D., Uni" er"ity of Minnesota, 1966.

tGARY D. PETERSON, 1967-Instm etor ill Mathematics B.S., Iowa State University, 1960; M.S., Western Washington State College, 1967.

WILMA E. PETERSON, 1965-Assistant Professor of Nursing B.S., Uni,·ersity of Saskatchewan, 1947 ; M.S., Boston University, 1953.

STANLEY D. PETRULlS, 1965-Assistant Professor of Music B.M., E,,;; tman School of Music, 1951 ; M.M., Catholic U niver,ity of America, 1955 ; further graduate study, Indiana University and Un iversity of Iowa.

CAROLYN M. PHILLIPS, 1968-Instructor in Ileall" and Physical Education A.B. , Humboldt State College, 1961 ; M.S., University of Washington, 1964.

ROBERT EUGENE PIERSON, 1959-Associate Professor of Economics B.A., SI. Olaf College, 1952 ; M.A., Northwestern University, 1954 ; further gradua te study, Northwestern University.

' On leavc, 1968-69. tOn lea vc, full semester 1968.

1 9 6

PA U L MATTI-l EW REI GSTAD, 1947-48, 1958-

Projessor of English B . . , SI. Olaf College, 1943; M.A., Ph.D., University of New Mexico, 1956,

195H.

MICKEY R. REVIS, 196H[nstructor in Speech B . . , Austin State College, 1965 ; 1\'1.A., Kansas Un iversi ty, 1966.

LOTS rvIA E R I M E R, 1965-Assistant Professor of Nursing B.S., Teachers College, Columbia University, 1959 ; M.N., Un iversity of Wash i ngton , 1966.

PETER JOHN RISTUBEN, 1960-66, 1968-Associate Professor of History B.A., Concordia College, 1955 ; M.A., niversi ty of South Dakota, 195 7 ; I'h.D., University o f Oklahoma, 1964.

GEORGE ROSKOS, 1950· ilssociate Professor oj A rt B. ' . A rt Ed., Youn gstown College, 1949 ; M.A . , University of Iowa, 1950.

WILLI A;\I B. S A RE, 1968· [ns{mctor in Music B.M., Indiana University, [9()7.

JOHAN�ES AUGUST SCHILLE R , 1958-Professor of Suciology B.A., Capita l niversity, 1945 ; Cando Theol., Evangelical Lutheran Theologi. cal Seminary, 1947 ; M.A., University of Kansas, 1959 ; Ph.D., University of \\Iashington, 1967.

WALTER CH A RLES SCHNA CKENBERG, 194244, 1952· Professor oj IIistory Graduate, Pacific Lu theran College, 193 7 ; A.B., St. Olaf College, 1939; A.M., Gonzaga 'nive rsi ty, 1947 ; Ph .D. , Washington State University, 1950.

JOS E PH C. SCHWANTNER, 1968-Assistant Professor of Music R.M., C h icago COllservatory of Music, 1964 : M.M., Ph.D., Northw estern

nivcrsity, 1965, 1968.

ERNST C. SCHWlD DF.R, 1967· Assoriate Professor of A rt B.A., M.F .A., Un iversi ty of Washington, 1953, 1955.

S. ERV1NG SEVERTSON, 1966, Associate Professor of Psychology B.A., Pacific Lutheran University, 1955 ; B.D., Luther Theological Semi· nary, 1959; M.A., University of Wyom ing, 1960 ; Ph.D., University of Utah, 1966.

KENT C. SIMMONDS, 1968· Assistant Professor of Philosophy

19 7

B.A . , Lewis and Clark College, 1 961 ; gradua te otlldy, Ohio Statf' Un iversi ty.

MA RICE H. SKONES, 1964· Associate Professor of Music, Director of Choral Music B .A., Conco rdia College, 1948 ; M .M. Ed., Montana State University, 1957 ; further gra duate study, {jniver�ity of Arizona and Univer�ity of Wash ing ton .

.J IMMIE L. SOLE, 1967· ;/ssisWllt Professor of English B.A., Bethany Col lege, Kansas, 1959 ; M.A., Kansas State Teachers Col lege, 1962 ; further graduate ,t l ldy, Un iver,ity of Denver.

RUTH M. SORENSON, 1 968· Instmctor in Biology B.A., Uni\'crsity of Colorado, 1962 ; M.A., Universi ty of Colorado, 1%7 ; fur· ther gradllale study, Un iversity of Wash ington .

CARL D. SI' ANGLER, 1961· 1962, 1963· Assistant Professor of French A.13., Grove City College, 1958; M.A., Pennsylvania State University, 1961 ; further graduat" ,tudy, Pcnnsyh,unia State Unive t'si ty and Uni\'crsity of 1\Iinne;;ota.

DOUGLAS STAVE, 19G8· Assistant Professor of Education B.Th .• M lll tnomah School of the Bi hle, 1952 ; B.A., Sea ttle Pacific College, 1. 955 ; 1\<1. E., Un iver,i ty of O regon , 1958 ; EeI .D., University of Oregon, 1966.

LYN N S. STEIN, 1961· Professor of Educatiun B.A., North Dakota State Teachers College, 1937 ; l'l'I.A., University of Montana, 1952 ; Ed.D., Montana State University, 1961.

VERNON L. STINTZI, 1964· Assistant Professor of Bllsiness Administration B.A., Coe College, 1 937 ; M.B.A., Arizona State University, .1964 ; further graduate study, Un iversity of Wa,hington.

KATHRYN A. STRlCKLAND, 1965· Assistan t Professor of Music B.M., M. M., Indiana Univenity, 1963, 1964 ; further gradua te study, I n diana Un iver�ity.

DORIS G. STUCKE, 1967· Assoc illiC Professor of Nursillg ; Director of the School of Nursing B.S., American University, D.C., 1949; l'l'L Ed., University of l\'iinne>'Ota, 1956 ; Ed. D., Teachers College, Columbia University, 1967.

19 8

RODNEY SWENSON, 1968-. Associate Professor of German B.S., Bemidji State Col lege, 1952 ; M.A., University of Minne,ota, 1956 ; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1967.

K\VONG-TIN TANG, 1967-Assistant Professor of Ph.ysics B.S., M.A., Univer,ity of Washi ngton , 1958, 1959 : Ph.D., Columbia University, 1965.

FREDERICK L. TOBIASON, 1966-Associate Professor of Chemistry B.A., Pacific Lutheran University, 1958; Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1963.

AU DUN TRYGGE: TOVEN, 1967-I Tlstruetor in Norwegian Uni\'t�rsity of Oslo, 1964; M.A., University of Washington, 1967.

PAUL WOLFGANG ULBRICHT, 1967-Assistant Professor 0/ Political Science B.A., M.A., Ph.D. ,. University of Washington, 1959, 1960, 1965.

DA VID E. URNESS, 1967-Assistant Professor 0/ Music B.M., Con(:ordia College, Moorhead, 1956 ; M.A., University of Denver, 1959.

VERNON ALFRED UTZINGER, 1950-53, 1957-Professor 0/ SI)cech B.A., North Central College, 1922 ; M.A., Northwestern University, 1929; Ph.D., University of Southern California, 1952.

CLARENCE P. WALTERS, 1968-Instructor in Psychology B.A., Pacific Lu theran niver,i ty, 1967; graduate study, Pacific Lutheran University.

MARGARET D. WICKSTROM, 1951-Assistant Professor of Religion, Dean of 1/1 omen A.B., Augustana College, 1937; M.R.E., The Biblical Seminary of New York, 1951.

JANE WILLIAMSON, 1964-Professor of EdlLcalion B.s. in Ed., University of Ma ryland, 1943 ; M.A., New York University, 1947; Ed. D., Colorado State College, 1959.

DWIGHT J UDSON ZU LAUF, 1949·53, 1959-Professor of Business Administration B.S., University of Oregon, 1948; M.S., Columbia University, 1949 ; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1965.

THE RE , I TER 19 9

Le{�turers, Assodate Lecturers and Assistant Lecturers

H ENRY J. BERTNESS B.A., Au gsb ll rg Col l�ge , 1947 ; M.A., Universi ty of M inn eso ta, 1948 ; Ph.D. , Un iver" ity of Mi llJlc>,ota, 1955. Lec tu rer in Education and Psychology.

DAVIS W. CARVEY B.B.A., Pacific Lutheran nivcr,ity, 196.5 ; M .B.A., Pacific Lut hera n Un iver' sity, 1968. A5.5ociute Lec turer in Bm'ine. s Administration.

BLOSSOM COHON B.A. , Brooklyn College; i\·LA., Columbia Un iversity. A s;;istan t Lecturer in

Music.

RUSSELL W. CROCKETT B.A., M.Mu,., Uni\ ersity of Idaho, 1961, 1966. Assistant Lecturer in Music.

WAYNE If. E H LERS B.A.A .S., and B.A.Ed., Western Washington State Col lege, 1960 ; M.L Uni· versity of Denver, 1967. As,is tant Lectllrer . in Educa tion.

J E RRY EVA NS B.A. in Music, B.A. in Education, University of Washington. Assi tant Lect.urer in Music .

J O H N EYRES B.A., Central Wa'hington State College. Associa te Lecturer in Journalism.

W I L LIAM ROYCE FRAZER B.S., State Tea che ,.s College, Minot. N. Dakota . 1961 ; M.B.A .• Paci fic Lul l",,.· an U n ivcr,i ty. 196H. As-oeiate Lecturer in Edueation .

HAROLD G RAY B.A., Pacific Luth eran University, 1944 ; B.Ed., M.A., University of Puget Sonnd, 1946, 1950. As.,oci a t e Lectmer in Education.

T H ERESA E. HEMMEN B.S., U n iversity of Minnesota. A"istant Lecturer in Nursing.

MA RGA HET A N N H ERZOG B . A . • Will iam Jewell College. 19.57 ; M .A . • Un ivcn,i ty of Ncbra"ka, 1959. A"ociate Lec tnrer in Mathematics.

R I CH A R D N. HI LDAHL, 1967· J/!.\imclOr in Business Admini.stratio/t B .B .A . , Pacific Luthe ran University, 196.5 ; M.B.A., University of Oregon , 1966.

I R E N E HOPI' B.A., University of Puget Sound. 1947. Assista n t Lecturer in Music:.

MARGARET A. KEBLBEK II.A., Western Washington College of Education ; M.A., Central Washington Col lege of Educa t ion. Associate Lectul'er in Education.

S A N D RA B. KNAPP B.S.M., M.S.M., hilliard School of Music. Assistant Lecturer in Music.

200 nrr : H I ( 1 I t:1{

ARCHI E KOV T E \, B.A. _ Unive r,i ty of M i nnesota, 1959 ; M.B.A., Pac ific: Lutheran On i\'crsity, 19G8. A",oc iatt.: Lecturer in I3usillCc, Adm i n is t ra t ion.

ANTHONY LAL ER J . D . • Loyola niYcrsity, 1955. A�s is tnn t Lecturer in Bn!;iness Administratio n .

DONI W. LA ' GI [ U N B. 5. Art Ed., California Col legc of Arts and Cra fts, 1959. Assistant Lee· t l l rer in Art.

A \' N LEE B.S . . '" }lon tan a State Coliege, 195H. Assistan t Lec turer in N ursing.

C!\ ROL MA l\] )'l' 1-1.11." I'ac i l i l ' L . u t lH'ran University. 11)57. A"isla n t Leeturer in Education.

K:\ RI�i\' A. l\IAHHA B. M. , Un iversity of Idaho, 1965 : M.A., U n iyen;ity of Washington, 1967.

A"istn nt Lecturer in l\Iusic .

.l Ol L A. M A RTI L . LA ll .\'s()ciale Projes .... ()r of Rllsiness B.B .. " P[I(' i fit; L u t h er a n Gn i\'ersi ty , 1%3 : !\I. B.A., Univ ersi t y o f Oregon, 19G6.

A I , i\I E ] ) [ )A G H B. A. , Un iYl ' ,-s i ty of r )uget . ·ound. Ac;si"tant Lectu rer i n l'I'lusic.

B I L L MORR ELL I:l. L ni\Hci ty of P u g e t Sound. A.ssista nt Lect u rer in Musil ' .

M . \TTI I I·;\\, _ 'A I L\I ES. O.S.il. B. A . , 51 . Martin';; Col k�c. 1%9 : struly of th l 'olo�)', St. Joh n's C n iYl ' rci ly : 1 . A " Ox fo rd ln iy-cr.c i t y , lW,o ; further gra Jua te study, Ox ford Un i vers i ty .

ln ter t : i lanp;c Ll'ctllrer in Rel i�ion . I nstrt lctor. St. l\ lar t in '.s College.

LAR]{Y S . O L ,SO'\' [l.A., in bll lea tiolL Western Wash in gton State C:ol lc�t" 1 %9 : fu rthpr gradu· ate study, Paci fic Lutheran University. Assist,T llt Lectllrer ill "hthcmatics.

R I CI I A IW II. OV ERM N B.A. , '!\UL Stanford Un ivc r,i ty , 1950 1 954 : M.Th., P h . D . , Cla remon t Grad· uate School , 196 1 , 196fi. Interchange lecturer in Rel i gion . A"ociate Profe,· SOl'. l In in'r,; i ty of Pllge t 50und.

E. LO PET K U Ll S B.;'I '1 . . L .aw,· 'nl'e Col lcur, 1949 : M.M . . Ea.,t 11lan Sehool o f M , , , i c. UniY-cr,ily of l{oehe,;ter, 1953. A"si, tant' Lectun,,- ill Ml"ic.

ROY J . POLLEY B.A., l'ni\'l,rsity of Pllget Souncl, 1959 ; M.B.A., Ull i\'Cl'si ty of Pllget Sound, 1964. As,",oc ia te Lect u rer in Business A d m i n istration.

GAI L p aVIS A.B. , W i l la11lctte Universit .y, 19()3 ; M.A., MiJdlebury Col lege, 1964. A",isu1 n t L,'ctl l rer in Frend!.

ruCHARD RTiEA B.A., Pacific Lu theran Un ive rsi ty, 1957 ; M.F.A.. ·niY-c!'.cit)' of \V["hington. ,-\,�istant Lect l lre r in Art.

THI� m.1 , 1 :-.'11 H 201

P E T E R ROS I K I3 .A., Sl. Lawrence University, 195 1 ; M.B.A., l\ e w York Un iv"r, i t )' , ] 957. A,'.;socia lc I .cct l lrer i n Busille�s A d m i ni.stra l ion.

ROI3E RT E. S �l I lIHD

B . A . , U niversity of Puget So u n d . Lecturer in General Engineering.

A I Y H ED . I�A M A N D.S., V i rg in ia PolYlechnic I n , l i l LLte, 1933. A" i·.-ta n t l .cc l l l rn i n Hea lth, Ph) , i cal Educa t ion and 1\ l l ' )ctic:;.

KATl I A I{ I l\ E R. S E C E R n.S . . L nivc!'.- i t )' of i'\ebra,ka . Ass i > ta n l l .eclurer in Bu.- inc" A d m i ni"tralioll.

l .O! l l S . I . . ' O UZA I3 .S. , :\'1 .5., Sp rin;.dicld Col iegl'. A",i"tant l .c c l l l l-cr i n H ea l t h . P l rysical Educa lion al ld A t l r le l i , ' '' .

MA RY I I J-: LEl\ THOMPSON n.M . . Ollf'ri i n C o l l cge, 1940. A",i"ta n t L"('[lIIer i n Mllsic.

A N N K. TRE�1AT N E Il.lH. , n i"" r-i t)' of Oregon. A�si"ta n t Lecturer i n Music.

R A Y W A I{f{ E N B . A . , n ivcrsi t v o f I'uge t Sou n d ; M.A . , University o f \Vashington. Leclurer i n Educat ion .

Lib ... lry F H A l\ K HAMILTON HALEY, 1951-

l-ilnu rilln

B . A . , \V i l l a llle l l ( ' U n i l'",.- i l y, 19,)5 ; B.D., Drew Ulliver" i ty, 1945 : .B.L.S.,

' n ivcr"i ly of W a .-I l ing ton, 1 950. Further graduate study, Drew Un il'crsity, Un i""r"ity of Camhri dge, University of Zu rich.

M I R I A M neTH BECKM A N , 1964·

Nalflrai and Sor'ial Sciences Libra ria n

B.A . . Un il'er, i ly of Pugel Sound, 1928 ; M.A. , Boston Universi t)', 1933 ; M.L ihr., U n i,ocr,i t )' of Washington, 1964.

T ... ",,·her Corps Team Leader, R I C I-I A RD \VA R I\ E 'l' CO L B l l R "I

B . A ., in Ed., M . A . . Paci fic l .ulher'l1l Un ivers i t y. 1950, 1 9�9 : fu rtl",,' g ra du at(� " l l l d y . Unil'cr.- i t y of PlIf!ct SOllnd.

I I A \{ H Y r : . E H B ELE B .S . I-:d .• \'a l h' Ci ty Slale Teachers Col i c - gr'. 1 950 ; furtllPr s l l ldy a t On iver, i l )" of Wyoming. n i vcr" i t y of I l l inoi .,. Pacifie Lutheran ·n il·er"ity.

H O W A H D \V ES I . EY HX'Hl I .A Ie : B . A .. N o rtllern l l i inoi, Un il'"r,;i t y , 1956 ; .M.A . , Teacher, Col icge, Colu m b ia linil'crsily, 1960 : further st l ldy at Pacific Lutheran llniven' i l y and On'gon 'ta te Cn iv('.rsi ly.

RL TH LYNCH .T E F F IUES 13 . . . . Fayctt"l' i l ie Sta k Teachcr\ Colkge, 19 42 ; M.s. P.I-r ., North Ca ro lina College a t D u rh a lll, 191'1.

202 TH I', R EGI. TER

RITA ROSEMARY ROLLER B.eS., l\T.E., Seattle Un iversity, 1954, 1966 ; fu rther study a t Un iversi ty of Puget SOllnd.

DOLORES I RENE S I LAS

B.S., Tuskegee Insti tute , 1948 ; l'vI .Ed., Cn iversi ty of Ar,izona, 1962.

PAUL A LFRED \VA 'GSMO B.A. in Ed. , Pacific Lutheran Un iver:,ity, 1953 : M.A. Teachers College, Col umbia University, 1955 ; further study at Sacramento S ta te College.

EMERITI

PHI LI P ENOCH HAUGE, 1. 920, Professor of Edll wtion, 1968 B . A . , SI. Olaf Col lege . 1920 ; M.A., Ph.D., Un iversi ty of Washington , 1924, 1942 : LL.D., Pacific Lutheran Universi ty, 1960.

OTTILIE E LI S E LITTLE, 1946·51, 1952, Professor Emeritus of German, 1966 A.B., University of I l linoi�, 1923 ; M.A., Universi ty of Wash ington, 1926 ; Ph.D ., Hanseat ic Un iversity, Hambu rg, Germany, 1937.

ELINE KRAABEL MORKEN, 1953, Associate Professor EmeritllS of Nursing, 1967 B.}\ ., St. Olaf College, 1928 ; R. '., Emanuel I I osp ital Sellool of N u rsing, 193 1 : M.:'l. , Un iversi ty of Washington, 1962.

MAGl' U S NODTVEDT, 1 9 n , Professor Emeritus o f History, 1963 B.A., St. O l a f College, 191 7 ; A.M., Columbia University, 1920; B.Th., Luthpr Theological S;:minary, 1925 ; Th.M., P rinceton Theological Semi· na l.·y, 1928 ; Ph.D. , Un iversity of Chicago, 1950.

A N DERS WI LLIAM RAMSTA D, 1925, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry, 1961 n.A., St. Olaf College, 1914; Cando Theol., Luther Theological Seminary,

19 18 ; M.S., Un in;rsity of Wash ing ton, 19.36 ; further graduate study, Uni· ver:,ity of Washington; L.H.D., Luther College, 1960.

H ERl:lF:rn HOB ERT RANSON, 1940, Professor Emeritus 0/ English., 1968 B .A., M.A., Un iversi ty of Kansas, 1924, 1926 ; Ph.D. , University of Wash ing·

ton, 1936.

K E LMER NELSOI\' ROE, 1947, Associate Professor Emeritll� 0./ Religion, Greek, 1967 B.A., Luther College, 1925 ; B .Th ., Lu t her Theological Sem ina ry, 192R ; M.Th . , Princeton Theological Seminary, 1929.

JOSEF' E M I L RUN N 1 NG, 1948, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Mathematics, 1961 B.A., St. Olaf Col lege, 1916 ; M.A., Un iversity of Minnesota, 1941 .

PA L G. VIGNESS, 1956, Associate Professor Emeritus of Religion and History, 1965 B.A., St. Olaf College, 1 91 8 ; M.A., Ph.D., Stanford University, 1924, 1930.

nIl! L TY COM;\1I1 EF� 203

FACULTY STANDING COMMITTEES 1968-1969

The f irst·named member of each committee is the chairman. The President is an advisory member of all commi ttees.

ADMISSIONS : Severtson, Jordahl , S tuck e Advisory : Leasure, Langevin , Danielson, Moe, C. Anderson

ARTIST SERIES : Newnham, Nordquist, Elwel l , 5 Students ( One of whom is Chairman ) Advisory : Moe, Sk ones, Litzinge r

ATH LETICS : Klopseh, H uestis, Doughty Advisory: Buchanan, Nordquist, D. Olson

COMMITTEE ON COMMITTEES : H agen, Govig, Eklund

EDUCATIONAL POLIClES : Bexton, Pederson, Jones, Spangler, Cone, Nordquist Advisory: Langevin , C. Anderson , Moe

FACULTY \\'ELFA R E : Jones, Culver, Batker

FINANCIAL ASSISTA N C E : Hildahl, Nessel, G. Peterson Advisory: �lIchanan, Danielson, Van Beck.

COMMITTEE TO PROMOTE GRADUATE 51' Y: Tobiason, Bex ton, L S[(;in Advisory : Langevin , C. Anderson, M oe

LECTU RE A N I) CONVOCA nON : Pederson, N o rdholm, Ristuben Advisory : Langevin, Leasure, Dalton , La rsgaard, 2 Students

LIBRARY : Giddings, Martinson, Sehwidde r Advisory : Haley, Langevin, C Anderson, Moe

PUBLICA TIONS : Will iamson, King, Monrue Advisory : Langevin, C. Anderson, Moe, Nesvig

RANK AND TENUR E : Eklund, King, Pierson, Schnaekcnberg, Johnston, Knapp Advisory : Langevin, C. Anderson, Moe

RELIGIOUS ACTrvITIES : J. Petersen, Reigstad , Arbaugh Advi:;ory : Eklund, Lursgaard

SOCIAL : Striekland, Durham, Pa ttie, Toven, L Obon Advisory : Dougherty

STANDA RDS : H. Adams, Elam, R. O lsen, Zulau f, Eklund Advisory : Leasure, Wicbtrom, Beal

STUDENT ACADEMIC STATUS : L Johnson, Utzinger, Fisher Advisory : Langevin , Leasure, Buchanan, C. Anderson, Moe, Wic kst rom, Beal

STUDENT ACTIVITIES AND WELFA R E : Dough ty, \'". Peterson, Officer Advisory: Leasure, Wickstrom, Beal , 2 Students

STUDENT PUBLICATIO N S : Johns ton, Schnackenberg, Hartman Advisory : AS PLU President, Nesvig, Editors and Faculty Advisers of SAGA and MM and all student p ublicatiol1S

204 . J' \ TI 'l I t \

Statistical Summary

ENROLl.MENT-1967.68

Graduates _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . . _. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

Sen io rs .. _ ... __ . ___ _ . _ _ _ _ _ . . _ _ _ _ . . . . . . . . . . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . . . _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

Juniors __ . . . . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . . . .. . . . . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . . . . . . __ .. _

Sophomores .. _ . . . . . . .............. __ . . . . . _ . . . . . . . . _ _ _ _ _ _ .. _ . . . .. . . . . . __

Freshmen . .. .. . . . . . ... _ .. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ._ . . . . . . . . . . . . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

Specia l, _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ .. __ . . . . . . . . . . . . . __ . . . . _ _ _ _ . . . . . . . . . . . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . . . . __ .

Auditor '

Men

416

206

266

254

349

36

9

Total Regu lar School Year _ _ _ _ _ .. __ .... _ _ _ _ .. __ .. _ ] ,536

SUllImer Se . . jon Enroll ment, 1967 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 392

Total . . . .. .. ________ .. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .. _ _ _ _ _ .. ____ .. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1,928

S t. udents Counted Twice _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ .. __ .. _________ ] 59

Net Total __ .. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .. _ _ _ _ . . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .. _ _ _ _ _ .. 1,769

ENROLLMENT-FuU, 1 968 Men

G raduates _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .. _ _ _ _ _ _ 283

Seniors _ _ _ _ _ _ . . . . . . . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ._ . . . . __ . . . . . _ _ _ _ _ _ .. __________ ._ .... _ ... __ . _ _ 233

J un ion; _ _ _ _ .. __ .. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .... _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 269

Sophomores _ _ _ _ _ _ . . . . __ . . ______ .. __ . __ . . . . . . . . . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . . _ _ _ _ ... _ _ .__ 250

. rcsh men _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . . . . _ _ . . . . . . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .. __ .. _______________ _ _ _ _ . 276

Specials ___ .. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ . _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ ____ ._ . . . . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . . . . . _ _ .. _ 12

Auditors _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ . . . . . . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .. I

Total Fall J 968 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .... _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .. 1,324

Summer Session Enrollment, 1968. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .. _ _ _ _ _ 437

,,,romen Total

345 76 1

240 446

276 542

3 15 569

493 842

52 88

17 26

l,73H 3,274

675 1 ,067 --

2,413 4.3'� 1

208 :16 7

2,205 3,974

Women ToLol

194 477

2,58 491

261 530

320 570

408 681

12 24

6 7

1 ,459 2,783

878 1 ,:)]5

�T\TI ' [ I \ 1. . 1 :\1 I \ In 205

GEOGRAPIDCAL DISTRIDUTION - Fall, 1968

Washinglon .... . . . . ... ..... .... .. ..... .. ... 1 ,958 Oregon ........................................ 307 California .................. ................. 1 6 1 Monl�na .. . . .. _ .. ... .. _ . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Idaho . ... .... ... . ........ .... . ................ 43 Alaska .. . .. .. . ...... . . . . . . . .................... .'10

illl,,-,>otu ... .. . .. .. _ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Tlawa ii ...... . .. .. ... . . .. . ...... .. . ... .. .. . . . IH ill 0 rill Da kola .. . .. . .... . . . . . . . .......... 17 Colorado ....... . . .... . . . . . ................... ]6 New York ...... . ................ 1 1 Il l i nois ............. . . . ............... 10 Wiscon , i n .. . Arizona ............ .......................... .

7 6

I ew .I er",y . ......... . . . .......... 6 . Olltlt Dakota . ..... ... .. ...... ..... . ..... 5 Texas . . ..... ... ... . .... .... ... ......... .. . .. . .... 5 Virginia . _ _ _ _ . ____ _ _ _ _ _ . . . _ ..... . . . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 5 Indiana . .. ... ... _ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Iowa . .... ... .............. .. . ... .... .. ... .. ... .. 4

]\![ichil!an ..... . .. ... ... ___ . ... ....... .. ... . . 4 Nebra 'k" .. ... . . . ...... ... .. . ...... .. . .. . . .. . 3 Nevada .. . .......... . ..... ... . ... .. .... .. . . .. . :3 f'�IlI"yl\'an j a .. ..... . . .. .. . .. ... . ..... ..... 3 Maryland .. .................................. 2

Missouri . .... .. ...... ...... . .. . . . . . . .. . .. .. ... 2 N",,' }[exico . . ... .. . . .... ....... ..... . .. . . 2 O h io . .. ... . . ..... . . . ... ...... ... ... .. ...... ... .. 2 Connecticut . .. .... ..... ... ... . ..... ... ..... 1 Kan�as __ . __ . .. . ______ ... . ___ .. _. ____ . . . ____ .. _ 1 LOlli,iana .. ... .. ... . . . ...... . .. ... ... ... ... .. 1 Maine ..... .. . ...... ... ... . ..... ..... .... . . . . ... 1 jHa>sudlllsett · ..... ....... .. . .. ... .... .. . . 1 Nonh Caro li na .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . ....... 1 Oklahoma ....... . . .. ... ............. ..... . . I Rhode [,land . . . .. .. ....... ... . . .. . ..... . _. 1 . o u t h Carolina . . . ..... . . .. . ... ..... ... .. 1 Wyoming . .... .... .. .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . ......... 1 ])istrir:t of Co lumbia .. . .. . . . ... .. . .. ] H�)tl/! Kong . ... .. . .. .... ... ..... ...... .... . 4 Canada .. . ...... .. ....... ... .... .. .. ... ... ..... :{ Germany ............. . . . ...................... 2 Kenya . . . ....................................... 2 Dr:n l1Ia rk . . ......... .. . . . .... ...... .. _....... T India . .. . . ........ .. .... ........ . . .. .. .. . ... ... .. 1 Japan ..... . . . ............................... ..

S"'"u('n . . ........ ................ . .

Swi tze rland . . ......... . . . . . .............. ..

Tota I . .. ... . . . . . . . .. .... . . .. . ......... ........ . 2,7H.3

.RELIGIOUS AFFILIATION - Fall, 1968

Luth rail

The A LC . . . . ... .... .. _ . ... ... .. . 1 ,271 LeA . ....... ....... . ... ........ ...... .... .. . . . . . 228

Other Denominations Presbyterian .. ... ...... ... .... ....... .... . 149 Melhodist .... ......... . ... .. ...... .... . ...... Jill Calholic . . . . ..... ... . ..... . .. . . . ... . ...... .. .. 133 Episcopalian ......... . ... ................. 90

Bap list ......... .. ,....................... ..... 79 Congrcga tiona I . . . _ .. ____ . _ _ _ _ _ _ . .. __ ... .

Ollt 'r affiliations ....................... .

No afliliation .......... .................. .

40

179

300

?\'li",ollri .... .... ..... .. ... . . . ...... ... ... . .. .. 119

ncla,,,i hed . .... .. .. ...... . ..... ..... . ..... 5<l

Total l .u therans . .. . ........... . . . . .. . 1 ,672

Total .... .. . .. . ....... . .. .... . ..... .. .... .... 1 , lll GRA .[) TOTAL ......... .. .. . . .... .. . . . . . 2,783

206

Index

Academic O rganiza tion _ Acadcmic Probation Acade lll ic Procedures A ccred it ation Activit ics

Athlet ic Departrnental Gen era l Honorary Mu,ical Pu bl ications R el ig ious Spe"ch Arts

Adlll in i,trat ive Officers Ac.hni:-;sions

Advanced Placem",n t Program Auditors F:a rI y D{'ci,i on Policy Ea rly Adm is_,ions Pol icy Graduate Studie;; Procedu res Re-adlllission of Forlller

41 37 35

9 29 30

30

29

30 30 :n .31 3 1

184

13 16

15, l 7

B 14 87 B

Stuuenb 15 Non-de�rec S tuden ts 15 Transfer Students 14

Ad\'anced Placement Program _ _ _ _ _ _ 16

A i r Force Re,erve Officers Tra in in� Program

A l u m n i A "ociation Art Bu il ding A rts and Sciences, College of A th"'tics Auditing of Cou rses A u tomohiles ami otllPr Motor

Vehicles

Board a nd Room Board of College Education Boa rd of Regents Book Store Buil dings, Un iversi ty Business Administration,

School of

85

10, 184 II 42 30

15, 36

3 1

1 8 18.1 182

28

10, 12

50

Calendar Campu" Cert i fica tion Cha nge� in RegisLration Chu reh Officials Chapel R""ponsi b i l i t ies Classification of Students Classroom Bu ilding _

Coffee Sho ps Colleg" Entrance Examination

Floard Tests Col kgc of Arts and Sciences Col l ege of Professiona l Studies Co l Ipge U n ion Bu il di ng Coll l lllhia Center COllllll l ln i ty Life Co,;t, E,t i ma te COIl n--eI ing and Testi ng Services Cour,;e Load COll rses of Instruction

Art B iology BlIsi nc,," Admini,tration Chpmi4ry Econom ics Education Engl ish FOrf�ign Language:;

Classics Fr('nGh Germa n Greek Japanese Latin Linguiqics Norwegian RlIs�ian Spanish

General Engineering Geography Geology

Health und Physical Education H istory

6, 7 10

.55 36

18:3

28

38 I I

29

13 42

50 I I

I I

25

19 27

35 93 - 1 8 1

94 97

102 109 1 1 3 I I 7 124

_ 128 129 130

1 3 1 1 2 8 132

_ 129

128 132

1 .32

1 .32 133 133 134

135 140

Journalism 144 Mathema tics 144 Music 148 N u r::-ing 15.1 Ph ilo�oJl"Y 155 Physical Education 135 l�hysir.� 158 Pol itical Science , lli2 Psychology I liS Rel igion 169 Re'�rve Officer Training Corps , 17 1 Sdence ( General ) 133 Soc iology 1 72 Speech 1/7

Credit by Exa mina tion 35

Dea n's: List 39 Oegn�f':-; 42, 50, 73, 88 Depo�itory for Students D ivision o f G raduate Stud ies

ElHvold Chapel Education, School of El if!; ih i l i ty Employment. Studen t E n ro l l ",en t Entrance Req u i rements , F:\'en ing Classes

Faculty Faculty Co mmit tees Ft'C"

General Mu�i('

S pecial Fifth Year Requirements

20 87

I I

53 3R 29

204 1.1, 14

34

10, 186·202 203

17 1 7 1 8 1 7 5 S

Finances 1 7 Financial Aid 21 Fin" and Applif'd A rts, School of 73 Food Servi c e 28

Geogra ph ical Distri bution 205 Government of the University 9

207

G rade Points , 37 G rade 37 Graduate Studies, Divi�ion of 8 7 Gradua tion Honors 39 Graduation Requirements 41

A Iso, see t h e Collegc� and Schoob

G ra n ts 22 GYl1lna�ium I I

Health Cen ter 1 1 H ea l t h and Medical Service 26 Hea l t h I nsu ranee 26 History of the Un ivnsi ty 8 Hono l's Cou r.se:-.; 38 Honors a t Entrance 15 How,ing 33

Late A fternoon and Eveni n g Classes 34 L i b rary, IVi o r tvedt 10 Loan Fund" 22 Location o f Univel'sily 8

Major, Ma'tcr', Dei\rt'l" O lTered Mcdi�al Te('h nology Course Mooring Mast

42, 4.1 RR 48 31

National Defense Education A c t 2 1 Nli l T lucring Sp'tcm :"illrsing, School of

Objectiv", of the Un iversity Orienlatio n Ow nersh i p and Support

Pacifie Northwest Inlercollegiate A thletie Conference

Pa ri,h Work Payments Phy"icul I':xamina tion Place o f Re�i den('e Placement Service

9·' .) 80

4 25

R

30 49 19 14 32 29

208

Pre·lJro fe:,:-, iol lal P rogra m� Pre- Dental Pn '·EngiJlecring Pre-T,aw f' rr':r.[ ,'d i(' i lw l'lT·TJ 1 1�()I()gr

P r i n ( ' i pa l " ' ( : rccIentia ls l' ('ogri.l l l l � for Ca reen:

lbd io Sta lion l{ a ll l,lad I l a l l I{" -i\ d mi,-ion o f Formcr Student,; Hefl l nd"

47 {�4 .t(1 47

49 56 4 4

10 1 1 1 5 20

H" !!i,ler, '1'1", _ . . . . . . . . 182 1{('�i"l ra I ion j{ l ' l i;c inu, .. \ {fi l i a t i o n I{qll'a l i n !, o f Cou r; ,'" H(· q l 1 i r( , l T I f ' f l t-.:� E n t n.1l1cc I{( ·q l l irel l wl 1h. C raduat ion I{" ,,;!,! "\ t ' OfTi( 'I�r Tra i l l i n � COI"P:-; [{f'"idf 'nl ' l ' Ha l l "

Saga Sc holar_hip Requirement, Scholarsh ips

35 205

37 13, 14

4 1 fl5

I I , 32

School of nll"inrs" Aclministr[t t jon S"hool of I':dllration

31 23 2.1 50 53 73 flO il2 I I 49

School of Fine and A pplied Art, S . . hool of :"ill r<;i n!! S('h c r l l l l i nl!'

S . . i(,I1<'" Hal l So . . i � l Work

Sta ndard Certification Stali,ti",,1 Summary Stu dt'llt Affa i rs Student Body St .udent COfl1-!:rf 'gatioll Stlldrnl I .oall Fund,; Student Orga n izations Student Pllbl i"a t ioll' ; S l n d" n t Tea c h i ng SlIlll m c l' Session S\\- i T l l l l l i n g Pool Symhol,

Ta h l e of Con t ent, Tar'ol 1 1a-Pi �lTf' j\.d m i n istra t ion

n u i l d in!, Ta le n t A w a rd" Tear .her Edl l l 'a t ion T('�t i n g Scn·j(·.(� Trancfer Stue/I 'n l'; Tui t ion

Il i \ · ( �r:-;i ty, T h e Un ivPI'i' i ly 13uildings Unil'f'I '- i l y Requ i rements

Veteran::, A fTa i r:-:

\\ ' a rf'housc a n d Shop, W i l h d ra w,,1 from Cou r,c,

Xal'ier T Ia l l

55 204

25 9

31 22

. . . 29-31 '3 1 GO ,3:[ I I 9:�

10 22

53-71 27 14 17

H 10, I I

41

27

II il6

I I

1969-1970 Catalog

Documents

Transcript of 1969-1970 Catalog